Some symbolic expressions for number nineteen

Share it with your friends Like

Thanks! Share it with your friends!

Close

Some symbolic expressions for number nineteen

CONTENS

अतिधृति अतिधृतिः अष्टवर्ग अष्टवर्गः आस्रप इभ ऊन एकोन कीकट कुबेर कुम्भ कुशावर्त कृतार्घ दश नवदश नवदशन् नवन् मूल मूलम् यात्रा रघु विंश वीणा शैवनवदशप्रकरण संख्या सेन

अतिधृति — atidhṛti Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899atidhṛti «ati-dhṛti» f. N. of a class of metres (belonging to those called

«aticchandas», and consisting of four lines, each containing nineteen

syllables)

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

atidhṛti (ati + dhṛti N. eines Metrums) f. «ein Versmaass von 76 Silben»:

ṣaṭsaptatistvatidhṛtiḥ ṚV. PRĀT. 16, 55. Als Beispiel wird ebend. 58.

bezeichnet ṚV. 1, 127, 6, wo die Pāda’s folgende Vertheilung und

Silbenzahl haben: 12, 12, 8

8, 8

12, 8, 8. Vgl. SĀY. zu der Stelle, MAHĪDH. zu VS. 11, 9. 15, 47. und dhṛti.

In der nachvedischen Literatur ist atidhṛti «ein Metrum von 4 x 19 Silben»

COLEBR. Misc. Ess. II, 163.

atidhṛti Bez. «der Zahl neunzehn» SŪRYAS. 2, 18.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

atidhṛti f. N. of a class of metres.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

atidhṛti ati-dhṛti, f. a metre (4 X 19 sylla-bles).

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

atidhṛti strī atikrāntā dhṛtim aṣṭādaśākṣarapādikāṁ vṛttimekākṣarādhikyāt

atyā° sa° . ūnaviṁśatyakṣarapādake chandobhede . dhṛtirdheryaṁ

santoṣo vā . tadatikramakāriṇi tri° .

अतिधृतिः — atidhṛtiḥ Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :1890

atidhṛtiḥ f. [atikrāṁtā dhṛtiṁ aṣṭādaśākṣarapādāṁ vṛttiṁ

ekākṣarādhikyāt]

(1) N. of a class of metres belonging to the aticchadaṁs group,

consisting of 4 lines with 19 syllables in each (ṣaṭsaptatistvatidhṛtiḥ).

(2) Nineteen.

अष्टवर्ग — aṣṭavarga Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899aṣṭavarga «aṣṭa-varga» mfn. being in rows of eight each

aṣṭavarga «aṣṭa-varga» m. a class of eight principal medicaments (viz.

ṛiṣabha, Jivaka, Medā, Mahāmedā, ṛiddhi, Vṛiddhi, Kākoli, and Kṣirakākoli)

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

aṣṭavarga (a- + va-) m. «ein Aggregat von 8 Arzeneien»: Ṛṣabha, Jīvaka,

Medā, Mahāmedā, Ṛddhi, Vṛddhi, Kākolī und Kṣīrakākolī, RĀJAN. im

ŚKDR. Vgl. den gaṇa kākolyādi SUŚR. 1, 140, 8. fgg.

Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975

aṣṭavarga(s) Meda, Mahāmeda, Kākoli, Kṣīrakākoli, Jīvaka, Iṭavaka,

Ṛddhi, Vṛddhi (These are used in infusions for treating rheumatism).

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

aṣṭavarga pu° aṣṭānāmarāhuravyādīnā vargo yatra . jyotiṣokte

rekhāviśeṣeṇa śubhāśubhasūcake cakrabhede yathā .

janmakālagṛhasthityā phalaṁ vakṣye śubhāśubham . svāddinakṛt

śubhadaḥ kṣitipakṣasasudranagādikapañcagato 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,

‘tha vibhāvaribhartustryaṅgadaśeśagato 3, 6, 10, 11, ‘tha kujādravivat, 1,

2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, atha somasutāttriśarartunavādiṣu yātaḥ, 3, 5, 6, 9,

10, 11, 12, devagurorviṣayartunaveśagato, 5, 6, 9, 11, ‘tha surāriguroḥ

samayācalabhāskarayātaḥ, 6, 7, 12, tīkṣṇamarīcisutādapi bhāskaravat, 1,

2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, atha lagnagṛhāttrikṛtāṅgadaśādiṣu yātaḥ, 3, 4, 6, 10,

11, 12 . ravirekhāḥ . 48 . candraḥ

śubho’rkāttrikālādridantāvalāśāśivasthaḥ, 3, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, tataḥ

svātkurāmartugavāśāśivasthaḥ, 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11,

kṣamājādakṣivahnīṣuṣaḍgīdigīśeṣva, 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, tha jñāt

kurāmābdhivāṇāgadantāvalāśāśivasthaḥ, 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, jīvāt

kudṛgve daśailebhakāṣṭhāśivastho, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, ‘tha

śukrāttrivedeṣuśailagrahāśāśivasthaḥ, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11,

tīkṣṇāṁśudehodbhavādrāmavāṇartuśambhusthita, 3, 5, 6, 11,

udayāddhavyavāhartukāṣṭhāśivasthaḥ, 3, 6, 10, 11, candrarekhāḥ . 49 .

kūjo’rkācchubho vahnivāṇartudikśambhugo, 3, 5, 6, 10, 11,

‘thendutorāmakāleśaga, 3, 6, 11, stataḥ svāt

kudṛgvedamunyaṣṭadikśammugaḥ, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11,

syānniśānāthaputrādguṇeṣvaṅgarudropayātaḥ . 3, 5, 6, 11, tatojīvataḥ

kālakāṣṭhāśivārkopayāto, 6, 10, 11, 12, ‘tha

devāripūjyādanehogajeśārkasaṁsthaḥ, 6, 8, 11, 12, tataḥ sūryaputrāt

kuvedāganāgagrahāśāśivastho, 1, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, ‘tha lagnāt

kurāmāṅgadik śambhuyātaḥ . 1, 3, 6, 10, 11, kujarekhāḥ 39 .

budhoḥ’rkataḥ śarartugośivārkago, 5, 6, 9, 11, 12, ‘tha

candratodvivedakālamāgadiṅmaheśvaropagaḥ . 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 11,

bhūmijātkudṛkkṛtāganāgagodaśeśaga, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, stataḥ

svataḥ kuvahnipañcaṣaḍnavādikeṣugaḥ, 1, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12,

vākpaterasāṣṭhaśambhusūryago, 6, 8, 11, 12, ‘tha śukrataḥ

kuvāhuvahnivedapañcanāgagośiveṣugaḥ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 11,

paṅgutaḥkudṛkkṛtāganāgādipañcakasthito’tha, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,

lagnataḥ kṣitidvivedakālanāgadikśiveṣugaḥ . 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 11,

budharekhāḥ . 55 . surarājaguruḥ śubhadoravitaḥ

kuyamānalavedanagādikapañcagato 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, ‘tha

vidhordviśarācalagośivago, 2, 5, 7, 9, 11, vasudhātanayāt

kuyamābdhinagāṣṭadaśeśagato, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, ‘tha budhāt

kṣitiyugmakṛteṣurasagrahadiggiriśopaga . 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, stadanu

svaekayamānalavāridhiparvatanāgadaśeśagato, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11,

‘tha sitādyamapañcarasagrahadikśivago 2, 5, 6, 9, 10 11,

ravinandanatodahaneṣurasārkagata, 3, 5, 6, 12, stvatha lagnagṛhāt

kuyamāvdhiśarartunagagrahadiggiriśopagataḥ . 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 79, 10, 11,

gururekhāḥ, 56, bhṛguḥ śubhoravergajeśasūryago 8, 11, 12, ‘tha

candrataḥ, kṣmādipañcakāṣṭagośivārkagaḥ, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 11, 12,

kujāttrivedakālagośivārkago, 3, 4, 6, 9, 11, 12, ‘tha

budhāttrikālarandhrarudrasaṁsthitaḥ, 3, 6, 9, 11, guroḥ

śarāṣṭarandhradiṅmaheśaga, stataḥ 5, 89, 10, 11, svataḥ

kupañcakāṣṭarandhradikśivopagaḥ . 1, 2, 3, 4, 58, 9, 10, 11,

śanerguṇābdhipañcanāgagodaśeśago, 3, 4, 5, 89, 10, 11, ‘tha lagnataḥ

kupañcakāṣṭagośivasthitaḥ śubhaḥ . 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 11, śukraresvāḥ,

51, śubhaḥ paṅgurarkāt yamāmbhodhiśailāṣṭadikśambhuga, 1, 2 4, 7, 8,

10, 11, indutorāmakāleśagataḥ, 3, 6, 12,

kṣmāsutādvahnivāṇartukāṣṭhāśivārkopago, 3, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, ‘tha jñataḥ

kāladantāvalādisthitaḥ 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, jīvatovāṇakāleśamārtaṇḍayāta,

5, 6, 11, 22, statodaityapūjyādanehaḥśivārkopayātaḥ . 6, 11, 12,

statovītihotreṣukāleśayāta, 3, 5, 6, 11, statolagnataḥ

kṣmāguṇāmbhodhiṣaḍdiṅmaheśasthitaḥ . 1, 3, 4, 6 10, 11, śanirekhāḥ,

39, . rāhuḥśubho’rkādbhujavahnivedarturandhrago, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, ‘tha

candrāt kurāmavedāṅgaga 1, 3, 4, 6, stataḥ

kujādvahnivāṇāṅgarandhragato, 3, 5, 6, 9, ‘tha

budhācchaśipakṣavahnivāṇarandhraga, 1, 2, 3, 5, 9,

statojīvāddhavyavāhavedāṅgarandhraga, 3, 4, 6, 9, stataḥ śukrāt

pakṣavahnivāṇarandhragata, 2, 3, 5, 9, stataḥ saurāt pakṣavāṇartuga, 2,

5, 6, stataḥ svataḥ śaśivedavāṇaripurandhrago, 1, 4, 5, 6, 9, ‘tha

lagnādvedarandhradigrudrasūryagataḥ, 4, 9, 10, 11, 12 . rāhurekhāḥ, 39 .

sūryādekadvicatuḥsaptāṣṭadaśaikādaśeṣu, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10 11,

somāttriṣaḍdaśaikvādaśeṣu, 3, 6, 10, 11, bhaumāttripañcaṣaḍekādaśeṣu,

3, 5, 6, 11, budhāt ṣaḍaṣṭanavadaśaikādaśeṣu, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, guroḥ

pañcaṣaḍekādaśadvādaśeṣu, 5, 6, 11, 12, śukrātṣaḍekādaśadvādaśeṣu, 6,

11, 12, śanestripañcāṣṭadaśaikādaśeṣu 3, 5, 8, 10, 11,

lagnādekatricatuḥṣaḍadaśaikādaśeṣu, 1, 3, 4, 6, 10, 11, lagnarekhāḥ 38 .

iti nigaditamiṣṭaṁ neṣṭamanyadviśeṣādadhikaphalavipākaṁ janmanā

tatra dadyuḥ . upacayagṛhamitrasvoccagāḥ puṣṭamiṣṭaṁ

tvapacayagṛhanīcārātibhe neṣṭasampat . yāvatī yāvatī rekhā

grahāṇāmaṣṭavargake . tāvatīṁ dviguṇīkṛtya aṣṭābhiḥ pariśodhayet .

aṣṭopari bhavedrekhā aṣṭābhyantaravindravaḥ . aṣṭābhistu samaṁ yatra

tatsamaṁ parikīrtitam . rekhā grahācchubhe deyā vindavastvitaratratu .

rekhāvindu samānau cet samastatra nigadyate . rekhādhikye śubhaṁ

jñeyaṁ tadvadvindorathāśubham . śrīrānandastathā śreyobhogo rājyaṁ

bhavettathā . malino’tha vipaccaiva hānirmṛtyurbhavettathā . dvyādirekhā

dvyādividvoḥ phalānyetānyanukramāt . rekhāyāṁ vatsarojñeyaḥ

sārdhasaptadinaṁ same . aṣṭavargadaśāyuḥ syāt dinaṁ caturṣu vinduṣu .

ityaṣṭavargaḥ . aṣṭavargaśubhaiḥ śrīmān karma kuryānnabhaścaraiḥ .

gocarasthaistadaprāptau tadaprāptau ca vedhagaiḥ . vratārambhe vivāhe

ca yātrāyāṁ kṣurakarmaṇi . aviśuddhyāṣṭabargasya samastā niṣphalāḥ

kriyāḥ . satataṁ diśati narāṇāṁ rāśau madhye’ṣṭavargaphalaṁ nikhilam .

bhāvaphalaṁ prathamārdhe dṛṣṭiphalānyardhabhukteṣu jyo° ta° .

aṣṭānāmakacaṭatapayaśānāṁ vargaḥ . jyotiṣādau śubhāśubhajñāpanāya

viśeṣarūpeṇa aṣṭadhā vibhakteṣu 2 varṇasamūhabhedeṣu yathā

svaravarṇāḥ 16 . avargaḥ, kādayomāvasānāḥ pañcapañcātmakāḥ

kavargādayaḥ 5 . yaralavāḥ 4 yavargaḥ . śaṣasahā 4 śavargaḥ

ityevamaṣṭau kalpitāḥ . teṣāṁ vibhāgakrameṇa saṁkhyābhedaḥ .

vargavarṇapramāṇañca sasvaraistāḍitaṁ mithaḥ . piṇḍasaṁkhyā

bhavettasya gathā bhāgaistu kalpanā keralam . svaṁ vargaṁ dviguṇaṁ

vidhāya paravargeṇānvitaṁ saptataṭ iti jyoti° . tantrokte mantrasya

śubhāśubhajñānārthaṁ avargādyanusāreṇa 3 pakṣimārjārādyaṣṭavarge

ca . yathā āgamakalpadrume idānīṁ vargacakrasya vidhānamamidhīyate .

mantragrāmaviśodhārthaṁ nāmādyakṣarapūrbakam . aṣṭau koṣṭhān

samālikhya vargānaṣṭau likhettataḥ . pakṣimārjārapañcāsyaśvānaḥ

sarpākhudantinaḥ . meṣaḥ kramādakārādi vasuvargāśritā ime .

sādhyasādhakayoḥ prītirjñātavyā jātitaḥ sadā . vṛhacchrīkrame

varṇaśuddhiṁ samāsādya mantraṁ dadyādgurūttamaḥ . avargaḥ

pakṣiṇojñoyo mārjāraśca kavargakaḥ . cavargaśca tathā

siṁhaṣṭavargaścaiva kukkuraḥ . tavargo nāga ityukto mūṣikaśca

pavargakaḥ . yavargaśca gajojñeyaḥ śavargaścaiva meṣakaḥ .

pakṣibhujagayorvairaṁ tathā ca gajasiṁhayoḥ . mārjāramūṣikayoścaiva

tathā kakkurameṣayoḥ . bhujaṅgasiṁhayo rmaitrī meṣamūṣikayostathā .

lokādanyacca vijñeyaṁ tyavahāraprayogataḥ iti tantrasā° .

jīvakarṣabhakau mede kākalyāvṛddhivṛddhike . aṣṭavargo’ṣṭabhirdravyairiti

vaidyakokte 4 jīvikā dyaṣṭadravye . rājñāmapyaṣṭargastu

yato’yamatidurlabhaḥ . tasmādasya pratinidhiṁ gṛhaṇīyāntadguṇaṁ

bhiṣak . medājīvakakākolīvṛddhidvandve’pi cāsati . varīvidāryaśvagandhā

vāraṇīśca kramāt kṣipet vaidya° . nītivedināṁ vardhanīye 5 vargabhede ca

. kṛṣirbaṇikpatho durgaṁ setuḥ kuñjarabandhanam .

khanyākaravalādānaṁ sainyānāñca niveśanam . aṣṭavargamimaṁ sādhu

ṛddhaye parivardhayet nītiḥ .

अष्टवर्गः — aṣṭavargaḥ Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967

aṣṭavargaḥ puṁ, (aṣṭānāṁ auṣadhaviśeṣānāṁ raviprabhṛtīnāṁ vā vargaḥ

.) auṣadhaviśeṣāṣṭakaṁ . tadyathā . ṛṣabhaḥ 1 jīvakaḥ 2 medaḥ 3

mahāmedaḥ 4 ṛddhiḥ 5 vṛddhiḥ 6 kākolī 7 kṣīrakākolī 8 . iti

vaidyakaparibhāṣā . ekīkṛtaitadauṣadhaguṇāḥ .

raktapittavraṇavāyupittanāśitvaṁ . iti rājavallabhaḥ ..

(jīvakarṣabhakau mede kākolyau ṛddhivṛddhike .

aṣṭavargo’ṣṭabhirdravyaiḥ kathitaścarakādibhiḥ ..

aṣṭavargo himaḥ svādurvṛṁhaṇo śukralo guruḥ .

bhagnasandhānakṛt kāmabalāsabalavardhanaḥ ..

vātapittāsratṛṭdāhajvaramehakṣayapraṇut . iti bhāvaprakāśaḥ ..)

jyotiṣaśāstroktagocaraviśeṣaḥ . tadyathā . ādau ravyādisaptagrahāṇāṁ

rāhośca aṣṭamāsakoṣṭhaṁ kṛtvā pratyekamāsakoṣṭhe

janmakālīnagrahādhiṣṭhitarāśyavadhisvāddinakṛcchubhada ityādi

dīpikoktavacanāṅkasaṁkhyakagṛhe rekhāṁ vinyaset tatra

raverdvādaśakoṣṭhe 48 candrasya 49 kujasya 39 budhasya 55 guroḥ 56

bhṛgoḥ 52 śaneḥ 39 rāhoḥ 39 etatsaṁkhyakā rekhā deyāḥ . tataḥ

pratyekagṛhastharekhāḥ dviguṇīkṛtya aṣṭādhikāścet aṣṭabhiḥ śodhayet .

śeṣā rekhāḥ śubhāḥ khyātāḥ . aṣṭonāścettadā vindubhiraṣṭānāṁ pūraṇaṁ

kāryaṁ . tatra vindavo’śubhāḥ khyātāḥ . aṣṭau cet tadā

vindurekhayorabhāvastatra samaṁ parikīrtitaṁ .. tasya nāmaguṇāḥ .

jīvakarṣabhakau mede kākolyau vṛddhiṛddhike .

aṣṭavargo’ṣṭabhirdravyaiḥ kathitaścarakādibhiḥ ..

aṣṭavargo himaḥ svādurvṛṁhaṇaḥ śukralo guruḥ .

bhagnasandhānakṛt balyaḥ śarīrabalavardhanaḥ ..

vātapittāsratṛṭdāhajvaramehakṣayapraṇut . iti bhāvaprakāśaḥ .. * .

jyotiḥśāstroktagaṇanayā rekhāvindubhyāṁ

śubhāśubhaphalasūcakajanmakālīnāṣṭagrahasamudāyaḥ . yathā .

athāṣṭavargaḥ .

janmakālagrahasthityā phalaṁ vakṣye śubhāśubhaṁ . svāddinakṛt

śubhadaḥ kṣitipakṣasamudranagādikapañcagato 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 .

11 . ‘tha vibhāvaribhartustryaṅgadaśeṣagato 3 . 6 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha

kujādravivat 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . atha

somasutātriśarartunavādiṣu yātaḥ . 3 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 10 . 11 . 12 .

devagurorviṣayartunaveśagato 5 . 6 . 9 . 11 . ‘tha surāriguroḥ

samayācalabhāskarayātaḥ . 6 . 7 . 12 . tīkṣṇamarīcisutādapi bhāskaravat .

1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . atha lagnagṛhāt trikṛtāṅgadaśādiṣu yātaḥ 3 .

4 . 6 . 10 . 11 . 12 . ravirekhāḥ . 48 .

bhūjaṅgavilāsābhidhānamālādaṇḍakenādityāṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. candraḥ

śubho’rkātrikālādridantābalāśaśivastha . 3 . 6 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . stataḥ svāt

kurāmartvagāśāśivasthaḥ . 1 . 3 . 6 . 7 . 10 . 11 .

kṣmājāddvivahnīṣuṣaḍgodigīśeṣva . 2 . 3 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 10 . 11 . tha jñāt

kurāmābdhibāṇāgadantābalāśāśivasthaḥ 1 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . jīvāt

kudṛgvedaśailebhakāṣṭhāśivastho 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha

śukrātrivedeṣuśailagrahāśāśivasthaḥ 3 . 4 . 5 . 7 . 9 . 10 . 11 .

tīkṣṇāṁśudehodbhavādrāmabāṇartuśambhusthito 3 . 5 . 6 . 11 .

‘thodayāddhavyavāhartukāṣṭhāśivasthaḥ . 3 . 6 . 10 . 11 . candrarekhāḥ .

49 . kāmabāṇābhidhānamālādaṇḍakena candrāṣṭavargaḥ .. * ..

kutro’rkācchubho vahnibāṇartudikśambhugo 3 . 5 . 6 . 10 . 11 . ‘thenduto

rāmakāleśaga 3 . 6 . 11 . stataḥ svāta kudṛgvedasaptāṣṭadikśambhugaḥ

syāt 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . niśānāthaputtrādguṇeṣvaṅgarudropayātaḥ .

3 . 5 . 6 . 11 . tato jīvataḥ kālakāṣṭhāśivārkopayāto 6 . 10 . 11 . 12 . ‘tha

devāripūjyādaneho gajeśārkasaṁsthaḥ . 6 . 8 . 11 . 12 . tataḥ

sūryaputtrāt kuvedāganāgagrahāśāśivastho 1 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha

lagnāt kurāmāṅgadikaśambhuyātaḥ . 1 . 3 . 6 . 10 . 11 . kujarekhāḥ 39 .

siṁhavilāsābhidhānamālādaṇḍakena bhaumāṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. jñaḥ

śubho’rkataḥ śarartugośivārkago 5 . 6 . 9 . 11 . 12 . ‘tha candrato

dvivedakālanāgadiṅmaheśvareṣu . 2 . 4 . 6 . 8 . 10 . 11 . bhūmijāt

kudṛkkṛtāganāgagodaśeśagaḥ . 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . tataḥ svataḥ

kuvahnipañcaṣaṇṇavādikeṣu . 1 . 3 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 10 . 11 . 12 .

vākpaterasāṣṭaśambhusūryago 6 . 8 . 11 . 12 . ‘tha śukrataḥ

kubāhuvahnivedapañcanāgagośiveṣu . 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 8 . 9 . 11 paṅgutaḥ

kudṛkkṛtāganāgapañcakasthito ‘tha . 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . 12 .

lagnataḥ kṣitidvivedakālanāgadikśiveṣu . 1 . 2 . 4 . 6 . 8 . 10 . 11 .

budharekhāḥ . 55 . aśokamañjarīsaṁjñakamālādaṇḍakena

budhāṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. surarājaguruḥ śubhado ravitaḥ

kuyamānalavedanagādikapañcagato 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha

vidhordviśarācalagośivago 2 . 5 . 7 . 9 . 11 . vasudhātanayāt

kuyamābdhinagāṣṭadaśeśagato 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha budhāt

kṣitiyugmakṛteṣurasagrahadikgiriśopagata 1 . 2 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 10 . 11 .

stadanu svata ekayamānalavāridhiparbatanāgadaśeśagato 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 7

. 8 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha sitādyamapañcarasagrahadiśivago 2 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 10 . 11

. ravinandanato dahaneṣurasārkagata 3 . 5 . 6 . 12 . stvatha lagnagṛhāt

kuyamābdhiśarartunagagrahadiggiriśopagataḥ 1 . 2 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 7 . 9 . 10 .

11 . gururekhāḥ 56 . kusumastavakābhidhānamālādaṇḍakena

vṛhaspateraṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. bhṛguḥ śubho ravergajeśasūryago . 8 . 11 .

12 . ‘tha candrataḥ kṣmādipañcakāṣṭagośivārkagaḥ . 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 8 . 9

. 11 . 12 . kujāt trivedakālagośivārkago 3 . 4 . 6 . 9 . 11 . 12 . ‘tha

bodhanāt tribāṇakālarandhrarudrasaṁsthitaḥ . 3 . 5 . 6 . 9 . 11 . guroḥ

śarāṣṭarandhadiṅmaheśaga . 5 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . stataḥ svataḥ

kupañcakāṣṭarandhradikśivopagaḥ 1 . 5 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 .

śanerguṇābdhipañcanāgagodaśeśago . 3 . 4 . 5 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . ‘tha

lagnataḥ kupañcakāṣṭagośivasthitaḥ . 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 8 . 9 . 11 .

śukrarekhāḥ . 52 . anaṅgaśekharābhidhānamālādaṇḍakena

bhārgavāṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. śubhaḥ paṅgurarkāt

kṣmāyamāmbhodhiśailāṣṭadikśambhuga . 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 . induto

rāmakāleśagataḥ . 3 . 6 . 11 . kṣmāsutādvahnibāṇartukāṣṭhāśivārkopago .

3 . 5 . 6 . 10 . 11 . 12 . ‘tha jñataḥ kāladantāvalādisthito . 6 . 8 . 9 . 10 .

11 . 12 . jīvato bāṇakāleśamārtaṇḍayāta . 5 . 6 . 11 . 12 . stato

daityapūjyādanehaḥśivārkopayātaḥ . 6 . 11 . 12 . svato vītihotreṣu

kāleśayāta . 3 . 5 . 6 . 11 . stato lagnataḥ

kṣmāguṇāmbhodhiṣaḍdiṅmaheśasthitaḥ . 1 . 3 . 4 . 6 . 10 . 11 .

śanirekhāḥ 39 . mattamātaṅgalīlābhidhānadaṇḍakena

śanaiścarāṣṭavargaḥ . iti dīpikā .. * .. rāhuḥ

śubho’rkādbhujavahnivedarturandhrago . 2 . 3 . 4 . 6 . 9 . atha candrāt

kurāmavedāṅgaga . 1 . 3 . 4 . 6 . stataḥ kujādvahnibāṇāṅgarandhragato .

3 . 5 . 6 . 9 . ‘tha budhācchaśipakṣavahnibāṇarandhraga . 1 . 2 . 3 . 5 . 9 .

stato jīvāddhavyavāhavedāṅgarandhraga . 3 . 4 . 6 . 9 . stataḥ śukrāt

pakṣavahnibāṇarandhragata . 2 . 3 . 5 . 9 . stataḥ saurāt pakṣabāṇartuga

. 2 . 5 . 6 . stataḥ svataḥ śaśivedabāṇaripurandhrago . 1 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 9 .

‘tha lagnādvedaragdhradigrudrasūryagataḥ . 4 . 9 . 10 . 11 . 12 .

rāhurekhāḥ . 39 . mṛgendravilāsābhidhānadaṇḍakena rāhoraṣṭavargaḥ .. *

.. sūryādekadvicatuḥsaptāṣṭadaśaikādaśeṣu . 1 . 2 . 4 . 7 . 8 . 10 . 11 .

somāttriṣaḍdaśaikādaśeṣa . 3 . 6 . 10 . 11 .

bhaumāttripañcaṣaḍekādaśeṣu . 3 . 5 . 6 . 11 . budhāt

ṣaḍaṣṭanavadaśaikādaśeṣu . 6 . 8 . 9 . 10 . 11 . guroḥ

pañcaṣaḍekādaśadvādaśeṣu . 5 . 6 . 11 . 12 . śukrāt

ṣaḍekādaśadvādaśeṣu 6 . 11 . 12 . śanestripañcāṣṭadaśaikādaśeṣu . 3 . 5

. 8 . 10 . 11 . lagnādekatricatuḥṣaḍdaśakādaśeṣu . 1 . 3 . 4 . 6 . 11 . evaṁ

lagnarekhāḥ 37 .. * ..

iti nigaditamiṣṭaṁ neṣṭamanyadviśeṣādadhikaphalavipākaṁ

janmaṁbhāttatra dadyuḥ .

upacayagṛhamitrasvoccagāḥ puṣṭamiṣṭaṁ tvapacayagṛhanīcārātibhe

neṣṭasampat ..

yāvatī yāvatī rekhā grahāṇāmaṣṭavargake .

tāvatīṁ dviguṇīkṛtya aṣṭābhiḥ pariśodhayet ..

aṣṭopari bhavedrekhā aṣṭābhyantaravindavaḥ .

aṣṭābhistu samo yatra tat samaṁ parikīrtitam ..

rekhā grahācchubhe deyā vindavaścetaratra tu .

rekhāvindū samānau cet samastatra nigadyate ..

rekhādhikye śubhaṁ jñeyaṁ tadvadvindorathāśubham .

śrīrānandastathā śreyo bhogo rājyaṁ bhavettathā ..

malino’tha vipaccaiva hānirmṛtyurbhavettathā .

dvyādirekhā dvyādivindoḥ phalānyetānyanukramāt ..

rekhāyāṁ vatsaro jñeyaḥ sārdhasaptadinaṁ same .

aṣṭavargadaśāyuḥ syāt dinaṁ caturṣu vinduṣu .. ityāyurdāyaḥ .

ityaṣṭavargaḥ .. * .. nandī . aṣṭavargaśubhaiḥ śrīmān karma

kuryānnabhaścaraiḥ . gocarasthaistadaprāptau tadaprāptau ca vedhagaiḥ

.. vratārambhe vivāhe ca yātrāyāṁ kṣurakarmaṇi . aviśuddhāṣṭavargasya

samastā niṣphalāḥ kriyāḥ ..

satataṁ diśati narāṇāṁ rāśau madhye’ṣṭavargaphalaṁ nikhilaṁ .

bhāvaphalaṁ prathamārdhe dṛṣṭiphalānyardhabhukteṣu ..

ityaṣṭavargārthakathanam . iti jyotistattvam ..

आस्रप — āsrapa Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899āsrapa m. (fr. «asra-pa»), the nineteenth lunar mansion (presided over

by the Rākṣasa Asra-pa)

āsrapa m. = «asra-pa» (q.v.)

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

āsrapa (von asrapa) m. «die 19te Mondstation» H. 113.

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

āsrapa pu° āsraṁ rudhiraṁ pibati pā—ka upa° sa° . 1 rākṣase

taddevatāke 2 mūlanakṣatre ca .

इभ — ibha Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ibha m. (? «i» servants, dependants, domestics, household, family ([])

m. fearless ([])

m. an elephant &c.

m. the number eight

m. N. of a plant

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

ibha «Gesinde, Hörige, Dienerschaft; Hauswesen, familia» NIR. 6, 12.

kṛṇuṣva pājaḥ prasitiṁ na pṛthvīṁ yāhi rājevāmavāṁ ibhena ṚV. 4, 4, 1.

kastokāya ka ibhāyota rāye ‘dhi bravattanve3 ko janāya «wer legt Fürbitte

ein für Kind, für Haus und Habe, wer für sich und seine Leute?» 1, 84, 17.

ā tugraṁ śaśvadibhaṁ dyotanāya māturna sīmupa sṛjā iyadhyai 6, 20, 8;

vgl. übrigens u. smadibha. Als adj. müsste das Wort gefasst werden in

der Bedeutung «umgeben von Hörigen (Hofstaat») in der Stelle: sa

marmṛjāna āyubhiribho rājeva suvrataḥ. śyeno na vaṁsu ṣīdati 9, 57, 3.

Deshalb drängt sich die Vermuthung auf, dass hier der ursprüngliche

Ausdruck entstellt und etwa herzustellen wäre: ibhe rājeva suvrate «wie

ein Fürst unter seiner ergebenen Dienerschaft», wodurch auch suvrata

erst zu seiner rechten Bedeutung käme. Ob ibha m. Uṇ. 3, 151 hierher

oder zu 2. ibha gehört, lässt sich nicht entscheiden. — Vgl. ibhya.

ibha m. «Elephant» NIR. 6, 12. AK. 2, 8, 2, 3. H. 1218. M. 8, 34. 11, 68.

12, 67. BHARTṚ. 1, 5. 58. am Ende eines adj. comp. f. ā AK. 2, 8, 2, 48.

H. 748. ibhī «ein Elephantenweibchen» AK. 3, 4, 55. TRIK. 3, 3, 75. — Vgl.

ibhyā.

ibha Spr. 2620. — Vgl. gandhebha, digibha.

Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866

ibha ibha, m. An elephant, Rājat. 5, 315.

— Comp. gandha-, m. a kind of elephant, Rājat. 1, 300. jala-gandha-, m. a

kind of elephant, or a gandhebha (see the preceding) living in water,

Rājat. 5, 107. digibha, i. e. diś-, m. an elephant of a quarter or point of

the compass, one of eight attached to the north, north-east, etc.,

supporting the globe, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 39.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

ibha m. n. household, family; m. elephant.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

ibha ibha, m. n. domestics, household, family; m. elephant.

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

ibha pu° iṇ—bha kicca . 1 hastini, vanyebhadānāvilagandhadurdharāḥ

māghaḥ 2 tatsaṁkhyātulyasaṁkhyāke aṣṭalaṁkhyānvite ca . gajāhi

aṣṭasu dikṣu khyitā airāvatādayo’ṣṭau vartante iti teṣāmaṣṭatvam . te ca

airāvataḥ puṇḍarīkaḥ vāmanaḥ kumudo’ñjanaḥ . puṣpavantaḥ

sārvabhaumaḥ supratīkaśca diggajāḥ amaroktakrameṇa

pūrvādīśānāntadikṣu sthitāḥ . asya ca uttarapadasthatve

śreṣṭhārthadyotakatā vyāghrāderākṛti gaṇatvāt upamitasamāsaḥ .

striyāṁ ṅīp . jātitvāt poṭāśabdena samāse’sya pūrbanipātaḥ

puṁvadbhāvaśca ibhaporā

ibhalakṣaṇavibhāgādi vṛha° saṁ° madhvābhadantāḥ suvibhaktadehā

na copadigdhāśca kṛśāḥ kṣamāśca . gātraiḥ sameścāpasamānavaṁśā

varāhatulyairjaghanaiśca bhadrāḥ .. vakṣo’tha kakṣāvalayaḥ ślathāśca

lambodaraṁ tvagvṛhatī galaśca . sthūlā ca kukṣiḥ saha pecakena saiṁhī

ca dṛṅmandamataṅgajasya .. mṛgāstu

hrasvādharavālameḍhrāstanvaṅighrakaṇṭhadvijahastakarṇāḥ .

sthūlekṣaṇāśceti yathoktacihnaiḥ saṅkīrṇanāgā vyatimiśra cihnāḥ ..

pañconnatiḥ sapta mṛgasya dairghyamaṣṭau ca hastāḥ pariṇāhamānam .

ekadvivṛddhāvatha mandabhadrau saṅkīrṇanāgo ‘niyatapramāṇaḥ ..

bhadrasya varṇo harito madasya mandasya hāridrakasannikāśaḥ . kṛṣṇo

madaścābhihito mṛgasya saṅkīrṇanāgasya mado vimiśraḥ ..

tāmrauṣṭhatāluvadanāḥ kalaviṅkanetrāḥ snigdhonnatāgradaśanāḥ

pṛthulāyatāsyāḥ .

cāponnatāyatanigūḍhanimagnavaṁśāstanvekaromacitakūrmasamānakum

bhāḥ . vistīrṇakarṇahanunābhilalāṭaguhyāḥ

kūrmonnatairdvinavaviṁśatibhirnakhaiśca . rekhātrayopacitavṛttakarāḥ

subālāḥ dhanyāḥ sugandhimadapuṣkaramārutāśca .

doghoṅguliraktapuṣkarāḥ sajalāmbhodaninādavṛṁhiṇaḥ .

vṛhadāyatavṛttakandharā dhanyā bhūmipatermataṅgajāḥ .

nirmadābhyadhikahīnanakhāṅgān kubjavāmanakameṣaviṣāṇān .

dṛśyakośaphalapuṣkarahīnān śyāvanīla śavalāsitatālūn .

svalpavaktraruhamatkuṇaṣaṇḍhān hastinīṁ ca gajalakṣaṇayuktām .

garbhiṇīṁ ca nṛpatiḥ paradeśaṁ prāpayedativirūpaphalāste .

hemā° ṣari° kha° lakṣaṇasamuccaye viṣṇudha° . nāgāḥ praśastā

dharmajña! pramāṇādadhikāśca ye . dīrghahastā

mahocchrāyā’vāmanāśca viśeṣataḥ . nigūḍhavaṁśāmadhvakṣā vyūḍhā

vyūḍhocca mastākāḥ (vyūḍhā vipulāḥ) viṁśatyaṣṭādaśanakhāḥ .

śītakālamadāśca ye . te praśastāmahānāgāḥ ye tathā saptasūcchritāḥ .

dantacchadeṣu dṛśyeta yeṣāṁ svastikalakṣaṇam . bhṛṅgārabālavyajanā

vardhamānāṅkuśāstathā . dhāryā naite tathā dhāryā vāmanā ye ca

matkuṇāḥ . hastinyoyāśca garbhiṇyoye ca bhūḍhā mata ṅgajāḥ .

apākalāśca kubjāśca saddantāeva bhārgava! . kudantāśca tathā varjyā

vāmakūṭāśca yatnataḥ . aśrusmṛśaśca kūṭāśca ye ṣaṇḍhā vikaṭāśca ye .

rāma uvākṣa vāmanādyāśca ye nāgāḥ proktāninditanakṣaṇāḥ . teṣāṁ tu

śrotumicchāmi lakṣaṇaṁ varuṇātmaja! . puṣkara uvāca .

ānāhāyāmasaṁpūrṇoyo’dhihrasvo bhavedgajaḥ . vāmanaḥ sa

samākhyātomatkuṇodantavarjitaḥ . (ānāhaḥsthūlatā) (āyāmo derghyam)

daśāṁ caturthī saṁprāpya vardhete yasya na dvijau . sthūṇāghanāyatau

syātāṁ sa mūḍho hi gajo’dhamaḥ . apākalo viśālena dantenaikena

vāraṇaḥ . saṁkṣiptavakṣoja ghanaḥ pṛṣṭhamadhyasamunnataḥ .

pramāṇahīnanābhiśca sa kubjovāraṇādhamaḥ . anunnatābhyāṁ

saddantaḥ kudantaḥsyāttato bahiḥ . (bahirdantasīmani) .

vāmadantonnato nāgo vāmakūṭaśca kathyate . dantāvaśruspṛśau yasya

so’śruspṛgiti kortitaḥ . ekadantastathā nāgaḥ kūṭa ityabhidhīyate .

pādayoḥ sannikarṣaḥ syāt yasya nāgasya gacchataḥ . sa ṣaṇḍo’dhvani

yudve ca lakṣaṇa jñairna pūjitaḥ . aratnyabhyadhikaṁ yasya

vistareṇastanāntaram . vikaṭaḥ savinirdiṣṭo durgatirninditogajaḥ . rāma

uvāca . śrotumicchāmyaham deva! kuñjaraṁsaptasūcchritam . yaṁ

prāpya kila rājānojayanti varsurdhā nṛpāḥ . puṣkara uvāca . varcaḥ

satvambalaṁ rūpaṅkāntiḥsahananañjavaḥ . saptaitāni sadā yasya sa

gajaḥ saptasūcchritaḥ . ye

vāmavaddakṣiṇapārśvabhāgenāplātukāmāḥpiṭakotthayāpi . te nāgasukhyā

vijayāya yuddhe bhavanti rājñāṁ na hi saṁśayo’tra tatraiva

parāśarasaṁhitā . hastināṁ

jātideśavarṇākṛtipramāṇaceṣṭādilakṣaṇamanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ . tatra

jātayaścatasro mavanti . bhadrā mandā mṛgā miśrāśceti

tatparijñānamākṛticeṣṭādibhirupadiśyate . tatra bhadra

jātiścārudṛṣṭyāyatamukhovyūḍhoccamastakaḥ udagrasatvo’nuvṛttakaraḥ

śrotā dorghapuṣkarāṅgulibāladhiḥ mahāmanyoromaśagrīvaḥ .

sthūlameḍhrodaratāmratālujihvauṣṭhaḥ supārśvaḥ snigdhaḥ

savarṇamṛduromā kūrmapādaḥ stadhvasthitiścitāṁsaḥ pṛthvāsanaḥ

sūkṣmavinducitrobahvanuromopacitaśrotraḥsunakho dhanuḥpṛṣṭhavaṁśo

madhuvarṇatāluryūthābhirakṣitā sahiṣṇuranvarthavedī balavān

kāmāturovṛkṣāvamardī mṛdunopāyena sādhya āśūpade śagrāhī ca bhavati

. (udagro uccaḥ anuvṛttakaraḥ anukrameṇa vṛttakaraḥ puṣkaraḥ karāgraṁ

manyā dhamanī anvarthavedī agre vakṣyate) . mandajātiḥ

saṁketābhijñaḥ suhrasvo mahodarakaraśrotāḥ

sthūladantastatapṛṣṭavaṁśaḥ sthūlahastajihvāṁsagrīvaḥ,

pṛthuhastamastakaḥ suvibhaktoraḥśirāḥsumṛduvṛttaśrotraḥ

sthūlāsthikarakavāpīvilapādaḥ sūkṣmanābhistanutāmratvakkarṇakaṭaḥ

dīrghoccameḍhrāṅgulirbālabāladhirmuṣkarandhrakakṣavaraṇopadigdhohar

yakṣaḥ subaddhajaghanaḥ savṛttoraktogambhīravedī mandajātiḥ

jātaśaṅkodṛḍhamanmathastīkṣṇasādhyoyūthānugābhī grahaṇagatopi

nāribhayamāviśati . (gambhīravedī vakṣyate upadigdho liptaḥ)

mṛgajātīyaḥ

punarhrasvapuṣkaroccahanuhastabāhyamehanasudantanakhapṛthuvaṁśa

gnīvāsyodarameḍhratanurviśālanetrastathāvṛttatanuśrotraḥ kuṇṭhoṣṭho

ghanāyatāgrakāyaḥ saṁkṣiptakarālo

nyastamastakodīrghajihvoviṣāṇopanītaḥ śīghrobahvaśanobhārasāho

manasvī durdamaḥ svayūthaparyantānucārī bhinnapurīṣo’tikramaṇavedī

kleśāsahaḥ krandanaśceti . miśrāstu teṣāṁ parasparasaṁyogajāḥ

sarvasaṁkulalakṣaṇā iti . bhadrā śreṣṭhābhavantyāsāṁ mandā madhyā

kanīyasī . mṛgā miśrā’dhikai rjñeyā guṇadoṣaiḥ samāsataḥ . atha

vanabhedena gajanedāḥ . athaiṣāṁ

prācyakārūṣadaśārṇamārgaṇeyakakāliṅkakāparāntikasaurāṣṭra

pañcanadākhyānyaṣṭau vanāni vāsasthānāni teṣāṁ pṛthak pṛtyak

karmalakṣaṇamupadekṣyāmaḥ tatra himavadgaṅgāprayāgalauhatyāntare

prācyavanamatrotpannāḥ kapilāḥ avyagrāḥ

kunakhapārṣṇayovāraṇāścalapṛthupecakavaṁśapiṇḍakāḥ

pṛthuhastāmandavegārūkṣāścapalākṛtayo bhavanti . (pecakaḥ

pucchabhūlam) mekalo matsyo gaṅgāvatāraśceti

kārūkākhyavanamatrotpannāḥ śyāmāścaṇḍāḥ sucaraṇāhrasvānātyāyatāḥ

śīghrodagrāvṛhadbhiruddāmairdantairdantino bhavanti .

mahāgiridaśārṇavindhyāṭavīrāvatīnāṁ madhye daśārṇaṁ

vanamabhikhyātamatra dīrghāṅgulipuṣkarāḥ pādmabhāḥ śyāmā vā

durgrahāḥ suvṛttajaghanāgrāḥ sitasūkṣmavinducitrāścūtaphalatulyamada

gandhinoviśālotsaṅgadantāḥ sthūlahastāsyaśirāgrīvā madhvakṣāḥ

svāsanāḥsatvavantaśca .

pāripātravaidiśabrahmāvartavanānāmantarmārgaṇeyakaṁ

vanamatrodagnāḥ śīghradīrghakrameṇopadigdhāṅgāḥ balavanto’bhijātāḥ

supramāṇāḥ madhvakṣāmṛdutvacaḥ kacāvilaprāyā

alpapecakāhariśyāvākhaṇḍacchannāḥ suhastāḥ snigdharomāṇaḥ sthirāḥ

suśarīrāḥ kureṇūnāmadhipatayaḥ svalpatāpāśca .

vipulasahyadakṣiṇāraṇyotkalānāṁ madhye kāliṅgakaṁ vanamatra

kalaviṅkākṣāḥ sarvaśvetāḥ sthirapadāḥ śīghrāḥ

mṛdvaruṇarīmāṇastanutvagudarādīrghakeśabāladhayo dīrghakramāḥ

balavanto’lpapecakāḥ padmaprabhā yāturudagnā

dhanuḥpṛṣṭhavaṁśāraktatālujihvauṣṭhāḥ

suprayogagrahasukhāḥvarāhajadhanāḥ nīcavṛttanakhāḥsthiracaraṇāḥ

āśusuvedinomadhudaśanāḥ pītahrasvaśirodharāḥ mahoragavṛhatkarāḥ

mṛdudīrghahastāhastino bhavanti .

narmadodadhisevadeśāntopahāraṇāmantarato’parāntikaṁ vanamatra

mānino dhīrāḥ śyāmāḥsaptapratiṣṭhitāḥ dṛśyajaghanaśirodharā

pīnāyataviṣāṇāḥ svāsyakā mṛdutvaca

udagrādīrgharaktatālvoṣṭhajihvāmahotsaṅgāḥ padmamadagandhino

dhanuḥpṛṣṭhavaṁśāvivṛttāsyānānyavanavicāriṇaḥ .

dvārakārbudāvartanarmadāntarataḥ saurāṣṭrakaṁ

vanamatrālpāyuṣaścaṇḍāḥ piṅgāyatākṣāḥ madhyāyatāṅghrayo’lpapecakā

mṛduvibhaktamātrāpratilomalomaśacara raṇāstanutvakkarṇanakhāḥ

sūkṣmadantāḥ śikṣātyaja iti . himavatsindhukurujāṅgalakānāmabhyantare

vanaṁ pañcanadākhyaṁ tatra

sphuṭitarūkṣaśvetāṁśudantāstanuvindūpacitakarāḥ

sugandhayogṛdavomahāpecakadeśāṅgapramāṇāḥsūkṣmavṛhattvacodurvin

eyādhyānaśīlāḥ kavalatṛṣo bhavantyapi . vaneṣveteṣu jāyante

pradhānāmadhyamottamāḥ . praśastā ninditāścāpi teṣāṁ vakṣyāmi

lakṣaṇam . namrajatukāṣṭhasaṅkāśaṁ hrasvamalpāṅgughapuṣraṁ

durgandhaṁ karkaśatvagromāṇamātatastavyasthūlaviralaparvāṇaṁ

hastino hastamadhyanyavighātadhanyaṁ pītaṁ

mṛduromāṇamanupūrvapatitaṁ cārudīrghāṅguliponaṁ

pṛthupuṣkaraṁmṛduvalinam . sugandhivṛttaṁ pañcahastāyataṁ

dviraktaṁ vṛhatcchrotogrovukāśa ca .

kakṣasphuṭitāhrasvamalinaviṣamacakrakhaṇḍasūkṣmadantāvapūjitau

pūjitau ca snigdhaślakṣṇapradakṣiṇonnatāmalinasamamāhitau

madhusavarṇau mukulitāgrāvāvādhamanyāyātāvaṣṭādaśāṅgulapariṇāhau

. atha virūpaviṣame varāhanakuladhvāṅkṣavānarābhe

rūkṣmavicchinnekṣaṇe sannimīlite locane na pūjite pūjite ca

kalaviṅkābhasūryamaṇi vahnitulye svanupahite ca . praśastaṁ

samāhitamāyatapṛthu

bāhityamavasthitaraktatālujihvauṣṭhacārusūkṣmaślakṣṇavindūpacitaṁ

sarvasaṁpūrṇam . mṛdumṛduniryāṇapīḍitapuṣkaraṁ viṣamamāsanāt

ṣaḍaṅgulāvāgbandhanābhāvena natakumbhalambambenātirikta

pramāṇaṁ ghaṇṭāghanapiṅga rūkṣāsthūladvandva romopacitamapūjitaṁ

śirovāraṇānāṁ pūjitaṁ

mahodayasthānamupavitasaptakamanimnakharaniryāṇaṁ pṛthupuṣkaraṁ

snigdhamṛdusūkṣṇayugnaromasuvibhaktoṣṇīṣavitānāvagrāhaṁ vā

hrasvītkruṣṭopakraṣṭau vṛttau stabdhau tanuviṣamasirātatau

pīḍitāntāvatiruddhapramāṇau saṁvṛtacchidrau

sāndramṛdusupramāṇasirālāvapāṭhitapuṭasaṁvipulamūlikau,

pṛṣṭhacchidrau dundubhisvanau vā .

kleśāvahācchidrātidīrghānupacitapīḍikā sumuhatī

pṛṣṭhālambanātyudgatāyatāsthānāvapīḍitā grīvā vāraṇasyāpraśastā śastā

tu prahvopari piṇḍikā dṛḍhārakṣī tri baliḥ sāsnāratniparīṇāhā

dvādaśāṅgulāyatā sarvasampūrṇā vā . viṣamamavāgraṁ

saṁkṣiptalamvaṁ saṁpuṭamānasaṁ vigarhitaṁ sthiraṁ ca

vinatamatyudgataṁ vaktaṁ pṛṣṭhavaṁśayaśobhanam .

śobhanamupacitasūkṣmaṁ dhanuḥpramāṇamevaṁ saṁsthānaṁ vidyāt .

atha pūrvagātrañchidronnatāṁsaṁ vikalitahastayorvṛttaṁ sirālambhanaṁ

stabdhavyādhidvandvohanirlagnaṁ viṣamakacābilam

pramāṇahīnamaniṣṭam iṣṭamanupūrṇopacitaṁ

sthiravimaktājilasatkīṭamanupavimbamukhamacchidrarandhropacitamath

oraktaṁ vā . atha jaghanaṁ ghanamucchritāsthi nirmāṁsapecakaṁ

kalāhīnātiriktapramāṇaṁ bāladhyanuyāyi samanarthakaram .

arthakaramatpapecakaṁ

palopacitamadṛśyaśuṣkaspaṣṭacaturasramāyatāgnaṁ

cārubāladhiparipūrṇāṇḍakoṣāyatatayā

nāsirālapallavākāramehanamajayanañjayanaṁ ca

śyāvālparūkṣasphuṭitanakhaśliṣṭasandhi, paruṣāsāratalasahā na pūjitāḥ

pādāḥ anye bhavantyapi ca . viṁśatyaṣṭādaśanakhāḥ sthirāḥ

kūrmasamāhitāḥ . gajānāṁ pūjitāḥ pādā ye ca syurvikacāvilāḥ . pādāḥ

kacāvilā rukṣavibarṇāḥ paruṣāḥ kṛśāḥ . vāraṇānānna śastāḥ syurye vā

snigdhatanūruhāḥ . sūkṣmabindu citāṁ snigdhāṁ tvacaṁ śaṁsanti

dantinām . āsyaspṛśau viśālasya viṣāṇau pārśvaunnatau . upāhato

viśālena dantaikena vāraṇaḥ . anunnatābhyāṁ saṁpannaḥkudantaḥ

syānnatāvadhiḥ . ūrdhvaṁ vaktrāntarālasya pratimānasamau dvijau .

hraṣvasthūlātidīrgheṇa dantenaikena vā guṇāḥ . varjyāste śubha kāmena

sarva evātigarhitāḥ . avdadvaye nadījānāṁ pañcame’vde vanaukasām .

dantamūlaparīṇāhān dviguṇānkalpayetpare .

śaraśaktidhanuścakraśūlapaṭṭisalakṣaṇāḥ . dantāgrarājayo yasya sa

nṛpaṁ voḍhumarhati . romṇāṁ tu saṁśrayo yaśca piṭaka sa udāhṛtaḥ .

saṁ jyeṣṭhaḥ saptabhāgonomadhyabho’sau mataṅgajaḥ . antyaḥ

ṣaḍḍāgahīnaḥ syādato’nyohi na pūjitaḥ . sukhāya pecake daighyaṁ

pṛṣṭhapārśvodarāntaram . ānāhaucchraya pādādvijñeyo yāvadāsanam .

vanaviśeṣeṇa gajalakṣaṇaṁ tatraiva vārhasyatyasaṁhitā . vanānāṁ

madhye prācyaṁ kāli ṅgakamāparāntikaṁ ca trīṇi vanānyatiśobhanāni .

trayāṇamapi prācyaṁ vanaṁ madhyavanamapareṣāmiva śobhanam .

tatrairāvatakulaprasūtisambhavāḥ prāyeṇa mṛgamiśrabhadraṇa kṣaṇāḥ

mahākāyāḥ kariṇo bhavanti .

vinayasatvaśaktisampannāḥpūgaphalaprabhāstāmratviṣaḥ praviralamadā

gajā yuddhecāpasarpaṇopasarvaṇanīravā bhavanti nātikrodhanāḥ

samudvejitāḥ satvaṁ darśayanti . te ca vṛkṣaiḥ kavalaiḥ

kāyopavaghātātiśayena madābhimukhāḥ kartṛvyāḥ . kāliṅgake

vā»parāntike ca tretāyugotpannāḥ mandā mahāgajānvayajā

mandābhidhānāḥ prāyaśo mṛgāvayavāḥ saṅkīrṇāgajāḥ samutpadyante .

nātyudagrā jaladaghrabhā nātisthirā mandā yuddhapriyāśca gajā bhavanti

. tathā kārūṣadāśārṇamārgaṇeyakābhidhāneṣu madhyamā gajāḥ

samutpadyante mṛgamandajātayaḥ te ca cārbavayavāḥ

madhyamabalāmadhyama pramāṇāḥ sthūlaromābilaśarīrāstanuradā

mandagatayaḥ . tathā saurāṣṭre pāñcanadābhidhāne dvāparayugotpannā

mṛgamataṅgajānvayā mṛgaprāyā gajābhavanti bhīravaḥ kutsitāṅgāḥ

nāticaṇḍādurmadāḥ durvṛttāśca evaṁvidhāgajāḥ samutpadyante vanācca

vanāntare gateṣudurvṛtteṣu gajeṣu dhenukāsamparkeṇa guptavane’pi

kāliṅgake’pi . trāsaśīlaśca bhīruśva hrasva vāmanamastakaḥ .

hīnāgrabhogo duḥśīlastvasaṁhataśarīrabhṛt . samucchritastvanāyāmī

parīṇāhavivarjitaḥ . mṛgasvarūpodīnaśca mṛgajātirgajādhamaḥ . ataḥ

paraṁ pravakṣyāmi saṁrkīṇṇasya ca lakṣaṇam . paśutvādvāraṇānāñca

gacchatāṁ ca viyoniṣu . dhenukāsu bhavantyete gajā saṁkīrṇalakṣaṇāḥ .

madromandomṛgovātha śuddhajātiḥ prajāyate . tasmānmiśrāṇi rūpāṇi

gadatome nibodhata . ānantyānmiśrajātānāṁ niścayonopapadyate .

tathāpi kiñcidudveśāmniśralakṣaṇamucyate . bhadramando bhadramṛgo

bhadramanda mṛgastathā . iha bhedatrayaṁ mandamṛgayorapi jāyate .

bhadrādīnāṁ ca sarveṣāṁ rūpaṁ saṁkīrṇasaṁjñitam . ūrdhvāghaḥ

kāryabhedena tajjanirmidyate dvidhā . tridhā ca bhidyatemūya ekaikantu

yathākramam . evamaṣṭādaśavidhaṁ kīrtitaṁ miśralakṣaṇam .

śubhāśubhaṁ vimāgena sāmpratam nigadāmyaham . bhadra

mandobhavediṣṭomṛgamandastathādhamaḥ . bhadramanda mṛgaścaiva

madhyamaḥ parikīrtitaḥ . bhadrajāti rmahākāyogajomadhye tu dantinām .

mando’vayavaleśena sa mukto bhavati dvipaḥ . mṛgasyāpi hi rūpeṇa

kiñciccānugatena vai . aśubhatvaṁ na bhadrasya jāyate śobhanohi saḥ .

locanānāṁ pradhānatvaṁ yasmācchāstreṣu kīrtitam .

tasmānmṛgākṣisaṁsaktobhadro’pi hi na śasyate . bhādreṇo parikāyena

māndenādhogatena vā . unnatohi gajānāntu bhadramandobhavedgajaḥ .

anenaiva hi rūpeṇa viparyāsena yo gajaḥ . so’pi śobhana eva

syānmandabhadraiti smṛtaḥ . evaṁ vidhāt mṛge cāpi

lakṣaṇānmiśralakṣaṇam . mahāvayavabāhulyāt mṛgarūpasyaleśataḥ .

bhadrāvayavanirmuktomadhyamo’sau gajo bhavet kāyena yo

bhavedbhadro sandovāpi mataṅgajaḥ . mṛgagātro’paraścaiva sa

bhavedvegavān gajaḥ . mṛgarūpādhikatvaṁ ca dṛśyate yasya dantinaḥ .

adhamastu sa vijñeyaḥ satvaśaktivivarjitaḥ . karadantākṣikumbhaiśca yo

mṛgojāyate gajaḥ . śeṣāvayavabhadro’pi hīna eva bhavedasau .

evamuddeśamātreṇa miśrabhedā mayoditāḥ . noditā ye’pi te’trāpi miśrā

jñeyā manīṣibhiḥ . miśralakṣaṇasaṁyoga uktaṣṭaṁ yasya dṛśyate .

rūpantannāmadheyo’sau jāyate hi mataṅgajaḥ . ataḥ

parampravakṣmāmilakṣaṇaṁ giricāriṇām . tathā nadī carāṇāṁ ca

tathaivobhamayacāriṇām . mahābalā mahākāyāścitāṁsā giricāriṇaḥ .

supāśvāścārudigdhāṅgādṛḍhapādāgataklamāḥ . udagrānirbhayāścaiva

sallakīkavalapriyāḥ . taṭāghātavidhau bhugnadantadārita bhūtalāḥ .

śārdūlādimahāsatvasaṁsphoṭātaṅkavarjitāḥ .

madasrāvakṣatotsāhādurdamāvāribhīravaḥ . pāṁśukrīḍāratā nityaṁ

drumonmūlanatatparāḥ . viṣāṇaveṣṭanāśīlāḥ kheṣṭasantāpanīrakāḥ .

karāgrasphoṭaniratā sītkārakaraṇapriyāḥ . anudagrāghanaśyāmāḥ

sīkarodgiraṇapriyāḥ . toyakarmaṇi niḥśaṅkāmataṅgāśca nadīcarāḥ .

ubhayeṣucarantye te nadīparvatasānuṣu . ye gajāhṛṣṭa manasaste

bhavantyatiśobhanāḥ . sarveṣāmeva nāgānāṁ chāyālakṣaṇamuttamam .

yadyathā jāyate yasya tattayaivābhidhīyate . satvāṁśakatvādbhadrasya

pāṭalā bhavati pramā . navapallavasacchāyā snigdhā tanutanūruhā .

tayātamo’ṁśakacācca kṛṣṇā mandasya jāyate . taruṇāmbuda saṁkāśā

sthūlakṛṣṇakavābilā . rajo’ṁśakatvācca tathā mṛgasyāpi hi dhūsarā .

malināmbudasaṁkāśā rūkṣā tanutanūruhāḥ . evaṁchāyāviśeṣāḥ

syurbhadrādīnānmayoditāḥ . chāyā saṁmiśrabhāvācca miśrā bhavati

dantinām . vanajātiguṇairbhadraḥ gajaśraiṣṭho narottama! .

tamo’śakatvaṁ mandasya yadyaduktaṁ nibodha me . durmanastvaṁ

tathā»lasyaṁ nidrālutvaṁ ca mūḍhatā . gambhīraveditā ceti mandasya

tama utthiteḥ . evaṁ rajīguṇo rājan mṛgastena rajo’ṁśakaḥ . dhairthyaṁ

sthairyaṁ paṭutvaṁ ca vinītatvaṁ sukarmatā . anvarthaveditā caiva

bhayasthāneṣu mūḍhatā . subhagatvaṁ ca dhīmattvaṁ satvasyaite

guṇāḥ smṛtāḥ . ataḥ satvāṁśakorājan bhadrajātirudāhṛtaḥ . citratvaṁ

bāhuśirasorantarmaṇigataṁ tathā . dantayormadhu varṇatvaṁ

netrayormadhupiṅgatā . āsanasya pṛthutvañca pūrṇatā kukṣipārśvapoḥ .

pṛthutvaṁ pṛṣṭhabhāgasya ghanatvaṁ samasandhitā . snigdhacchāyā

tvathāyāmaḥpariṇāhocchrayau tathā . saśrīkatvaṁ gurutvaṁ ca

kāyasyaite guṇāḥ smṛtāḥ . sarvalakṣaṇasaṁpūrṇo dṛśyate na mataṅgajaḥ

. pradhānāvayave loke yatnaḥ kāryo manīṣibhiḥ . hīnaṁ kṛṣṇaṁ ca

kalmāṣaṁ puṣkaraṁ na praśasyate . saṁpūrṇaṁ māṁsalaṁ raktaṁ

sukumāraṁ śubhaṁ smṛtam . tryaṅgulantubhaveddhīnaṁ

hīnampativināśanam . kṛṣṇaṁ bharturvighātāyakalmāṣaṁ bhartṛrīgadam .

saṁpūrṇaṁ siddhidaṁ bhartuḥ puṣkara caturaṅgulam .. saubhāgyadaṁ

māṁsalantu sukumāraṁ tathārthadam . raktapadmadalacchāyaṁ tathā

miṣṭānnapānadam . ataḥ paraṁ śubhejñeye śrītasī pāṭalodare .

pañcāṅgulapramāṇena vartulatvena cārthade . avāṅmukhaṁca tāmraṁ

ca karṇatālaṁ sukhapradam . hrasvā sthūlā ca vipulā citriṇī śyāmalonitā .

kuñcitā ca tathā dṛṣṭiḥ saptadhādantināṁ matā . tāsāṁ tu tryaṅgulāyāmā

sā hrasvetyabhisaṁjñitā . hrasvā karoti nṛpatervināśaṁ śīghrameva hi .

sthūla durbhikṣakaraṇī śyāmalā nṛpaduḥkhadā . karoti citriṇīnityaṁ

tasyaiva tu vasukṣayam . bhugnā dṛṣṭirvināśāya rājñodhanavināśinī .

kuñcitāhīnayoścaiva yudvakāle riporjayam . ataḥ paraṁ pravakṣyāmi

krameṇa karalakṣaṇam . na karaṁ dīrghamicchanti bāladheḥ

śāstrapaṇḍitāḥ . na bāladhisamaṁ hastaṁ nātidīrghaṁ kramāyatam . na

tanuṁ nātikāyaṁ ca na rūkṣaṁ na kṛtavraṇam . nākrameṇa kṛtotsedhaṁ

na hīnaṁ daśanāntaram . na hrasvāṅgulisaṁyuktaṁ

nātisaṁkaṭapuṣkaram . etallakṣaṇasaṁyuktaṁ karaṁ śaṁsanti kovidāḥ .

bāladheḥ susamohīnaḥ samovā dantiduḥkhadaḥ .

atidārghobhavedbharturāyuṣaḥ kṣayakārakaḥ . tanurvyādhikaro

yāturatikāyo’rthanāśanaḥ . rūkṣovyādhivraṇaṅkuryādyāturvraṇakṛtāṁ

vyathām . pratilomena ca sthūlogajasya susvanāśanaḥ .

asamañjasahīnaśva asamañjasa vartulaḥ . duḥkhaśokabhayāyāsakartā

bhavati nityaśaḥ . daśanāntarahīnaśca jāyate dantirīgakṛt . kathitaṁ

pūrvameveṣu puṣkarāṅgulilakṣaṇam . ato mayā na kathitaṁ

sāmprataṅkaralakṣaṇe . nirvalīkodīrgharomā kramavṛttatvasaṁyutaḥ .

aṇubinduvicitraśca dairvyeṇa ca śatāṅgulaḥ . bāladheḥ puṣkaraṁ

yāvadāyāmojātyape kṣayā . aratnitrayā»nāhaśca hīnahīnatarakramāt .

yuktastvanena mānena karaḥ pūjyatamo bhavet .. nirbalīke ca

saubhāgyandīrgharomārthadaḥ smṛtaḥ . kramavṛttojayaṁ

kuryādaṇubinduyutodhanam . supramāṇaṁ bhavedrājñaḥ karasya

parivardhanaḥ . ānāhabāṁśca satataṁ rājyasphītikarobhavet . karasya

kīrtitaṁ hyetallakṣaṇaṁ śubhasaṁjñitam . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi

lakṣaṇaṁ dantabeṣṭayoḥ . kacahīnāvatisthūlau viṣamau śithilau tathā .

dantaveṣṭau sadā bhartuḥ pramāṇābhyāsasaukhyadau . dantamūle

susambadvau sakacau kiñcidunnatau . dṛṣṭau sadā tathā bharturvṛdvidau

parikīrtitī . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi lakṣṇantu viṣāṇayoḥ . vyastatā

saṅkaṭatvaṁ ca prāṁśutā bhasmaśubhratā . vakratvaṁ hrasvatā caiva

dhūsaratvaṁ ca rūkṣatā . mṛdutā’dhogatitvañca hīnatā mūlamadhyayoḥ .

prāntayoḥ sthūlatā caiva dīrghatā cātimātratā . sarpacchatrakakāntitvaṁ

doṣāhyete caturdaśa . dantayostu samākhyātāḥ phalaṁ teṣānnibodha me

. vyastau ca saṅkaṭau dantau madahānikarau tu tau .

dantinastanutāyuktau vyādhidau parikīrtitau . bhasmaśubhrau tathā

bharturmahā kleśakarau matau . vakrau cārthavināśāya hrasvau ca

parikīrtitau . dhūsarau rūkṣatāyuktau gajasyāyurvināśanau .

mṛdutvayuktau nāgasya śalyavraṇakarau matau . sthūlāgrādho gatitve ca

bharturyātuśca duḥkhade . aśubhaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ hyetaddantayoḥ kathitaṁ

mayā . śubhaṁ ca sāmpratambakṣye yathāvadanupūrvaśaḥ . snigdhau

samau suniṣkrāntau saṁpūrṇauvraṇavarjitau . mukulāgrau dṛḍhau vāpi

tāmnacūḍau halopamau . dakṣiṇābhyunnatau kiñcit

mṛṇālakumudaprabhau . mudhakundadalacchāyau hemacamprakapiñjarau

. madhupiṅgau ghṛtacchāyau pīpūṣasadṛśaprabhau . ketakīkusumābhau

ca mṛgāṅkakiraṇaprabhau . adhyardhvāratnimānau ca

tadardhānāhasaṁyutau . amīmirlakṣaṇairyuktau dantau nāgasya

sammatau . snigdhau dhanapradau bharturāyuṣaśca karau matau .

arighnau tu suniṣkrāntau saṁpūrṇau rājyadau matau . nirvraṇau

rājyalābhāya mukuṭāgrau jayapradau . dṛḍhau rogavināśāya tāmravūḍau

halopamau . arisaṁghavināśāya kīrtitauśāstrapaṇḍitaiḥ .

dakṣiṇābhyunnatau bhartuḥ kīrtitau bhāgyakārakau .

mṛṇālakumudacchāyau subhikṣārogyakārakau . hemacampakasaṅkāśau

vajrāmaraṇadau smṛtau . kuruto madhupiṅgau ca niḥsapatnaṁ mahītale .

paśulābhakarau jñeyau ghṛtapīpūṣasannibhau . ketakīkusumābhau ca

bharturvaṁśavivardhanau . adhyardvāratnikaudantau

sutabhṛtyajayapradau . ānāhamānasaṁyuktau sadāsphītikarau matau .

idaṁ śubhakaraṁ rājan! dantayorlakṣaṇaṁ matam . ataḥparaṁ

pravakṣyāmi netrayorapi lakṣaṇam .

mārjāranakulakrauñcaśākhāmṛganimekṣaṇān . sarvadoṣakarān rājan!

gajān dūreṇa varjayet . snigdhe madhunibhedīpte kalaviṅkākṣisannibhe .

raktapadmadalacchāye padmarāgamaṇiprabhe . nirdhūmāgniśikhākāre

indranīlasamaprabhe . saumyadṛṣṭisamāyukte tryaṅgule locane śubhe .

snigdhe vṛddhikare bharturmadhupiṅge jayaprade . dīpte dīptikare caiva

pratāpāyatane tathā . kalaviṅgākṣirūpe ca dhanadhānyavivardhane .

cāmīkarakare nityaṁ raktapadmadalaprabhe . padmarāganibhecaiva

ratnālaṅkārakārake . nirdhūmāgniśikhākāre pratipakṣabhayaṅkare .

mānayukte ca saumye ca locane balavardhane .

akṣikūṭakaṭoddeśanimnau rājyavināśanau . saṁpūrṇau ca

balotsāhamadavṛdvikarau matau . dantāśrayaṁ bhavennityaṁ tālukaṁ

ṣoḍaśāṅgulam . ṣaḍaṅgulaṁ pṛthutvena vaṁśa gadhyagataṁ bhavet .

tathā śubhāśubhaṁ caiva lakṣaṇajñaiḥ prakīrtitam .

kṛsaramparidagdhañca kṛṣṇaṁkalmāṣamevavā . caturvidhamaniṣṭaṁ

syādyathāvadabhidhīyate . kṛṣṇaṁ masīsamaṁ jñeyaṁkalmāṣaṁ

kṛṣṇalohitam . māṁsalaṁ dhūmravarṇaṁ ca paridagdhaṁ prakī rtitam .

kṛsarañca tilacchāyaṁ kathitaṁ śāstravedibhiḥ . garbhasthasya yadā

pittaṁ vīyate tālukaṁ bhṛśam . kṛṣṇatālustadā nāgojāyate pāpalakṣaṇaḥ .

vyāghibhiḥ pīddhyate nityaṁ vātapittakaphodbhavaiḥ . tṛtīyāṁ vā

catuthīṁ vā daśāṁ prāpya vinaśyati . saṁgrāme vā palāyeta

bahuśastrakṛtavraṇṇaḥ . śastra saṅghātapūrṇāṅgaḥ kṛtāntabhavanaṁ

vrajet . vātapittakaphā yasya kurvanti tāluke gadam . garbhasthasyaiva

kalmāṣatālukaṁ tasya jāyate kṛṣṇatāluni ye doṣā rakte caiva guṇāḥ

smṛtāḥ . kalmāṣa tālunastetu bhavanti ca dvayorapi . raktacchāyaṁ yadā

vaṁśe pārśvayostvasitaṁ bhavet . tadā madhyaphalaṁ jñeyaṁ guṇadoṣa

samāśrayāt . yadā vaṁśe ca kṛṣṇaṁ syātpārśvayostāmratā bhavet .

bharturudvegajanakaṁ kalmāṣaṁ tālukaṁ tadā . kiñciddhīnaṁ tu yattālu

paridagdhaṁ tadā bhavet . nāgasyādhoraṇasyāpi balakṣayakaraṁ hi tat .

kṛsaraṁ ca bhavet tālu pittakopasamudbhavam . mahāmātravināśāya

vāraṇasyopajāyate . (mahāmātrohastipakaḥ) kṛṣṇatālorapi yadā

dakṣiṇāvartanaṁ bhavet . dṛśyate nityamevaṁ hi tadāsau doṣavarjitaḥ .

yathā gṛhṇāti no doṣān sulokaḥ musamāhitaḥ . guṇān karoti hṛdaye na

tathā kathitānapi . doṣaghnaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ śastaṁ yadācāryairudāhṛtam .

tattathaivāvagantavyaṁ nānyathātrāpi bhāṣitam . evaṁ jihvāpi mantavyā

tālunaḥ samalakṣaṇā . aratnimātrā dairghyeṇa vistāre’ṣṭāṅgulā matā .

aśubhaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ hyetattālukasya mayoditam . śubhaṁ ca sāmprataṁ

vakṣye lakṣaṇaṁ śṛṇucānagha! . raktaṁ śvetaṁkaṣāyaṁ ca tālukaṁsyāt

śubhapradam . raktaṁ vṛddhikaraṁ bhartustathā cāyurvivardhanam .

dantino’śokapuṣpābhaṁ ripukṣayakarammatam . śvetaṁ puṣṭikaraṁ cāpi

vā raṇasyopajāyate . campakābhaṁ tathā bharturāraugyasya

vivardhanam . kaṣāyaṁ sarvadā khyāta prayātuḥ saukhyavardhanam .

evaṁ jihvāpi raktābhā sarvasaukhyapradā matā . ataḥpara pravakṣyāmi

sṛkkaṇyāśritya lakṣaṇam . dantino mānahīne ca sṛkkaṇī mānavarjite .

(sṛkkaṇī oṣṭhasandhī) mukharīgakare nityaṁ paṇḍitaiḥ parikīrtite .

sarvasaukhyaprade tasya saṁpūrṇe dvādaśāṅgule . ataḥparaṁ va

pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇaṁcivukoṣṭhayoḥ . aromaśambalīyuktamātāmraṁ ca

tathā laghu . gajasyauṣṭhaṁ na śaṁsanti munayo dantarogadam .

dīrgharomā susaṁpūrṇa oṣṭhaḥ padmadalaprabhaḥ . ṣoḍaśāṅgulānāhaśca

hastārdhaṁ vāyataḥ śubhaḥ . bharturāyuḥkarodīrgho dīrgharomā ca

kīrtitaḥ . pūrṇaḥ pūrayate kośaṁ raktaḥ saubhāgyadobhavet . aromaśaṁ

tathāhīnaṁ cibukaṁ na praśasyate . taddhi vāraṇanāthasya

mukharogakarammatam . caturaṅgulamānantu sthūlaṁ romāvilaṁ yat

tatpraśastaṁ gajendrāṇāṁ sukhālaṅkhārakārakam . nimne ca viṣame

caiva hīne caivāśubhe mate . madahānikare nitya sagade karṇarogade .

śaśvanninādayukte ca same caiva sukhaprade . mānaṁ ca karṇapālyāstu

mūlādārabhya gṛhyate . bāhitthāvaghi kumbhaṁ ca hīnaṁ nimnaṁ ca

garhitam . mukharogakaraṁ nitya satyahānikaraṁ ca tat . pūrṇaṁ

caivonnataṁ sārdhahastamātrāyataṁ bhavet . taddhi vāraṇanāthasya

mukharogakaraṁ matam . caturaṅgugamāna tu sthūlam romābilañca yat

. tat praśastaṁ gajendrāṇāṁ sukhālaṅkārakārakam . aratnipariṇāhañca

kariṇāṁ satvaśaktidam . vāmanaṁ hastahīnañca pariṇāhavivarjitam .

avyaktañca na śaṁsanti vātakumbhaṁ vipatkaram .

dvādaśāṅgulavistārandairghyeṇāṣṭādaśāṅgulam . vyaktaṁśuktipuṭākāraṁ

tadbharturlābhakārakam . gartākāre ca niryāṇe kaṭhine cātikutsite .

śirasorogajanane gajasyārohakasya ca . saṁpūrṇe sukumāre ca

supraśaste prakīrtite . rājyavṛddhikare nityaṁ bharturvijayakārake .

idameva hi vijñeyaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ kaṭapārśvayoḥ . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi

lakṣaṇaṁ kumbhayorapi . viṣamatvamaromatvaṁ dehacchāyāvivarṇatā .

samatā kaṇṭhapṛṣṭhābhyāṁ samādhikyamapūrṇatā . vyaktatā

vāmanatvaṁ ca pariṇāhavihīnatā . tanubhāvaḥ śikharayoḥ kumbhadoṣā

daśa smṛtāḥ . bhartuścāpatkarau jñeyau viṣamau romavarjitau .

dehacchāyāvivarṇau tu śatrulokavivardhanau . kaṇṭhapṛṣṭhasamau caiva

prayātuḥ pravināśanau . mānādhikau ca hīnau ca bharturucchedakārakau

. vyāptau ca vāmanau caivabhartuḥ kīrtivināśanau . pariṇāha vihīnau ca

kośakṣayakarau matau . śikharasya tanutvena yuktau kumbhau tu

rogadau . aśubhaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ hyetatsāmpratañca śubhaṁ śṛṇu . samau

dīrghakacākrāntau vistīrṇaśikharau tathā . karṇa mūlātsamārabhya

hastārdvajamitocchrayau . susaṁhatau ca pīnau ca kāminīkucasannibhau

. samākāntalalāṭau ca dehacchāyā samaprabhau .

ārohakaśarīrārdhadarśanāvaraṇakṣamau . saśrīkau ca suvṛttau ca śubhau

kumbhau prakīrtitau . samau ca dīrgharomāṇau bhartuḥ

śrīsaukhyakārakau . samānau ripunāśāya tathaiva ca samunnatau .

susaṁhatau ca pīnau ca varastrīlābhakārakau . śatrunāśakarau jñeyau

kāminīkucasannibhau . samākrāntalalāṭau ca susvadau roganāśanau .

ārohisthagitārdhau ca saśrīkau ca jayapradau . vṛttau ca hastināṁ

kumbhau puṣpālaṅkārakārakau . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi karṇayorapi

lakṣaṇam . nirlomaśau snasākīrṇau tanucchidrau tanutvacau . (snasā

sirā) saṅkaṭau viṣamau rūkṣau tru ṭitāgrau ca niṣṭhurau . stabdhau ca

vartulau caiva karṇau nāgasya ninditau . phalañca sāmprataṁ vakṣye

yathāvadanupūrvaśaḥ . nirlomaśau snasākīrṇau gajasya karṇarogadau .

niṣṭhurau truṭitāgrau ca yātuḥkośaharau matau . stabdhau ca vartulau

caiva gajasyāyurvināśanau . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi

śubhakarṇaviniścayam . dviratnimānasaṁyuktau sirājālavivarjitau .

saptatvacau mahācchidrau snigdhau dundubhi nisvanau .

kapolamaṇḍalāsphālāttataśabdau muhurmuhuḥ . karṇau

cāmarasaṁkāśau mṛduromakṛtārcanau .

ajarjaramṛduprāntāvīṣadguptāvacūlikau . mayūratālavṛntābhau

suvistīrṇasamau śubhau . dviratnimānasaṁyuktau bharturāyuḥkarau

matau . snasājālavinirmuktau śirorogavināśakau . samatvacau

mahācchidrau gajalābhakarau matau . snigdhaukāntikarau nityaṁ

jayadau dundumisvanau . śatrunāśakarau proktau mṛduromīkṛtatārcanau .

ajarjaramṛduprāntau prayātuḥ saukhyakārakau . gajasyopacayāyaiva

īṣadguptāvacūlikau . mayūratālavṛntābhau turaṅgabalavardhanau .

suvistīrṇau samau bhartu rbhūmilāmakarau matau . karṇayostu

samākhyātaṁ mayaitatśubhalakṣaṇam . kaṇṭhasya sāmprataṁ vakṣye

yathāvadanupūrvaśaḥ . avakrohīno dīrghaśca kaṇṭhaśca śubhadobhavet .

ārohakaprabhūṇāñca kramaśaḥ kuñjarasya ca . avakraḥ pariṇāhena

saptaṣaṣṭyadhikaṁ śatam . aṅgulānāṁ tathāyāme dvādaśaivāṅgulāni tu .

sampūrṇapiṇḍitodagraścāntarmaṇivibhūṣitaḥ . kaṇṭhovāraṇanāthasya

evaṁ bhūtaḥ supūjitaḥ . ṛjuḥ pramodajananaḥ sampūrṇaḥkāryasiddhidaḥ

. ahrasvojayakṛdbhartuḥ kīrtitaḥ pūrṇapiṇḍakaḥ . udagrovaṁśavṛddhiṁ ca

pratāpaṁ kurute tathā . antarmaṁṇisamāyuktomaṇiratnaprado bhavet .

karālañcātinimnaṁ ca āsanaṁ na praśasyate . karālaṁ yāturaśubhaṁ

nimnaṁ ca vraṇakārakam . dairghyeṇa hastamātraṁ tu vistīrṇañca

śubhaṁ smṛtam . vistīrṇaṁ vistṛtaṁ rājyaṁ sampūrṇaṁ kurute jayam .

vaṁśasyātha pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇaṁ tu śubhāśubham .

atyucchritonimnapāraḥ hrasvo vaṁśonaśasyate . rājñāṁ ca pādarogāṇāṁ

kartā ca sa mavetsadā . ṣaṇṇavatyaṅgulāyāsamāsanātpaścimāsanam .

yāvat prapūryate pārśvavaṁśo’śvaphalakākṛtiḥ . śubho jñeyo

gajendrāṇāmāyāmaḥ kurute sukham . pūrṇapārśvastu lābhāya

dhanuḥpṛṣṭhaḥ śriyaṁ nayet . aratnidvayamānaṁ tu

pecakātpaścimāsanam . ghanāsthi viṣamaṁ nimnaṅgahitaṁ

puccharogadam . māṁsopacayapūrṇaṁ ca vistīrṇañca śubhaṁ matam .

jaghanopari rogāṇāṁtaddhi nāśakaraṁ matam . (pecakātpucchamūlāt) .

pucchogajasya no śasto bahudīrgho’tilambitaḥ . karoti mahatīṁ

pīḍāṁrājñaścādhoraṇasya ca . dvyaṅgulastu pṛthutvena

dairghyeṇāṣṭādaśāṅgulaḥ . saṁpūjyaḥ pecakojñeyo gajabhartuḥ

sukhapradaḥ . vakraṁ sthūlañca hrasvaṁ ca pucchaṁ kacavivarjitam .

samānāhaṁ ca nāgasya sarvadoṣakaraṁ bhavet . avakra ṛjudīrghaśca

granthihīnaḥ supecakaḥ . gopucchabālapratimakacabrātavibhūṣitaḥ .

bhūmiṁ tu na spṛśet yastu caturbhiścāṅgulaiḥ sadā . sa śubho

bāladhirjñeyo gajabhartṛsukhapradaḥ . atipramāṇaṁ hrasvaṁ ca

karvūraṁ vigataprabham . sirālaṁ cāśubhaṁ meḍhraṁ

rājahastipaduḥkhadam . śastaṁ ṣaḍaṅgulāyāmaṁ nāhataḥ ṣoḍaśāṅgulam

. sirājālavinirmuktamāmrapallavasaprabham . dvyaṅgulaṁ srotasā

yuktaṁ vindumātravivarjitam . meḍhraṁ praśastaṁ vijñeyaṁ

bharturjīvitavardhvanam . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇaṁ gātrayīrapi .

hīne tanūca dīrghe ca samamāṁsocchraye tathā . viṣame ca kacākrānte

gātre nāgasya nindite . hīne tanū ca kurutaḥ prayāturvinipātanam .

samamāṁsocchraye yāturviṣame ca vipatkare . kavāvile gajasyaiva

gātrarogakaretathā . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi mātrayoḥ śubhalakṣaṇam .

sārdhadviratnistriratniḥ śatāṅgulasamānatā . evaṁmite smṛte gātre

bharturārogyasaukhyade . same ca kacahīne ca gajalābhakare tathā .

gajasya puṣṭide nityaṁ māṁsale ca ghane smṛte . mātre vāraṇanāthasya

evaṁbhūte śubhe mate . cipiṭe vā saphalake gātrarogakare sadā .

saṁpūrṇe rājyade bharturgajasya vasusuprade . tathaiva romanihite

gajasya galoragade . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi nakhānāñca śubhāśubham .

hīnāḥkṛṣṇāśca khaṇḍāśca rūkṣāśca na nakhāḥ śubhāḥ . sadā ca rogadā

hīnāḥkṛṣṇā bhartṛvināśanāḥ . khaṇḍārūkṣāgajasyaiva

pādavyādhivivardhanāḥ . snigdhāścandrārdhasaṅkāśā mānenaiva

puronakhāḥ . saptādipañca saṁkhyāni aṅgulāni krameṇa hi . evaṁ

vidhānakhāḥ śastā bharturārogyakārakāḥ . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi

pādayorapi lakṣaṇam . hīnau suṣṭhutalau rūkṣau caraṇau dantiduḥkhadau

. hastapramāṇau dairghyeṇa kūrmākārau sukhapradau . ataḥparaṁ

pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇañcāparāśritam . atyucchrite ca hīne ca nindite cāpare

tanū . sampūrṇeca śubhe jñeyetryaratnyāyāmasaṁ yute . nindite rogade

jñeye pūjite prabhusaukhyade . dvādaśāṅgula hīnaṁ tu

āsanātpaścimāsanam . aparapādayoścāpi āyāmo’ratnimātrakaḥ .

nakhānāṁ ca tathā mānaṁ ṣaḍādicaturaṅgulam . pradhānāvayavānāntu

lakṣaṇaṁ kathitaṁ yathā . utsedhāyāmanāhānāṁ sāmprataṁ

kathayāmyaham . samatantusamāyuktatantunā vartitena ca . supraśaste

dine nityaṁ mānaṁ kurvīta mānavit . saptāratni gajendrāṇāṁ pramāṇaṁ

vanajanmanām . āsanaṁ yāvadutsedhastalasandhisu kīrtitaḥ .

pecakātpratimānantu āyāmoratnayo nava . madhyadeśe tadānāhoṁ

daśaratniḥ prakīrtitaḥ mānametaddhi bhadrasya munibhiḥpariprakīrtitam .

saptamena tu bhāgena hīnaṁ mandasya jāyate . mandāddhīnaṁ

mṛgākhyasya ṣaḍbhāgena prakīrtitam . evaṁ krameṇa vaktavyaṁ mānaṁ

mānaviśāradaiḥ . kiñcinmānādhike vāpi na doṣaḥ saṁprapadyate .

doṣāṇāṁ ca guṇānāñca vṛddhireva phalapradā . satvaṁ hi

vāraṇendrāṇāṁ nityaṁ tantreṣu saṁsthitam . snigdhe madhunibhe dīpte

kalaviṅkākṣisannibhe . raktapadmadalacchāye padmarāgamaṇiprabhe .

nīlacchāye atīkṣṇe ca gaje satvaṁ pratiṣṭhitam . mājāravānarādīnāṁ

sadṛśe nobalaṁ gaje . hīnasatvāśca jāyante girikūṭopamā api .

adhikaṁpuṣakaraṁ yasya māṁsalatvena jāyate . prabhayāca kaṣāyaṁ

syānmānenāṅgulapañcakam . kiñcidūne ca vijñeye śrotasī caturaṅgule .

sthūlapañjāṅgulāyāmā tryaṅgulā nāha mānatā . hasto’pi pūrvamānasya

sthūlatvenādhikobhavet . romaśonātivṛddhaśca pṛthulaḥ ṣaḍbhiraṅgulaiḥ .

āyāmena ca hīnaḥsyāt pūrvamānāt ṣaḍaṅgulaiḥ .

nātigopucchasaṁsthānaḥkṛṣṇavinduvibhūṣitaḥ . ānāhe ratni mānau tu

sārdhahastadvayāyatau . pīyūṣakumudacchāyau kiñciccampakapiṅgalau .

snigdhau mugdhatabhāveva dantau nāgasya kīrtitau .

dantāveṣṭāvatisthūlau kacākrāntau suniṣṭhurau . pañcāṅgulau kaṭau

jñeyau māṁsīpacayapūritau . jñeye kaṭopari tathā śrotasī dvyaṅgulāntare

. ekāśītyaṅgulānāhe dvāviṁśatyaṅgulāyate . kiñcinnataṁ kacākrāntaṁ

vāhitthaṁ parikīrtitam . patimānaṁ tu vijñeyaṁ hastaḥ sacaturaṅgulaḥ .

adhyardharatnimānaṁ ca pramāṇāntarabhedataḥ . āyāmamanu

vijñeyastvadharastu daśāṅgulaḥ . viṁśatyaṅgumānastu

pariṇāho’bhidhīyate . pañcāṅgulaṁ tu cibukaṁ sṛkviṇī tu navāṅgule .

ṣaḍviṁśadaṅgulāyāme saṅgate parikīrtite . adhyardharatnikau karṇau

vistāreṇa kacācitau . kaṣāyapallavau sthūlau kṛṣṇavinduvicitritau .

saṣadbhāmakarāyāmāvavacūlau kacāvilau . pañcāṅgulāntarau

pīnāvubhāvoṣṭhau daśāṅgulau . karṇāt karṇāntaraṁ yāvat

ṣaṇṇavatyaṅgulaṁ śiraḥ . vātakumbhaṁ tathā jñeyaṁ sthūlaṁ

saptadaśāṅgulam . aṅgulānāṁ śataṁ sārdhamānāhi dvyaṅgulāghikam .

āyatatvaṁ ca kaṇṭhasya daśāṅgulamiti smṛtam . bhadrasyaivāsanaṁ

jñeyaṁ tathoktaṁ saptaratnikam . ṣaḍaṅgulocchritaṁ sthūlaṁ tulyaṁ

lāṅgūlamānataḥ . pucchamūlād dvihastantu jāyate paścimāsanam .

ucchrayeṇa tu hīnaṁ syādāsanaṁ ṣaḍabhiraṅgulaiḥ .

pecakastryaṅgulāyāmolambatvenāṅgulatrayam . viṁśatyaṅgulamānāhe

bhavet pucchoyathāgamam . prāntapādakrameṇaiva

tathāyāme’ṅgulatrayam . dairvyeṇa tu sa vijñeyo

bhūmeraṣṭāṅgulocchritaḥ . idaṁ bāladhimānaṁ tu mandasya parikīrtitam

. sārdhadvyaratnike mūle aparesaṁprakīrtite . udare cātimātraṁ

syānmeḍhraṁ hastadvayāyatam . viṁśatyaṅgulamānāhe kṛṣṇacchāyaṁ

sadā bhavet . pañca catvāri ca trīṇi aṅga lāni nakhāḥ kramāt .

āpāṇḍuvivarāḥ kundābhāsāścāparapādayoḥ . anenaiva tu mānena

gātrapādasamāśrayāḥ . nakhā mandasya vijñeyāścaraṇāśca kacābilāḥ .

atisthūlaḥ pṛthutvena sārdhahastādhikaḥ karaḥ . aratnikaṁ vā,

dairghyeṇa pramāṇaṁ gātrayorapi . uromaṇi stathā

jñeyoratnimātro’timāṁsalaḥ . viṁśatyaṅgulamānastu

antargalamaṇirbhavet . anenaiva hi mānena vātakumbhaḥ prakīttitaḥ .

ete praśastā mandasya mūnātha! kathitāstava . noktā ye te’pi bhadrasya

vijñeyāḥ samalakṣaṇāḥ . mṛgasya sāmprataṁ vakṣye pradeśān

lakṣaṇānvitān . tryaṅgulaṁ puṣkaraṁ tasya tryaṅgule śrotasī tathā .

aṅgulāni ca catvāri kīrtitāstasya cāṅgulāḥ . tanuḥ karaḥ

tryaratniḥsyādānāhe sārdharatnikaḥ . bāhitthāt puṣkaraṁ yāva nmānaṁ

sadbhirudāhṛtam . tathā tanutarau dantau dīrghye sārdhadvyaratnikau .

hrasvau ca mastakau syātāntayoḥ saptadaśāṅgulau . pratimānaṁ tathā

jñeyaṁ nimnaṁ pañcadaśāṅgulam . dvyaṅgulaṁ cibukaṁ

tasmādadharastu ṣaḍaṅgulaḥ . aṣṭādaśāṅgulānāhe sṛkvaṇī tu ṣaḍaṅgule .

syātāmaṅgulaviṁśatyau kapolau nimnamadhyagau . kaṭau dvyaṅgumānau

tu niryāṇe caturaṅgule . netre cāpi tathā syātānniṣprabhesthūlatārake .

nātivyaktaṁ samāṁsaṁ spādvātakumbhaṁ daśāṅgulam . gartākārañca

nimnaṁ ca kaṭakumbhaṁtathaiva tu . aṣṭāṅgulāntaraṁ kumbha āyāme

ṣoḍaśāṅgulaḥ . viṁśatyaṅgulakau karṇau stabdhau rūkṣau ca vartulau .

ṣaṇṇavatyaṅgulānāhā āyāme ṣoḍaśāṅgulā . grīvā mṛgasya vijñeyā

karālamāsanaṁ bhavet . sārdhadvyaratnikāyāmaḥ kubjatuṅgo’timātrayā .

vaṁśomṛgasya vijñeyo nimnatalpanibhaprabhaḥ . sthūlāsthi viṣamaṁ

nimnaṁ pucchamadhyardharatnikam . āsanena samaṁ caiva mṛgasya

paścimāsanam . pañcāṅgulastu vijñeyaḥ pecakogudasaṁsṛtaḥ .

kacāgranthisamākīrṇaḥ sthūlohrasvaśca bāladhiḥ .

aparāpādapārṣṇibhyāṁ hastamātrasamucchrayaḥ .

dīrghatanuruhacchannodvisaptatyaṅgulāyataḥ . tatpramāṇe tathā gātre

cipiṭe cāpi niṣprabhe . caraṇāśca gatacchāyaiścatustridvyaṅgulairnakhaiḥ

. saṁyuktāḥsphuṭitā nimnā mānenāṣṭādaśāṅgulāḥ . etaduddeśamātreṇa

kathitaṁ mṛgalakṣaṇam . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi teṣāṁ balaparīkṣaṇam

. gajā na balarhānena surūpeṇāpi śobhanāḥ guṇeṣvapi balaṁ śreṣṭhaṁ

tat parīkṣīta paṇḍitaḥ . śarīrāntargataḥ prāṇo balaśabdena kīrtyate .

kriyate vāraṇasyātha tasyopāyaiḥ parīkṣaṇam . jāmbūnadasya tāmrasya

palānāṁ rajatasya vā . aṣṭādaśasahasrāṇi yuktyā saṁgṛhya vegavān .

daśayojanamadhvānaṁ gacchati śramavarjitaḥ . yo gajo gajamadhye tu

sa uttamabalaḥ smṛtaḥ . yaścaturdaśasāhasrabhāramādāya gacchati .

saptayojanamadhvānaṁ sa madhyamabalomataḥ . daśasāhasrikaṁ

bhāraṁ gṛhītvā pañcayojanam . adhvānaṁ yohi saṁyāti sa hīnabala

ucyate . satribhāgadvihastena pariṇāhena saṁyutam .

caturhastanisvātaṁ tu yobhinattyuttamohi saḥ . atha votpāṭayedvāpi

balena mahatā yutaḥ . sārdhatrihastakhātantu saptahastocchritaṁ tathā .

pañcāśadaṅgulīkena pariṇāhena saṁyutam . bhinatti yogajaḥ śīghraṁ

kṣipatyuddhṛtya vā punaḥ . sa gajānāntu sarveṣāṁ madhye madhyabalo

mataḥ . hastatrayanikhātantu ṣaḍhastocchrayameva vā . yuktaṁ

sthūlatayā caiva pūrvasaṁkhyārdhamātrayā . bhinatti helayā yastu

utkhātaṁ vā karoti vā . stambhaṁ kuñjaramadhyetu sa hīnabala ucyate .

gurutvaṁ ca yataḥ śreṣṭhaṁ gurutvādadhikaṁ balam . balādabhyadhikaṁ

satvaṁ tasmātsatvaṁ nirūpayet . śuddhasphaṭitasaṅkāśaṁ satvaṁ hṛdi

śarīriṇām . durlakṣyaṁ vidyate samyagupāyaistaddhi lakṣayet .

supraśaste dine lagne gajogairikamaṇḍitaḥ . karṇe

cāmaraśaṅkhādisukhābharaṇabhūṣitaḥ .

pādāndolanasaṁjātaghaṇṭāravanibhasvanaḥ .

ārohakakarāsphālakṛtotsāhonnatā nanaḥ . atyantaṁ ḍhokayecchrīghraṁ

pārśvakolāhalākulaḥ . vegotthānakṛtāsphoṭadantasaṁghaṭṭamardanaiḥ .

kṛtāṁ kāmapi na hastasya vedanāṁ yo na manyate . yo hi

madaiḥkṛtāsphālaiḥ svakaṭaṁ bhartumicchati . nāpasarpati

bhītyānopratiyātaṁ raṇāt kvacit . kaṇṭhagarjitanādena

paripūritadigmukhaḥ . nivartyate ca duḥkhena sa bhavet satvavān gajaḥ .

pa tyaśvasamūhaṁ vā gajamālātimīṣaṇam .

rāgotthānasamudbhūtagambhorakalahākulam . utthāya samare

gacchedroṣarañjitalocanaḥ . dantadāraṇarāgeṇa pratināgakṛtekṣaṇaḥ .

prasāritairatistarvairniḥśaṅkaṁ karṇapallavaiḥ . yo gacchatyativegena sa

bhavet satvavāngajaḥ . śārdūlākṛtisatvānāṁ trāsavarjitamānasaḥ .

kṛtakaṁ ca tathā nāgaṁ yobhinattyuttamo hi saḥ .

dāvānalaśikhiśreṇīśabdasaṁtrāsavarjitaḥ . vaneṣu vicaratyeṣa sa

satvasahito gajaḥ . kṛtaśaṅkāvaśādyastu na vārohiṇamīyate . saṅkacan

mastakaṁ dīnomandānmandataro bhavet . ālokayati pārśvāni

cītkārakaraṇapriyaḥ . ālokayati soṣmabhyāṁ locanābhyāmpratidvipam .

padātyaśvasamūhaṁ vā jvalantamiva manyate . adhamastu suvijñeyo

gaja saḥ śramavarjitaḥ . yastusaṁdhaṭate mandaṁ ghaṭitaścāpasarpati .

tathāpasarpya vegena dantāghātaṁ prayojayet . kiñcittiryanmukhobhūtvā

kṛtacītkāranisvanaḥ . kurute dantasaṁghātam sa vijñeyo’ghamogajaḥ .

prathamādipañcasudaśāsu madavikārabhedamuktvāha tatraiva .

taṭatarubhavanonmūlanaratastu ṣaṣṭyāṅgajo bhavati .

karavadanākṣikaṭasthala galanmadasalilasiktabhūmitalaḥ . saṁgrāme

ripubharakaravimuktaśaranikaraśalyasahaḥ . karavīrapuṣpalohitalīghanaḥ

sa cārudāruṇākāraḥ . pratināgasaṁghadāraṇaprakṛtiraṁśalastu

saptamyām . na śṛṇeti naiva paśyati ca na bhayañjānāti sarvasatvakṛtam

. yaśca ghanāsphālitaṁ mukharitaṁ cānanaṁ patati kārayan . na sahante

tasya gandhaṁ saṅkocitagātrakubjakarakaṭāḥ kariṇaḥ . marditanijabalā

vimuktanādāḥ praṇaśyanti . na tathā śaṅkhābharaṇairna

cāmarairnākṣamālābhiḥ . bhavati yathā madasārairmukhasya śobhā

gajendrāṇām . klamavirahitā bhavati hi ṣaṣṭhī vā pañcamī caturthī vā .

donāvasthā kariṇāṁ satvavatāṁ madaviśeṣeṇa . ativṛddhamadavikāre

mṛhyanti śiśumade’pi mātaṅgāḥ . satvātirekayuktābalasya śobhāṁ parāṁ

prāptāḥ . sthalabhede na madodgamaphalaṁ tatraivāha . kurute

narapatituṣṭiṁ dakṣiṇagaṇḍasthalodgatandānam . romodgataṁ ca

yāturviśeṣasukhadaṁ sadā bhavati . ubhayakaṭasthalasamanirgataṁ ca

viṣayasya vṛddhikaram . śiśirasugandhiparimalaṁ sukhapradaṁ jāyate

bhartuḥ . māṅgalyaṁ śrījananaṁ sobhāgyakaraṁ satvajananaṁ ca .

mādyanti yatra deśe daśāvipākena balakṛtānandāḥ . kariṇastasmin rājā

vardhitavaṁśaḥ sukhaṁ vasati . katakabahulailāparimalaśca

sukhadomado bhavati .

mūtrapurīṣasvedāsṛkvapharasonāditībragandhadharaḥ . aśubhakaro’sau

narapatiyātṝṇāñjāyate madaḥ . jāyante ye bhāvā rājan!

madakhaṇḍamaṇḍita mukhasya . nāgasya mada viśeṣāstāṁstān

pravakṣyāmi . cālayati durgandhamivāghrāya puṣkaraṁ kṣipati prerayati .

leḍhijihvāgreṇa sṛkvaṇī vighaṭitoṣṭhapuṭaḥ . saṁpīḍya puṣukarāgreṇa

cāṅguliṁ niḥśvasaccādhovadanaḥ . tiryakprekṣī bhavati mīlitākṣaḥ

kṣaṇaṁ sthitvā . tiryak cālitavadanamaṅgulyā puṣkaraprakampena .

kiñcitsamunnatāsyaḥ karṇakaṇḍūyanaṁ kurute . kiñcicca darśayitvā

meḍhraṁnāśayati kīśakṛnmūtram . hṛṣṭaḥ krīḍati parivartitānano

bandhanastambha kṛtamatsaraḥ . pradhāvati saṁveṣṭya karaṁ

viṣāṇamudyamya garjati salilapūritajaladharagambhīranādena .

unnāmitāgrahastaḥ svacchandaṅgacchatikvāpi . gurumakṣikaśva bhavati

vanatarugahanonmūlanānurataḥ . vāgaṅkuśamukhajātaṁ bādhanaṁ na

sahate hyabhinnasatvoyaḥ . tiryagvikalatvāśca tathā sagajo

gurumakṣikojñeyaḥ . ramate ca pāṁśuvikaraṇakardamāvagāhādyaiḥ .

evaṁvidhasvabhāvo madabhedavaśādgajo bhavati . yo yasminneva ṛtau

gṛhṇāti madambhataṅgajaḥ sukhadam . sa ca tasminneva punaḥ

prabhidyate dānayuktaśca . iti madavṛddhiviśeṣāḥ kathitāstava bhūtaleśa!

tattvena . parivartate madoyairhetubhiraśubhaistu tānvakṣye .

prativāraṇābhiyānāddūrādhvagamanātkubhojanāccāpi . bandhanadoṣācca

tathā tṛṣṇākṣutpīḍanāccāpi . śārdūlāditrāsāddāvānalolkāśaniprapatanācca

. (aśaniratra vidyut) . naśyati madogajānāṁ śīghraṁ vartmavighnataśca

tathā . mātāpitṛjairdoṣairmandamadānandabarjitāśca tathā . jāyante

dviradā yairyathā tathā sāmprataṁ vakṣyāmi . mandamadena hi kariṇā

jātaḥ kiñcimmadogajo bhavati . madavirahitena tathā

janitomadavivarjito’styeva . samadena tu yo jātogajo gajendreṇa bhavati

tasya madaḥ . evaṁ madaprakārā mātaṅgānāṁ samuddiṣṭāḥ . śṛṇu

sāmprataṁ nareśvara! madāpasaraṇodgavāni cihnāni . yāni bhavanti

gajānāṁ mandamṛdumadavigalitasamudayānām .

rūkṣacchāyāyuktonimlocitagaṇḍasthalagataśrīḥ . kupyati yebhyaḥ

śaṅkāṅkaroti tebhyo’pi satvasthaḥ . gaṇḍasthalena jighrati kareṇukāṁ

spṛśati naiva hastena . mūtrapurīṣāṇi ca no jighrati vāraṇakṛtāni yāturvā

śanairgacchati . satataṁparimṛṣṭadānarājiparīkīrṇakaṭohasnenātīva

saṅgharṣaṇaṁ kurute . muhurabhinandati nidrāmalaso manasā na

tuṣṭimupayāti . liṅgānyetāni kariṇo madena mucyamānasya jāyante .

pratikuñjarayuddhakṛto balaharṣadaśāvayobhyastvaśubhaḥ . bhavati

madonāgānāṁ tāpādisamudbhavaśca śubhaḥ .

rūpavānmadasampannovindhyaśailasamaprabhaḥ . jāyate satvahīnastu

kuñjaraḥ kena hetunā . kena vā rūpahīno’pi madocchrayavivarjitaḥ .

satvavān jāyate nāgo etadākhyātumarhasi iti nahuṣapuṣṭo vṛhaspati

ruvāca . yathā jātakayogena jantūnāṁ ca śubhāśubham . tathā

bandhanakālotthaṅgajānāmapi jāyate . susagnāvasthitaiḥ saumyagrahaiḥ

pīḍāvivarjitaiḥ . bandhanaṁ yasya jāyeta sa bhavet satvavān gajaḥ .

strīnakṣatreṣu gṛhyante ye gajāḥ krūradṛṣṭibhiḥ . ye cālokitanakṣatrāste

bhavanti bhayākulāḥ . uktañca śambhunā mṛgajātayī’pi hi śūrā bhavanti

madhupiṅgalalocanāḥ snigdhāḥ . vṛṣasiṁhamīmavṛścikalagneṣu svīkṛtāḥ

kariṇaḥ . punarnahuṣapraśne guroḥ pratyuktistatraiva . rājan

pañcavidhaṁ caiva gajānāṁ viditaṁ matam . atyarthaṁ prathamaṁ

jñeyaṁ pratyarthaṁ ca tathāparam . anvarthaṁ caiva

gambhīramuttānaṁ pañcamaṁ bhavet . pratodāṅkuśadaṇḍādyai

rvidyādudvejitāni yaḥ . tīvrasaṅkucitaspṛṣṭaḥ sa syādatyarthaveditā .

stokaṁ bahu bahu stokaṁ kṣataṁ manyeta yogajaḥ . vāgaṅku

śādibhirnityaṁ sahi pratyarthaveditā . jānātyaṅkuśatotrādyairyadyathā

tattathaiva hi . kṣataṅkāyabhayairmukto’nvarthajñaḥsa gajobhavet .

aṅkuśādibraṇān rājan! yaścireṇāvagacchati . tīvrānapi sa gambhīravedī

bhavati vāraṇaḥ . romṇāmagraṁ tṛṇenāpi spṛṣṭaṁvetti tu yo gajaḥ .

uttānavedinaṁ tantu gajaṁ viddhi mahābhuja! sarvāṇi veditavyāni

bhadrādīnāṁ bhavanti vai . prakṛtisthasya satataṁ

bhadrasyānvarthaveditā . gambhīraveditā cāpi mandasyaiva prakīrtitā .

uttānaveditā nityaṁ mṛgasyaiva bhavennṛpa! . veditvaṁgajajātīnāṁ

tisṛṇāmapi jāyate . sāmpratañca yathāśāstraṁ kathyate vegalakṣaṇam .

tisṛṇāmapi jātīnā muttamādhamamadhyamam . na cālpaṁ na ca vṛddhaṁ

dvipañcapadasaṁ sthitam . gajotthānasahotthānaṁ naraṁ prāpnoti yena

tu . rayāviṣṭena manasā sa vegauttamomataḥ .

(dvipañcapadasaṁsthitaṁ daśapadasthitaṁ gajotthānasahotthānaṁ

gajadhāvanasamasayadhāvinam) yena vegena gṛhṇāti naraṁ

saptapadāntaram . padānāṁ śatamātrantu sa madhyamajavo bhavet .

yena pañcapadasthaṁ hi naraṁ gṛhṇāti noditaḥ . padānāntu śataṁ

sārdhaṁ sa hīnojava ucyate . śatadvayaṁ vā dhanuṣāṁ

gacchedunnamitānanaḥ . dvātriṁśatā ca mātrābhiḥ sa uktamajavo bhavet

. pañcāśatā ca mātnābhiḥ yāyādyastu śatadvayam . sa

madhyamo’dhamojñeyo mātrāṇāñca śatadvayāt . evaṁ parīkṣyate rājan!

vego vīthiṣu dantinām . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi gajasya guṇalakṣaṇam .

tatra kalyāṇaśīlaḥ bhārārditovā tṛṣitaḥ kṣīṇaḥ śrāntobubhukṣitaḥ .

rātrau vā divase vāpi nirvikārastu yo bhavet . kalyāṇaśīlaḥ sa jñeyo

samastagajalakṣaṇaiḥ vikāraṁ kurute yastu pīḍyamānaḥkṣudhādibhiḥ .

tamakalyāṇinaṁ rājan gajanduṣṭaṁ prakalpayet . kopo’pi dvividhojñeyaḥ

śiśuścaivāśiśustathā . dvividhasyāpi rājendra! yathāvacchṛṇulakṣaṇam .

udvejito’pi kālena kopaṁ badhnāti nirbharam . kṣipraṁ gṛhṇāti ca

krodhaṁ durnivāraṁ suduḥ saham . śiśukrodhaḥ sa vijñeyo

gajalakṣaṇakovidaiḥ . vāryamāṇo’pi yatnena na śamaṁ yāti muhyati . sa

jñeyastvaśiśukrodho rājan! sa hi raṇapriyaḥ . sāmprataṁ

caivavakṣye’hamāyurlakṣaṇa muttamam . ābhyantaraṁ ca bāhyañca

lakṣaṇaṁ dvividhaṁ smṛtam . ābhyantaraṁ yogasādhyaṁ bāhyaṁ

kiñcicca lakṣyate . tenāntaraṁ parityajya bāhyaṁ lakṣaṇamuttamam .

kṣetrasatvasamāyogā . bhavanti dvādaśaiva hi . ekaṁ hastagataṁ

kṣetraṁ dvitīyaṁ vadanāśritam . tṛtīyañca viṣāṇasthañcaturthaṁ

śirasisthitam . pañcamaṁ nayanasthaṁ ca ṣaṣṭhaṁ karṇāśritaṁ bhavet .

kaṇṭhasthaṁ saptamañcaiva aṣṭamaṅgātrasaṁsthitam . navamaṁ

caraṇe jñeyaṁ śeṣāṅgasthaṁdvipañcamam . ekādaśañca kāntisthaṁ

dvādaśaṁ satvasaṁsthitam . evaṁ dvādaśa kṣetrāṇi mātaṅgānāṁ

bhavanti hi . dvādaśaiva daśājñeyāḥ śeṣāṅgeṣvabhilakṣitāḥ . viṁśottaraṁ

varṣaśatambhadrasyāyuḥ prakīrtitam . avdānyaśītirmandasya catvāriṁśat

mṛgasya ca . miśrasya cāyuṣaḥ saṁkhyā jātibhāvena jāyate .

pradeśajñānatattvajñojātiṁ samupalakṣayet . sarvakṣetraiḥ susaṁpūrṇaḥ

saṁpūrṇāyurgajo bhavet . hīnaiśca hīyate cāyuryathāvadabhidhīyate .

daśāvdānāṁ kṣayaṁ kuryāddhastalakṣaṇavarjitaḥ .

viśaṁtyavdavināśaśca hīne kṣetradvaye bhavet . kṣetratrayāvahīne ca

triṁśadavdaparikṣayaḥ . catvāriṁśatsamāhānirhīne kṣetracatuṣṭaye .

(samā saṁvatraḥ) . pañcāśadavdāhīyante hīne tu kṣetrapañcake .

ṣaṭkṣetrahīnatāyāntu ṣaṣṭivarṣavināśanam . saptatyabdavināśāya

saptakṣetravihīnatā .. aśītiraṣṭabhirhīne varṣāṇāñca vinaśyati .

navatirnavabhirhīnai kṣetrairnāśaṁhi prayāti . daśabhiśca tathā

hīnairnaśyatyavdaśataṁ dhruvam . daśottaraṁ cāvdaśataṁ hīnā cchāyā

vināśayet . viṁśottaraṁ cāvdaśataṁ hīne satve vinaśyati . evaṁ

daśāvdanāśaṁca kṣetraṁ kuryādalakṣaṇam . evamāyuḥkṣayaṁ vidyāt

gajasya gajakovidaḥ . sāmānyalakṣaṇaṁ hyetat jīvitasya parīkṣaṇe .

viśeṣalakṣaṇaṁ yāvad grahalakṣaṇajātitaḥ . evamuddeśamātreṇa

gajāyurlakṣaṇaṁ tava . kathitaṁ sāmprataṁ rājan! doṣaghnaṁ vacmi

lakṣaṇam . pādānāṁ lakṣaṇaṁ samyakdantadoṣaṁ praṇāśayet —yet .

dantayorlakṣaṇaṁ hanti doṣān vāhitthasaṁśritān . vāhitthalakṣaṇaiḥ

samyak netradoṣakṣayo bhavet . netrayorlakṣaṇaṁ hanti

doṣāṁstālusamāśritān . sṛkvadoṣavināśaśca kriyate tālulakṣaṇaiḥ .

sṛkvāṇāṁ lakṣaṇaṁ kuryātsagadadoṣanāśanam . kapolakaṭadoṣaghnāḥ

sagadasthāguṇā nṛpa! . niryāṇavātakumbhānāndoṣaghnaḥ karayorguṇaḥ .

kumbhadoṣavināśāya tayoreva guṇo bhavet . karṇadoṣavināśastu kriyate

kumbhalakṣaṇaiḥ . kaṇṭhadoṣavināśāya karṇalakṣaṇameva hi . āsanasya

hi ye doṣāstān haretkarṇajoguṇaḥ . vaṁśadoṣakṣayakara āsanasya guṇo

bhavet . guṇāghnanti hi vaṁśasya doṣān tatsthalasaṁśritān .

paścimāsanadoṣaghnaṁ lakṣaṇaṁ tatsthalaśritam .

kukṣipecakadoṣaghnaṁ paścimāsanalakṣaṇam . guṇāḥ pecakakukṣisthāḥ

pucchadoṣavināśanāḥ . meḍhradoṣakṣayaṁ kuryāt pucchalakṣaṇameva hi

. mehanasya guṇā hanti doṣāṁścaivāparāśritān . aṇḍakoṣagataṁ

doṣamaparālakṣaṇaṁ haret . nābhidoṣakṣayaṁ kuryādaṇḍakośasya

lakṣaṇam . nābherguṇaiśca hanyante doṣāstanasamāśritāḥ .

uromaṇigatān doṣān nāśayet stanalakṣaṇam . cibukasya hareddoṣān

uromaṇigatoguṇaḥ . yathā doṣakṣayo rājan! lakṣaṇaiḥ kriyate śubhaiḥ .

doṣātireko’pi tathā pradeśaguṇanāśakaḥ . pradeśo’nantarasyaiva

pradeśasyaguṇānvitaḥ . kurute doṣanāśaṁ hi sa doṣoguṇanāśanaḥ .

karakumbhaviṣāṇākṣikarṇalakṣaṇasaṁyutaḥ .

sarvairevāśubhairanyairlakṣaṇaiścāśubhogajaḥ . śūlaṁ

candrāṁśuśubhraṁ syādvakraṁ ca jvalana prabham . vajraṁ

kāñcanasaṅkāśaṅkāladaṇḍaḥsupiṅgalaḥ . eteṣāṁ ca samāyogāddantānāṁ

madhupiṅgatā . yato gajaviṣāṇānāmato madhunibhāḥ śubhāḥ .

bhadrajātergajasyaitanmandasya ca mṛgasya ca .

ghṛtapīpūṣakundenduketakīcchavipañcakam . evaṁ jātitrayasyāpi

sāmānyaṁ śobhanaṁ matam .

kapotadhūmabhasmāsthisarpacchatrakasannibhāḥ

dantayostvaśubhārajan! chāyā pañcavidhā api . adhyardvāratnikaṁ rājan

pramāṇa dantayoḥ śubham .

ata ūrdhaṁ pravakṣyāmi gajānāṁ varṇalakṣaṇam . āhārasya viśeṣeṇa

vātapittakaphaistathā . deśalakṣmaguṇaiścaiva vījayoni vaśena .

grahālokananakṣatralagnarāśivaśena ca . pūrvakarmavaśāccāpi

dhātūnāñca viparyayāt . bhavantikāraṇairebhirvarṇānānāvidhā nṛpa! .

divyasatvāḥ śubhairbhedairvividhāste bhavanti hi .

mindūraśaṅkhaṣaidūryavidyujjāmbūnadaprabhāḥ . indranīlasamānābhā

bhavanti śubhakāntayaḥ . atiśvetāśca raktāśca śukavarhiṇasaprabhāḥ .

ete devagajāḥ sarvemūtale na bhavanti hi . atiśvetāśca raktāśca

śukavarhiṇasaprabhāḥ . daivayogādvane prācye kvacideva bhavanti hi .

vandanīyaśca pūjyo’sau nāsau grāhyonarādhipaiḥ .

śṛṅgārāṅgārabhasmāsthipaṅkamāñjiṣṭhasannibhāḥ . mlāpuṣpasavarṇāśca

gajāstvete’tininditāḥ . evaṁ varṇaviśeṣāstu kathitāstava suvrata! .

gajamekādaśaguṇaṁ vakṣyamāṇaṁ nibodha me .

madhusannibhadantaśca śyāmomadhunibhekṣaṇaḥ . udarepāṇḍu

varṇaśca vaktre ca kamalaprabhaḥ . dvirephasamabālaśca kundendu

sadṛśairnakhaiḥ . sthūlatāromayuktaśca śeṣeṣvaṅgeṣu pītakaḥ . vicitrañca

musvaṁ yasya raktaiḥśvetaiśca vindubhiḥ . sa nāgogajayūthānāṁ

madhye rājā’tra jāyate . taṁ prāpya nṛpatirbhuṅkte sāgarāntaṁ

mahītalam . nīlasavarṇasaṁsthānaḥ sa gajoyūthanāyakaḥ . mukhe made

ca haste ca karṇodaraśirasmuyaḥ . keśaiḥ śubhaiścaḥ valibhirvindubhiḥ

parimaṇḍalaiḥ . savarṇoyo bhaveddantī kailāsaḥ so’bhidhīyate .

ataḥparapravakṣyāmi niḥśvāsasya tu lakṣaṇam . niḥśvāsodvividhojñeyaḥ

śubhaścaivāśubhastathā . śubhaḥ surabhigandhaḥ syāt

pūtigandho’śubhomataḥ . viśeṣeṇa tayoścaiva lakṣaṇaṁ bhūpa! kīrtyate .

sūkṣmatā dīrghatā caiva samatā ca suṁgandhitā . saukumāryaṁ

mṛdutvaṁ ca niśvāsasya tu ṣaḍguṇāḥ . sthūlatā hrasvatā caiva

durgandhatvaṁ tathoṣṇatā . pāruṣyaṁ viṣamatvañca doṣāścāpi bhavanti

ṣaṭ . daśā ratnipramāṇaṁ ca reṇukaṁ pittalakṣaṇam . yo niśvasiti

dīrghaṁ ca sa dīrghāyurgajo mataḥ . araḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi gajālokita

lakṣaṇam . snigdhaṁ sthiraṁ ca saumyaṁ ca vārijotpullatārakam .

salakṣaṁ pratināgaṁ tu prekṣitaṁ śubhakāraṇam . udvignañcañcalaṁ

dīnamavikāśitatārakam . ūrdhādhaḥ pārśva dṛṣṭañca nirlakṣaṁ ninditaṁ

bhavet . kacānāṁ sāmprataṁ bhedān vakṣyamāṇānnibodha me netrayoḥ

puṭapālisthāḥ kacāḥ śubhaphalāḥ smṛtāḥ . saṁkhyā tasyaiva mānantu

romṇāṁ caiva prakīrtitam . dehacchāyāsavarṇatvaṁ mṛdutvaṁ ca tathā

param . anābilatvaṁ ghanatā namrā ca sphuṭitāgratā . aṁśumattā ca

sūkṣmatvaṁ romṇāṁ sapta guṇā smṛtāḥ . doṣāśca saptasaṁkhyāḥ

syurguṇānāṁ ca viparyayāt . śubhāni śubhakartṛṇi duḥkhadānyaśubhāni

ca . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi lakṣaṇaṁ pakṣmasaṁśrayam . bāhyottānāni

rūkṣāṇi dīrghāṇyā yatanāni ca . mṛdūni piṅgavarṇāni pakṣmāṇi kariṇaḥ

sadā . snigdha cchāyāni kṛṣṇāni samāni ca dṛḍhāni ca . ayanāni macchi

drāṇi pakṣmāṇyatiśubhāni ca . gajānāṁ svāminaḥ saukhyaṁ kurvanti

ramaṇīyatām . dṛḍhāḥ snigdhāgralambāśca suvṛntāśca cchadaprabhāḥ .

tālavṛntasamākārā bālā bharturjaya pradāḥ . śunaḥpucchasamā rūkṣāḥ

kapilāḥ sphuṭitāstathā . ghanatvātiśayopetāḥ suvṛttāstvatininditāḥ .

bhartrārohigajānāntu nityodvegakarāstu te . ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi

keśānāmapi lakṣaṇam . abhinnā ṛjavaḥ snigdhā ghanā madhukaraprabhāḥ

. keśā vāraṇanāthasya kṣemavṛddhikarā matāḥ . rūkṣāstu niṣṭhurāḥ

piṅgāḥ sphuṭitāśca jugupsitāḥ . kurvanti dantināṁ nityaṁ svasya

nāthasya cāśubham . pakṣmavālakeśaromṇāṁ lakṣaṇaṁ kathitaṁ mayā .

phaṇimārjāramaṇḍūkaśṛgālaiśca samaprabham . vānarasya samaṁ caiva

mukhaṁ nāgasya ninditam . snigdhānyāpūrṇagaṇḍāni girikūṭanibhāni ca .

āpūrṇamegharūpāṇi pūjitāni mukhāni cai . madahīnaṁ kṛśaṁ hrasvaṁ

bāhitthaniḥprabhaṁ tathā . varāhalocanākrāntamadṛṣṭacibukaṁ tathā .

lalāṭataṭaparyantagartākṛtibhiranvitam . sagadaṁ hīnatāyuktaṁ mukhaṁ

nāgasya ninditam . mukhasya lakṣaṇaṁ samyak kathitaṁ tava suvrata! .

ataḥparaṁ pravakṣyāmi mātaṅgagatilakṣaṇam . samā ca laghupādā ca

vege’pyatiśubhā matā . dīrghakramā sukhotkṣiptā gātrasaṁvarahāriṇī .

śubhalakṣaṇasaṁyuktā puruṣasya vakasya ca . mātaṅgavṛṣasiṁhānāṁ

gatirmukhyā śubhā matā . kleśacālitagātrā yā viṣamā sulaghukramā .

vege’pi mandasañcārāviśeṣāndolitāsanā . mṛgasya kṛkalāsasya

jambūkasya kharasya ca . gamanena samā yā, sā śubhā no dantināṅgatiḥ

. kathitaṁ tava rājendra! gajānāṁ gatilakṣaṇam . sthitānāñca yathāyīgaṁ

sāmprataṁ lakṣaṇaṁ śṛṇu . pañcasthitasaptasthita navasthita

dvādaśasthitāścaiva . puṇyavatāṁ jāyante rājñāṁ girisannibhāḥ kari ṇaḥ .

lakṣaṇasahitaiḥ snigdhaiḥ karakumbhaviṣāṇakarṇanayanaiśca . saṁyukto

bhavati gajo vasudaḥ pañcasthito nāgaḥ . (vasudaḥdhanadaḥ)

pariṇāhāyāmocchrayabalavikramadhairyakāntisampannaḥ . bhartuḥ

pratāpajanano jñeyaḥ saptasthito hastī .

utsāhavegasāhasamadasatvagurutvadakṣatāyuktaḥ . karadantakarmasu

kuśalonavasthitaḥ karī bhavati . buddhirmedhā satvaṁ yatnaḥkumbhau

tathā’kṣiṇī hṛdayam . romāṇi cchavipādāḥ tathāsanaṁ pṛṣṭhavaṁśaśca .

dvādaśa caitāni sadā sthitāni dṛśyante yasya nāgasya . sa

dvādaśasthitovai bhavati gajaḥ sarvasaukhyakaraḥ . sañcāra

sthitabhedāḥ kathitā guṇasaṁśrayā gajendrāṇām . divyādhamasatvānāṁ

lakṣaṇamiha sāmprataṁ vakṣye . nihatadvipadacatuṣpadakuṇapānna

spṛśati ca na yo mṛhṇāti . na ca jighrati bhūtrādīn sa vāraṇodivyasatvastu

. dattañca yo’tti māṁsa satvānāṁ sarvaṁ tu lobhena . jighrati

mūtrapurīṣāṇi piśācasatvaḥ sa vijñeyaḥ . evaṁ satvaparīkṣā kriyate

naranātha! vāraṇendrāṇām . svaralakṣaṇamidānīmaśubhaṁ śubhañca

vakṣyāmi . sthānānyaṣṭau nṛpate! bhavanti śabdasya vāraṇendrāṇām .

tālvoṣṭhaśirauraḥkarajihvāmūlaṁ galakapolau ca .

gambhīrasaumyahṛṣṭāstabdhāśramīritāstathā snigdhāḥ . nādāḥ

śubhāḥnarādhipa! ṣaḍevakathitā gajendrāṇām . catvārastvaśubhā

raudrābhayaśokasaṅgamotpannāḥ . evaṁ śubhāśubhāśca

daśaprakārāḥsvarāḥsvarā jñeyāḥ . anye’pi

galavaktragānilāsphālanodbhavā bahavaḥ . śabdābhavanti kariṇāṁ

śubhāśubhaṁ na tairbhavati .

nimnocitacivukāyitavirukṣitakūjitakharoṣṭranādanibhāḥ .

vāyasajambūkakapikāṣṭhabhaṅgasadṛśāravāstvaśubhāḥ . jñeyāni śubhāni

sadā mṛdaṅgajīmūtadundubhinibhāni . pātāyitagarjitahasitāni vṛṁhitāni

nāgānām . pātāyitañca tālvoṣṭhasambhavaṁgarjitakaṁ caiva .

jihvāsamudbhavaṁ ca phenāyitamityabhikhyātam . hasitaṁ

kapolajanitaṁ puṣkaravivarodbhavañca nāgānām . bhavati

dhanaghānyavāhanabhūlābhakaraṁ narendrasya . hastena

mṛdaṅgaravaṁ tu karṇābhyāṁ dundubhisvanañcaiva . darduraravaṁ tu

pecakena karoti yo’sau jayakaraḥ . sarvasthānasamutthā śabdā

naranātha! vāraṇendrāṇām . ācāryaiḥ sarvairvṛṁhitasaṁjñāśca ravāḥ

śubhā jñeyāḥ . ete ca jayaparājayakathanasamarthā bhavanti bhūpānām .

garhitaśubhapradeśasthānāṅgaparivardhitā nādāḥ .

śuṣkatṛṇakāṣṭhakaṇṭakavalmīkāsthiśmaśānaduṣṭāsu . pāṣāṇāṅgārādiṣu

bhūmiṣu yadi saṁsthitāḥ kariṇaḥ . vṛṁhanti

hīnalakṣaṇametadbhartustadā’sukhaṁ bhavati . prabhūtamṛdaṅgaravaṁ

tu yadi vṛṁhantyānandapūritāḥ kariṇaḥ . prasthānaṁ bhavati tadā

narādhipasya vijayastadā rājan .! sabhāmadhye ca yadā vṛṁ° hanti

śārdūlavat gajāhraṣṭāḥ . bhavati sasainyasya tadāvijayaḥ saṁkhye

narendrasya . (saṁkhyaṁ saṁgrāmaḥ) kalahaṁsanāda madhuraṁ

kiñcidivotkṣiptapuṣkarastu yadā . vṛṁhati sadā ca hastī tadāpi

jayobhavedbhartuḥ . mukhavivarakapīlagataṁvṛṁhatyasakṛt gajo yadā

hṛṣṭaḥ . madhuraṅgajahasitañca jayapradaṁ bhavati bhūpānām . trīn

vārān krauñcaravaṁ haṁsaravaṁ vṛhitaṁ yadā kurute . etadapi

nāgahasitañjayapradambhavati bhūpānām . garjati ghanavat satataṁ

yadi vāraṇaḥ prahṛmanāḥ

mukharandhuniviṣṭakarastadā’rivijayo’bhavedbhartuḥ . ghanaiva

gṛhītasalilaṁ sasītkaraṁ vṛṁhitaṁ yadā kurute . bhavati tadā

vāraṇanāthasya bhavati śatrunāśaḥ khalveva . kathitānye tāni mayā

śubhāni gajavṛṁhitāni naranātha! . aśubhāni ca nāgānāmataḥparaṁ

pravakṣmāmi . śaṅkācālitanayanovarāha ghuritaniḥsvanaṁ kurute .

tatpratibalasya nūnam tadā kṣayo bhavati . bhūpāla! veṣṭitabhūtalahasto

nadati yadā dharaṇiprakampanādasamam . narapatirāṣṭravināśo mabati

tadā śatrusainyakṛtaḥ . madamuditakharatarasadṛśaṁ niḥsvanaṁ yadi

karī kurute . janayati vijayavināśāt purarāṣṭrapīḍanaṁ ca tadā .

balibhvagnisvana sadṛśaṁ yadi vā samutphālya ca hastam .

vāmāndolitacaraṇoyadā karī vṛṁhati saniḥśvāsam . ālānagataḥ kurute

tadā baddhoyātāvairibhiḥpāśaiḥ . evaṁ prakṛtisthāyadi mataṅgajā

vṛṁhitāni kurvanti . ātyantikāni rājñāṁ caiva bhavanti nānyāni . yadi

ripugajābhimukho nivāyyamāṇo’pi yāti rabhasena . viṁśatipadāni

nāgastatrāpi jayobhavatyeva . amadogṛhṇāti madaṁ durgandhamadaśca

surabhimadam . duṣṭagajānāṁ prathamandulakṣaṇamevaṁ sakalam .

hrasvatanurmaṇivadano hi mahāśirāstabdhakarṇayugalaśca .

nātisthūlo’sisavarṇastabdhāni ca gātra vadanaromāṇi . vyāsaḥ sa bhavati

hastī duṣṭātmā duṣṭaśīlaśca . sthūlākṣipāṇḍurūkṣo

dīrghaviṣāṇonāmitamukhaśrīḥ . pṛthupādaḥśyāvanasvo

vakrohanupuṭadaṇḍena . visṛtakukṣila mvodaraśca kṛṣṇovarāhanayanaśca

. jñeyovakīlanāmā khyāto’yaṁ sarvadoṣakaraḥ . atihrasvāparagātro

vṛhanmukhaḥ kākakṛṣṇanayanaśca .

sthūlatarādhomukhadantadīnamuśalasphuṭita vahirnakhapādaḥ .

sthūlanakhaḥsthūlapuṣkarakaraśca vāmana saṁjño gajādhamo

duṣṭaśīlaśca . viṣāṇe cātidṛḍhe hrasve parimaṇḍalau tathā karṇau .

vadanañca māṁsalaṁ syādadhogatasthūlanayanañca .

samamāṁsalatvayukto hrasvo hrasvāṅguliḥ karo yasya . nāmnā ca

viśvarūpamukha iti khyāto duṣṭamātaṅgaḥ . karakarṇa

śirābāladhiviṣāṇagātrāṇi yasya hīnāni . ādagdhabho’tivāmanāṅgaḥ

pāpātmā sa svāmināśakaraḥ . śayanādutthāya balāddvāvapi pādau

karvati kṛcchreṇa . pratyuṣasi gacchati punaḥ kāpi

samupasthāpitamukhaśca . anibhṛtagātrastiṣṭhedvicalati tasyānanaṁ ca

karṇābhyām . sa jñeyo vātakaraḥ pāpātmā sarvapāpakaraḥ . yasya ca

kilālpaṁ meḍhraṁ hrasvaṁ hrasvāṅgulistanurhrasvā . atinimnañca

bāhitthaṁ karṇau ca tanutvacau hrasvau . gātrāparañca dīrghaṁ

nakhāśca janitāntarāstathā . sarvāṇi ca kākābhapakṣmaromāṇi ca

vidagdhāni . udarañcākṛṣṇa syāt grīvā tanvāyatā ca vakrā ca .

vaṁśikanāmā mato’sau duṣṭagajovarjanīyaśca . yasya karālau daśanau

sthūlau mātrāntarantathā hrakham .

mastiṣkaśuklavarṇaḥkaṣijambukalocano’tivikṛtatanuḥ . pāpātmāyaṁ hastī

rājñā heyaḥ prayatnena . divasamapi yatra tiṣṭhati taṁ deśaṁ dahati

yāvakaprakhyaḥ . rājñā vindhyāvane vā pararāṣṭre vā sa moktavyaḥ .

atikharaparighatanurnakulacchāyastanūruhaistabdhaiḥ . yo hastī pātāraṁ

sa pātayitvā vināśayati . dhanvāsadṛśa mukhoyaḥ karṇakacāyasya

karkaśārūkṣāḥ . kṛṣṇārūkṣātvayo’sau bharturvipadeva mātaṅgaḥ .

romabhiradhomukhagataiḥ kākākṣo dīrghavaktra śca .

sthirahrasvakarṇayugalaḥ sa rākṣasohastī rūpeṇa . tiryak

prekṣaṇaniratodurgandhaḥ kākakumbhavadanaśca . bhūtrapuroṣaghrāṇe

samutsuko bhavati caṇḍālaḥ . kumbhau yasya viśālau vikṣipta

sthūlatārake ca netre . tanvāyataṁ trikaṁ syāt bālaghibālāstu

bahurūprāḥ . raktau pecakakośau meḍhroparisaṁsthitodarañca mahat .

calapakṣmalastu hastī sa bhavati nāmnā mahāduṣṭaḥ . aṅgaṁ prasārya

vadanaṁ vidhūya cādhoraṇaṁ nipātayati . sa jale sthale ca nāgo

vibajaṁnīyaḥ prayatnena . hrasvakarāṅgulibālatanu

daśanaścālpāyāmagātraśca . matkuṇajātiḥ sa gajaḥ suduṣṭaśīlaśca

ruṣṭaśca . kālanakho harivarṇoharyakṣo hrakhabāla dhiścaiva .

bahupakṣmā durgandhirmaṇisannibhatālukairūkṣaiḥ .

atipiṅgalakarṇacūloromaśahasto varāhanayanaśca .

tanunakhasirālakṛṣṇairnakhāntarairduṣṭacaraṇaiśca . vikhuronāma

gajo’sau svāṅgaiḥ sarvatra karkaśojānvoḥ . bahupāpakarmayukto

vyālānāmagraṇīścāyam . rūkṣobāhitthabhāgo viṣamau dantau ca yasya

nāgasya . dhūmaśikheva cchāyā sa nindito varjanīyaśca . dantau

cātihrasvau sthūlau rūkṣau ca māṁsalo hastaḥ . cibukaṁ māṁsaviśuṣka

sthūlatare tārake yasya . sthūlamukho duṣṭātmā nāsau sāṁgrāmiko

bhaveddviradaḥ . ati duṣṭakarnanirato bhayāluko varjanīyaśca . kṛṣṇā

rūkṣā cchāyā vāyasajaṅghā ca dṛśyate yasya . mūtodanañca kurute

niḥśaṅkaṁ yaḥ karāgreṇa . niḥśeṣaṁ śabdāṁśca karoti yaḥ

sahastaniṣyeṣam . pariharaṇīyo rājñāyāne raṇe sa mahatā prayatnena .

atīvaviralapasmā dhyānaparaḥ śabdakaraṇanirataśca . dviguṇīkṛtya

karāgrantudati ca bhūtalantu nityam . vāmena ca likhaṁti mahīmpādena

kuñcitāgreṇa . jarjaravirūpakarṇaḥ pāpātmā nindito hastī .

ānāhāyāmocchrayasatvamukto mahāsirālaviḍaḥ . hrasvāṅgulibālakaro

hrasvāparagātrakarṇaśca . eṣo’pi vāmanaḥsyādyadyapi

bhavedyuddhapriyo’sau dviradaḥ . rājñā tathāpi lakṣaṇavivarjito

varjanīyaśca . sthūlamukhahastakarṇovihīnajaghamāparastanūrūkṣaḥ .

mahatā meḍhreṇa yutonaṣṭamadaḥ kośamahāṁśca .

mandālokananiratomahāśirāḥ pṛthuviṣāṇanayanaśca . hastī

napuṁsako’sau vivarjanīyaśca saṁgrāme . alpāyuṣo bhavanti hi

saṅkālajihvoṣṭhatālukānāgāḥ . narapatibhiste satataṁ vivarjanīyāḥ

prayatnena! āyāmaparihīnaṁ samanāhocchrāyamukhena namitam .

ucchritavaktraṁ kubjaṁviṣamakumbhaṁ kukkurasamānahīnahastaṁ ca .

evaṁbhūtaṁ tu gajaṁ rājā dūreṇa varjayenmatimān . gṛhṇāti

mandabudviryastasya kulakṣayo bhavati . lakṣaṇayukto’pi gajo

dvāviṁśatyekaviṁśatinakhaśca . ekonaviṁśatinasvaḥ saptadaśanakhaśca

yo bhavati . ṣoḍaśa pañcadaśa vā nakhān dhatteyukto vā caturdaśabhiḥ .

ekādaśatrayodaśanavadaśabhirdvidaśanakhaiścaiva .

saṁyuktastvaśubhakaraḥ saptāṣṭābhiśca pāpanakhaiḥ .

dviradāścāṣṭādaśanakhāḥ viṁśatinakhayuktāśca śubhāḥ . kurute

svāmivināśaṁ dvāviṁśatinakhoyaśca . ekonaviṁśatinakho

yuvarājavināśaṁ kurute . saptadaśanakhastu gajo narapatipātra vināśane

samarthaḥ . ṣoḍaśanakhamātaṅgonāyakanāśaṁ dhruvaṁ kurute .

pañcadaśanakhaśca yo’sau senāpatinidhanakṛdgajo bhavati . kurute

caturdaśanakhovyādhiṁ puravāsināṁ hastī . trayodaśanakho

rāṣṭravittavināśaṅkaroti bhūpasya . dvādaśanakhastu kurute

padātituragakṣayaṁ saṁkhye . ekādaśanakhayuktī najahānikaro bhavet

sa gajaḥ . puradāhaṁ ca daśanakhaḥ karoti hastī durālokam .

caturaṅgasya balasya nāśavantu navanakho gajaḥ kurute . aṣṭanakhaśca

purohita baṁśasamunmūlanasamarthaḥ . saptanakhaḥ pratihāraṁ

nāśayati ca ṣaḍnakho’mātyam . pañcanakho bhaktikaraṁ caturnakho

dvārapālañca . trinakhoviṣayākṣepaṁ dvinakhaścāntaḥ purānubandhañca

. ekanakhonakharahitorāṣṭravināśaṁ dhruvaṁ kurute .

evambhūtanakhāye narapatinā na te gajāgrāhyāḥ .

lākṣamañjiṣṭhābho’tilomaśohīnakarṇakarabālaḥ . hastī vivarjanīyo

hīnanakhaḥ pūtilomā ca . jvalanakṛtaṁ śastrakṛtaṁ durbhikṣakṛtaṁ

mahadbhayaṁ kurute . yasmin deśe vasati nāśayati vana sa duṣṭātmā .

yasya na bhavatodantau jvalanakṛtaṁ durbhikṣakṛtaṁ mahadbhaya

kurute . yasmindeśe sa vasati nāśayati vanaṁ sa duṣṭātmā . yasya na

bhavatī dantau kularūpavato’piṁ garbhadoṣeṇa . sa gajomatkuṇanāmā na

taṁ raṇe yojayedrājā . kuñjaraghaṭāgato’sau harati gajānāṁ balaṁ ca

satyañca . ataeva samarakāle narādhipairvarjanīyaśca .

tanuhrasvadīrghadantohyatisaṅkaṭavakravighaṭitaviṣāṇaḥ .

ekadaśanastvadhomukharadanaśca gajaḥ prabhaṁtyajati . radanavihīno

hastī niḥśeṣalakṣaṇayuto’pi . bhavati na nṛpatiyogyomadajalasaṁsiṁktaṁ

gaṇḍo’pi . dūṣitavirahitadīne satvarahite vivarṇe ca .

niṣprabhakuñjakuhare rājā nārohati sannāhara hite ca .

evambhūtāstyājyāḥ mitranāśakā raṇe kariṇaḥ . akṣibhyāmaśrujalaṁ

nipatati nāgasya yasya nitya hi . nayanavyādhiviyuktasya tasya bhartā

raṇemriyate . vaddhanaśīlāśca nakhā bhartuścaiva saṁbādhanakarāḥ .

jihvānakhamukhamehananayanāni bhavanti yasya kṛṣṇāni . bāhitthacitra

kṛṣṇaḥ sa gajobhartuḥ kṣayaṁ kurute . bāhyāṁsaphalakapīṭhī rājan!

kṛśena pṛṣṭhavaṁśena . vadanena ca kapivadanānukāriṇānindito hastī .

karṇau dantau ca samau na natau bhavatī yasya naranātha! . sa

narādhipabalavināśakaraḥ karījāyate samare . citrau romacitau vā sthūlau

vātipralambitāgrau vā . koṣau koṣavināśaṁ sa karoti nāgaśca bhūpānām .

sitabindubhirvicitraṁśvetaṁ vā yasya jāyate meḍhram . sa gajaḥśakti

vināśaṅkaroti bhūpasya saṁgrāme . chāgasyeva vicitrāṇi yasya dehe

bhavanti romāṇi . sa gajaḥpratigajabalena vihvalo nijabalaṁ dahati .

suptotthitasya vadanāt yasya gajendrasya galati rudhirajālam .

jvalanakaṇaṁ muñcati śaśvadasau bhartṛnāśakaraḥ . iti kathitaṁ tava

nṛpate! duṣṭamātaṅgalakṣaṇaṁ samyak . pāpakariṇyālakṣaṇamataḥ

paraṁ saṁpravakṣyāmi . yallakṣaṇaṁ mayoktambhadrādīnāṁ śubhaṁ ca

duṣṭaṁ ca . tatkariṇīṣvapi yojyaṁ jātivibhāgena ca yuktāsu . sulakṣaṇena

lalitāni kareṇukānāmaṅgāni bhavanti . yuvatisadṛśāna puruśocitāni ca

tathā pīnānyaṅgāni kareṇūnām . gajasaṁsthānā kariṇī nirmatadantā

supīnakāyā ca . sthūlāyatā ca satataṁ prabhūtadayā matāca kariṇīnām .

prācyavanasamudbhūtāḥ prāyeṇa lakṣaṇayutā bhavanti kariṇyaḥ .

sulakṣaṇeṣu ca cchāyā lakṣaṇaṁ pradhānaṁ tacca pañcavidhaṁ bhavati .

pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśātmakam . tatra pṛthivyapteja ātmakaṁ praśasta

vāyvākāśātmakamapraśastam . krameṇa cchāyābhidhīyate

balopacayapaśena samutapadyate . tasyaiva dehoddyotajananī sthirā

prabhā’bhidhīyate . chāyāphalasya dviguṇapalasampādanasamarthā

prabhā bhavati . chāyā dehasamāśritāḥ sthiraprabhāvā’sthirā cchāyā

yalopacayavaśena sumutpadyate . narendrasyaivodyogakāle

śubhakarmaphalasūcanārthaṁ gajasya prabhā prakaṭībhavatyeva . evaṁ

chāyāgato bhedo’vagantavyaḥ . sāmprataṁ chāyārūpamabhidhīyate .

snigdhā gambhīrarūpā pārthivī cchāyā bhavati . snigdhājībhūtasannibhā

ca salilasambhūtā, snigdhā raktā ca tāmrā ca tejasī cchāyā . trayaṁ

caitallakṣaṇaṁśubhamaśubhalakṣaṇāni gajasya stambhayitvā

sukhapradaṁ bhavati . athāśubhā kathyate niḥpramā paruṣā rūkṣā

bhasmanākulavarṇā ca vāṣavī . rūkṣā tanvīkṛṣṇādivividhavarṇā

ākāśātmikā . itthaṁ chyādvayamati garhitam gajalakṣaṇāni

tiraskatyāśubhapradambhavatyanena prakāreṇa cchāyālakṣaṇamuttamaṁ

bhavati . vikaṭahrasvabālavṛddhakṛśāṅgahīnāṅgeṣu

vyādhipīḍitavikalāṅgeṣu gajeṣu nārohati rājā bhṛtyāścaiteṣvārohantīti .

yādṛśaṁ ca samarakāle mātaṅgaṁ rājā samārohati tādṛśasya

lakṣaṇamabhidhīyate . balaṁ kaṇṭhai sthitaṁ nityaṁ kuñjarāṇāṁ

nareśvara! . ataḥsaṁpūrṇakaṇṭhastu śikhipiṅgalalocanaḥ .

ghanamāṁsacitāṁsastu diśo’vaghrāṇatatparaḥ . varāhajaghanaścaiva

suviṣāṇovarānanaḥ . supratiṣṭhitapādastu yaḥ syādagurumakṣikaḥ .

prājāpatyogajohyeṣa saṁgrāmārhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ . madhupiṅgaladantoyaḥ

kikivāpītakacchabiḥ . romāṇi caiva rūpāṇi mukha ca kamalaprabham .

raktotpaladalacchāye sūkṣme tīkṣṇe ca locane . aindrogajastu

vijñeyoripuvṛndavināśanaḥ . tāmratālukajihvoṣṭhasujātaniviḍāparaḥ .

pīnonnataśarīrastu raktakokanadacchaviḥ . āyatena tu dantena kareṇa

mukhaśobhinā . pīyūṣapiṅgadanto hi gajaḥkauvera ucyate .

taruṇāmbudasaṁkārśīghṛtaprabhaviṣāṇabhṛt . saṁpūrṇakaṇṭhapādastu

saṁpūrṇasamamastakaḥ . mṛdaṅgadhvanigambhāranādapūritadiṅmukhaḥ

. āyatena ca hastena sīkarotkiraṇapriyaḥ . vāruṇo’yaṁ gajorājan

saṁgrāmeṣvatipūjitaḥ . kaṇṭhastrivalisaṁyuktaḥ saṁpūrṇoyasya dṛśyate .

locane tāmbapiṅge ca dantau ketakasaprabhau . pādau ca valinau yasya

pīnagātrasamāṁsalau . pṛthulau vinducitrau ca karṇau cātāsrapallavau .

aiśāno’yaṅgajo rājan! raṇakarmaṇi yujyate . tālunyurasi vaktre ca

pakṣayorubhayorapi . ātāmrā yasya dṛśyeta cchāyā mṛdutanūruhā . asau

saumyastu vijñeyaḥ kuñjaraḥ samarocitaḥ . arciḥpiṅgala romā yaḥ

keśaiśca śvetapiṅgalaḥ . piṅgalākṣiviṣāṇaśca rakta puṣkaratālukaḥ .

āgneyaḥ sa gajojñeyastejasāgnisamaprabhaḥ . rājñā budvimatā nityaṁ

dhāryaḥ samarakarmaṇi . kṛṣṇavarṇa yutāgrāṇi mukhaśrotāṁsi locane .

nirghūṁmāgnisamacchāye bhūlagnaśca karastathā . kāyaśca

pīnanāsaḥsyādvege vāyusamaḥ śubhaḥ . rājanu . vāyavyamicchanti

taṅgajaṁ śāstrakovidāḥ . saṁkhye niyuktaśca gajonāśayedripuvāhinīm .

niraṅkuśatvaṁ caṇḍatvaṁ tasya doṣadvayaṁ bhavet . niraṅkuśatvaṁ

śamayet prayogāśvāsanādibhiḥ . caṇḍatvaṁ ca tathā nityaṁ

sukumārakriyādibhiḥ . romāṇyañjanarūpāṇi nakhāḥ śaṅkhasamaprabhāḥ .

nistriṁśavimalacchāyaḥ sa bhavedvaiṣṇavogajaḥ . sa vairiṇaṁ jayed

rājan! ripusainyavimardanaḥ . kumbhavaktraḥ kaṭau yasya

nistriśaghanasaṁnibhau . bindubhiścitri taṁ yasya sa vicitraśravo gajaḥ .

tena saṁgrāmakarmāṇi kurute yo narādhipaḥ! . nityaṁ cārijayaṁ tena sa

rājā phalamaśnute . sudanto dīrghahastaśca vṛhadaṅgulipuṣkaraḥ .

ghanamāṁsaśarīraśca kūrmākārohi sattama! . sāṁgrāmikonajohyeṣa

jīvatyapi samāśatam . saṁgrāmavijayī nityaṁ pratāpajananakṣamaḥ .

mahāśirā mahākāyo mahāmeḍhro mahākaraḥ . mahādantodaraścaiva

mahānāgovarāsanaḥ . mahānetro mahauṣṭhaśca mahākarṇomahāmukhaḥ

. mahāmado mahākaṇṭho bhavetsāṁgrāmikogajaḥ . yadbhadralakṣaṇaṁ

pūrvamuktaṁ nṛpa! tacchubhameva hi . mandasyāpi hi śastaṁ

syadāddvāvetau ca mahāgajau . saṁpūrṇalakṣaṇopeto na bhavecca

mahītale . anayoreva bhedāstu nāgānāṁ samudāhṛtāḥ . sāṁgrāmikā

dvipā rajān! śubhalakṣaṇalakṣitāḥ . kathitāstava tattvena

rājasaukhyakarāgajāḥ . ābhiṣecanikagajalakṣaṇaṁ tatraiva .

pīnamāṁsacitāṁsaśca kūrmākāranakhastathā . samavacitasāṁsastu

suvṛttaḥ kalpanāparaḥ . chānakukṣiḥ supārśvaśca romānāhasamanvitaḥ .

jvalanojjvalanetrastu suviṣāṇo mahākaraḥ . saṁpūrṇacibukaścaiva

kramāyāmorayānvitaḥ . balasatvasamāyuktaḥ snigdhacchavimanoramaḥ .

sāṁgrāmiko bhaveṣṭrājña ābhiṣecaniko gajaḥ .

tatraiva pālakāvye gajahṛdaye . āyuḥ saviṁśati śataṁ mānaṁ syāt

sāmajanmanām . rājaputra! diśāmyevamāyuṣyādi daśādaśa . lakṣaṇāni

vade teṣāṁ kṣetrāṇyevaṁ viṣāṇinām . lakṣaṇālakṣaṇaṁ

jñeyamāyuṣyādidaśāphalam . kṣetrāṇi hastauṣṭhamukhaṁ dantau śīrṣaṁ

ca cakṣuṣī . karṇau grīvā ca gātrañca vakṣaḥ kāryasya bhedataḥ .

lakṣaṇaṁ sannikṛṣṭaṁ yadbiprakṛṣṭañca yadbhavet .

matañcitrabalopetaṁ prabhūtañja manīṣibhiḥ . tulye kule vane jātau

pracāre yattu lakṣaṇam . daśāyāñca tadākhyātaṁ ghrabhūtamiti sūribhiḥ

. dakṣiṇandakṣiṇāṅgaṁ ca hastinaḥ puṇyadaṁ matam . tathā vāmaṁ ca

vāmāṅgaṁ hastinīphaladaṁ matam . lakṣaṇaṁ dakṣiṇāṅgotthaṁ phalaṁ

bhūmibhujāṁ matam . mahadvyaktaṁ bhaveyadyacca lakṣaṇaṁ

tanmahāphalam . yadalpamaprakāśañca tadalpaphaladaṁ matam .

madhyamānaphalaṁ mavyaṁ lakṣaṇaṁtu samādiśet . śubhāśubhena

miśreṇa bahutvenādiśet phalam . kadācit śubhada cāsya

gajānāmapyalakṣaṇam . śubhakarmāṇamāsādyarājānamatha vā dvijam .

yathā hi sarvasaritaḥ samudraṁ samupetya hi . svarasena viyujyante

mavanti lavaṇāmbhasaḥ . evamāsādya bhartāraṁ bahulakṣaṇalakṣitam .

bhavanti bādhitānīha durlakṣaṇaphalāni ca . ityupakramya

gajadehasthānavibhāganāmabhedastatraiva darśitaḥ . yathā

viṣāṇayīryastiryaksyādāyatāgro graho’pi saḥ . kivivā ca

grahasyādhaḥkumbhopari ca bimbakaḥ . atha grahoparistho’pi

puraṣkaro’pi bhavettathā . tathā grahoparisthe ca kivivoparibhāgake .

vāhitthopari keśāśca mastakaṁ ca tathā matam . syātāṁ mastakapiṇḍau

ca mastakasthaśca vindukaḥ . tathā vindūparisyātāṁ vitānau

vindupārśvataḥ . tato’ntaravitānaṁ ca pṛṣṭhaṁ tatra vinirdiśet .

vinduvitānayoścāntaḥ purastāt pākilau kila . nīce mastakapiṇḍāddhi

vitānavindupākalaḥ . niryāṇaṁ ca vitānordhvaṁ karṇau vāpi tataḥ kaṭau .

kaṭayoḥ śrotasī vāpi kaṭasvāvastayoradhaḥ . pṛṣṭhataḥ kaṭisaṁdhī ca

gaṇḍau ca kaṭayoradhaḥ . kaṭagaṇḍāntasadbhāge ghāṭasandhī ca

ghāṭake . ghāṭāsandhyupariṣṭācca karṇasandhisamīpage . śravaṇe

gātragaṇḍādhaḥkapolau ca tadantare . romakūrcau ca pādau ca

kapolādhastathā matau . tataḥ sagadasandhī ca sagadāntaramatra ca .

āsagadāt hanvavaghiḥ pradeśaḥ śirasomataḥ .

akṣikūṭābuparyakṣāvubhābupari vai tayoḥ . guhevākṣā’dharaḥ syāttu

netrasrāvau tayoradhaḥ . apāṅgāvakṣibāhye ca tatsandhī cākṣipṛṣṭhataḥ .

pakṣmaṇormaṇḍale cātha tatsandhī vartmamaṇḍalau . vartmamaṇḍala

sandhī ca tataśca śvetamaṇḍale . śvetamaṇḍalasandhī ca tataḥ kṛṣṇe ca

maṇḍale . tatsandhī ca tataḥ kṛṣṇe satsandhī vartmamaṇḍale . tayorapi

tathā sandhī prāgbhāge cakṣuṣorapi . kanīnike samāmnāte sandhī tatra

tathānayoḥ . ityakṣigatadeśānāṁ samuddeśo bhavediha . kila vittau ca

karṇau ca karṇayoścūlikā tataḥ . tadadhaḥ karṇapippalyau balike dve

pradeśage . karṇamastakasandhī ca paścāt karṇāpavartayaḥ . tadantaśca

samasthānāvudghātau parikīrtitau . karṇacūlikayoragre piṅgalākhyau ca

bhāṣitau . purastāt karṇapi palyāḥ karṇasaṁveśacarmaṇī . karṇāntaḥ

karṇanāḍyau ca lambetāṁ tasya bhāgataḥ . tayārvīthiḥkavandhaśca

saśaṅkhamadhyakarṇayoḥ . karṇasandhyoradhastācca

tathādhaḥsandhisaṁjñitau . tadadhaḥkarṇapālyau ca prāk

karṇoparitastayoḥ . nāḍīpārśvagatau cātra madhyakarṇau tayoradhaḥ .

adhaḥkarṇau samākhyātau bahiḥkarṇāpavartayoḥ . pārśvakarṇau

bahiḥkarṇau karṇayośca kramād bahiḥ . antarāntarakarṇau ca

paryantakarṇapāśayoḥ . adhastācceti bhāgāḥ syuḥ karṇayoḥ kariṇo’pi ca .

grīvāyāḥ prāgbhavobhāgo grīvā sandhistatastathā . grīvāpṛṣṭhaṁ

tatasyācca madhye tacca kṛkāṭikā . grīvāpṛṣṭhe

tathādhastādgalamāhurdvipasya ca . adhaḥkaṇṭhastayoścordhaṁ manye

te galakaṇṭhayoḥ . dhamanyau kaṇṭhapārśve ca tayoścābalipiṇḍikā .

galasya pārśvayīrūrdhvaṁ dardurau cātra nirdiśet . guhe

manyoparisyātāmupariṣṭāttayostathā . kivikau ca tathā coktau

paścādupari caitayoḥ . pārṣṇighātau ca saṁkhyātau pārṣṇighātāntare

tathā . utsaṅgāvupari syātāṁ skandhādūrdhaṁ tathānayoḥ . tanmadhye

paṇavaścordhvamiti grīvāṁśasaṁgrahaḥ . (hastipakena pārṣṇibhyāṁ yau

deśau hanyete tau pārṣṇighātau) gātramātramāyataṁ ca

bhavedāsanamāditaḥ . tatpārśvayoḥ pratīkāśau tāvaṁsau ca tayoradhaḥ .

tadadhaḥpratyagaṁsau ca tathaivāṁsaphale tathā . tadadhastāttatobāhū

tatobāhūttaraṁ tathā . arvāgatra guhe tatra bāhupṛṣṭhodbhave api .

apāre ca tadūrdhvaṁ ca tayīstadbhāvikau tathā .

pālyāvathāṅgādūrdhañca tayorāyāmapṛṣṭhataḥ .

pālyantāṅgapurastāccabhujayoruditau yavau . yavabhāgopari tathā

purastāt phalakocchritau . piṇḍikādhaśca vemākhyau viśoṣau

yavayoradhaḥ . utsaṅgau ca viśoṣādhaḥ prahau cāpi tayoradhaḥ .

tatsandhī ca tataḥ parvasandhānau tadadhomatau . tadadhaḥ pālipādau

vai kūrcau cānu tayoradhaḥ . tadadhonakhakūrcāśca tato nakhaśikhā

daśa . puraḥpuronakhau nāmnā sanakhau caiva vistṛtau . tatpaścāttu

nakhagrīvā viśoṣāḥ pārśvatonatāḥ . antaḥpārśvabahiḥpārśve syātāṁ

pārśvanakheṣu ca . kavāsa rājayaścātra pādanāhāvikāstathā . talasandhī

tataḥ syātāṁ tale ca tadanantaram . talapradeśapuratastatparā

nakhabudhnataḥ . talakarṣau tataḥ paścāt talaprahau tataḥparau .

talayorantaraṁ caiva hṛdaye ca karīrake . kiṁvinorājayaśceti

talasadbhāvikā api . palahastau tataḥ syātāmantarbāhū tato’ntare .

bahirbāhū bahiścordhvaṁ gātra sarvaṁ tato’pi ca . kakṣau gātra

prahordhañca kakṣayorantaraṁ tataḥ . iti pradeśā gaditā gajānāṁ

gātragocarāḥ . kaṇṭhasyāntarmaṇiḥ pūrvaṁ grīvāparva samāśrayaḥ .

uromaṇiḥ samāmnātastataḥ syādurasaḥ sthitiḥ . yā’dhobhā pārśvagā

tatra gātrasandhisamāśritā . āvartamaṇi rapyatra vikṣo bhāsvarasaṅgataḥ

. tataḥ sandhikarastu syāttasyādhaḥ stanayoḥ puraḥ . mātrayorantaraṁ

cāpi caturakṣāntaraṁ bhavet . adhaḥstanau ca stanayorantare cātha

cūcuke . stanāntau stanakūrcau ca kṣīrikau cāpi kūrcake .

caturakṣāntarālaṁ ca bhave ccūcukayoradhaḥ . stanayorapyadhastācca

purastāt stanayorbhavet . hṛdayaṁ cāsya pārśvasthāvāyāmau ca

bahistayoḥ . syātāmāyāmakāṇḍau ca tadaghovivaśau tataḥ . tataḥ

kroḍaṁ padādhastāt paścāccāyāmakāṇḍayoḥ . randhre cāparavastiśca

stanayorapyanantaram . jaṭhare nābhirityete pradeśāḥ kila vakṣasaḥ .

āparāṅghriparaḥśephoretaḥsrāvāvaghiḥ smṛtaḥ . tato’ṇḍakoṣasandhiḥ

syāt koṣasandhiśca śephataḥ . kramānmehanamatra syāt meḍhrasaṁjño

bhavedapi . ānirgamāttathā tasya bāhupārśvagatau matau . agratastatra

kakudaṁ tasyāśrī pārśvayorapi . mehanasya puraḥsroto vaṅkṣaṇau

koṣapārśvagau . aparāśrayiṇī śukre tathā vaṅkṣaṇamadhyage .

ityaṇḍakoṣabhāgāḥ syuḥ kramādāsanamucyate .

tadantaścāsanañcordhaṁ vakravaṁśasya pṛṣṭhataḥ .

bhavedaparavaṁśaśca tatonyaccādha āsanam . paścimāsanamapyasya

pṛṣṭhataḥ paragasya ca . ata āstipradeśaśca tato vaṁśaśca bāladhiḥ .

(āstirāsanam) . āśrayetyabhidhānāśca bhāgāḥ paścānniṣādinaḥ . syātāṁ

ca tatpalādhastāt pakṣasandhī tathā tataḥ . syātāñca pakṣapārśve ca

garmūkāścakramādapi . pakṣādhonantarau cānukukṣī pakṣasamāstutī .

niṣkābhau madhyagau tatra śaṅkūcaivordhamadhyataḥ . kakṣābhogau

kākapakṣau śaṅkucchāyākarautataḥ . utkṛṣṭaukukṣipaścācca

tryasthipārśvagatāvapi . kālakotkṛṣṭadeśānāṁ pālavaṁśaśca pārśvayoḥ .

kālake piṇḍike cādho vidyāccāparayoḥ sthite . utkṛṣṭapiṇḍikā

tryasthisthānamevālambanam . jaghanaṁ parato’smācca evaṁ kālavakā

daśa . bhavet pāyuśca pāyostu gudamabhyantaraṁ tathā . vahirgudasya

vartmasyāt gudāntaḥ kandaraṁ viduḥ . vilapāyvantare kakṣau tathā

piṇḍikayorapi . adhastādantare kiṁvinyantare tasya saṁsthitiḥ .

piṇḍikāghatha maṇḍūkyāvaṣṭhīlau piṇḍikāntare .

avayavapramāṇabhedāstartrava . piṇḍikāratnikāmānā puṣkaro’pi

bhavettathā . karṇasandhirbhaveccāpi taccāratnipramāṇataḥ .

karṇāpavartau pālyau ca syātāṁ hastasamucchritī . karṇāśrī ca tathā

vidyādvistāre dvādaśāṅgule . karṇāśrāvapi hastau dvāvāyāma pariṇāhataḥ

. karṇavartiṁ viddhi karṇapramāṇena ca ratnikām . śira āsanamuddiṣṭaṁ

mānena trikahastakam . śirasastu pramāṇena syāt ṣaḍaṅgulamāsanāt .

āsanena samaṁśīrṣaṁ kalyāṇakaramityapi . yasyāsanaṁ ca nīcena

śirasaḥ syāt ṣaḍaṅgulam . avāgro nāma sa prokto gajoninditalakṣaṇaḥ .

śiro yasya bhaveduccamāsanād dvādaśāṅgulam .

so’bhyudagrābhidhānena lakṣaṇādāsanaṁ bhavet . āsanaṁ

vaṅkṣaṇoddeśād grāhaśca pakṣabhāgataḥ . mañcasamānaphalaka

utkṛṣṭo’ṣṭhīsthito’pi ca . aṣṭītyevaṁ samākhyātaṁ lakṣaṇādāsanaṁ

bhavet . hastadvayapramāṇena pecakāt paścimāsanam .

dvādaśāṅgulanimnaṁ syādāsanāt paścimāsanam . sārdhahastatrayaṁ

cādhaḥ pramāṇamapi bāladheḥ . saptāṅgulapramāṇena pāyuśca

parimaṇḍalaḥ . aratniparimāṇena vidustadvadguṇāntaram .

aratnito’ghikaṁ yasya vistareṇa stanāntaram . tiryagromacayaṁ

gātramaribhyaḥ śīkadogajaḥ . aratnitrayamānena nābhideśastanāntaram .

nābhiśca bhūtrakoṣaśca gudāratnyardhamānataḥ . aṇḍakoṣaśca

hastārdhapramāṇena samanvitaḥ . dve cāratnī tathārdhaṁ ca

koṣamānaṁ bhavedapi . so’rdhahastadvayāyāmohastānāhayutomataḥ .

prauhe tu pariṇāhaḥ syādaratnidvitaya tathā . hastayoścārdha mānaṁ

syāt caturbhāgeṇa saṁyutam . talasya pārśvataḥ prauhāvaratnipramitau

matau . caturbhāgayutāratnirbhavennamratalopari . aṣṭāṅgulapramāṇena

syātāṁ tataḥ puronakhau . saptāṅgulaścāpanakhaḥ pārśve

pañcāṅgulānakhāḥ . caturviṁśatyaṅgulañca bhavedgātrāpare tathā .

aparābhyāṁ bhavedgranthiraratnyardhena mānataḥ . aratniśca

talāyāmobhavecca karayorapi . saptāṅgulāstu vaiśoṣāḥ pālyoḥ

pārśvanakhāstathā . pañcāṅgulāstryaṅgulāśca navacāpi nakhā matāḥ .

ityaṅgamānaṁ nāgasya diṅmātramihadarśitam . samāṅgā api mātāṅgā

dṛśyante duḥkhadāḥ kvacit . dṛśyante viṣamāṅgāśca kvacit

kalyāṇadāyinaḥ . tasmāt pramāṇaṁ keṣāñcidapramāṇatayā matam .

pramāṇaṁ kṛtasācāryaiḥ sarvairlakṣaṇa vedibhiḥ . athāṅgasaṅgamāttāvat

mātaṅgānāṁ guṇāguṇāḥ . bhūyo’nyaguṇadoṣābhyāṁ prasaṅgāt kathitāḥ

punaḥ . uparikramato vṛddho nātistabdhomṛdusthitiḥ .

vṛttamnigdhāccharomā ca lohitāṅguliṣuṣkaraḥ . sarvavyaktapramāṇaśca

gajaḥ kalyāṇakārakaḥ . bhāgyapradī bālahastastathāyatatanūruhaḥ .

arthado hīnavinduśca gajo duḥkhaprado maṁtaḥ . dvipāmṛtyukarā hrasvā

hīnapārśvāśca vṛddhidāḥ . puṣkaraṁ hīnamavyaktaṁ

vidyādbhartṛvināśanam . yuktamāne nigāle ca nirmalaśrotasī śubhe .

susamāhite ca syātāmut palāgrasamadyutī . unnaddhau kramavṛddhau ca

sigdhāvabhyuditau samam . dakṣiṇau ca samānau ca

prahārapraguṇacchavī . tataḥ pradakṣiṇāvartāvudāttau dantināṁ radau .

karaspṛgākṛtī cāpi śvetāsthisadṛśadyutī . viṣāṇe ca tathā myātāṁ cāpāgre

vāraṇasya ca . yo dakṣiṇaikadantasya śriyā tu rahito gajaḥ .

vāmaikadanto dantī ca duḥkhadaḥ sādinomataḥ . daśāṁ prāpya catuthīṁ

ca dvitīyāṁ yasya na dvijau . sthūlāvanāyatau syātāṁ sa mūḍho nāma

durgajaḥ . ūrdhasaṁsthānavakrau ca pratimānagatau na vā . yuyutsāmiva

kurvāṇā yasya bālāḥ sadurdvipaḥ . dantau halopamau yasya dīrghau

pārśvena connatau . dakṣiṇena viṣāṇena vāmadantadarantathā .

kārayedyastu mātaṅgo vāmadārī sa vai bhavet . tathā dakṣiṇadārī ca

dakṣiṇadaraṇaṁ tathā . vāmena kārayennoṣṭo yātuḥ svāminaeva saḥ .

tathā halaviśālena dantenaikena dantinaḥ sthūlenākharvadīrgheṇa

duḥsthitākhyo’pi varjitaḥ . antarnatābhyāṁ saddantaḥ kudanto’pi

natāvaghaḥ . kūpe vāmonnatiścāpi radābhyāṁ dviradaḥ kvacit .

dantadurvāsasākhyo hi dviradomadhyalakṣaṇaḥ . bahirnatauhastalambau

radau yasya sa durgajaḥ . kṛṣṇāyatau radau mūle vinahinti madāgatim .

śyāmalākāra radanāgranthimaddaśanāstathā . durjātā viṣamā

vakraphalakāśca kṛśāstathā . ātadīrghātihrasvāśca vadanenāghaśaṁsinaḥ

. triratnimitameḍhrasya pañcaratnimitoradaḥ . yaṣṭidantonukathito

rājaputra! manīṣibhiḥ . prapūrṇaṁ pratimānañca tārābhaṁ balivajitam .

sūkṣmavindu samānaddhaṁ mṛdutvakkāyaromaśam . svāyataṁ

pṛthubāhityaṁ sarvagātrasamāhitam .

raktauṣṭhatāludaśanavilagnamustvaṇasthitim . taṁ rājā varjayet yuddhe

śubhalakṣaṇa varjitam . bālārkasadṛśe yasya harivarṇavilocane .

manaḥśilāprabhe vāpi haryakṣo’sau subhikṣadaḥ . padmāpāṅge ca vipule

suprasanne sitāsite . yasyākṣiṇī sacākṣibhyāṁ vibhaktākhyo hitapradaḥ .

yasyatuṅge ca nayane mahatī dṛṣṭimaṇḍale . snigdhanirmalavarṇaśca

tārakākṣaḥ sa sammataḥ . yasyāsṛjaḥ samā bhāse vṛttākāre vilocane .

pārāvatākṣaṁ nāgaṁ taṁ praśaṁsanti śivapradam . hrasve nātyāyate

netre prasanne sūkṣmadarśane . yasya syātāṁ sacādhyakṣo vāraṇaḥ

śubhalakṣaṇaḥ . īṣadgairikasaṅkāśe dṛśyete yasya cākṣiṇī . dhvāṅkṣākṣaḥ

sa vinirdiṣṭo durbhikṣāribhayāvahaḥ . kṛṣṇāpāṅge śubhe netre

kāṁsyasadṛśasaprabhe . yasya syātāṁ bhaveccāyaṁ śūkarākṣā sa

garhitaḥ . samantato nopacite saṁsṛṣṭe ca manāgdṛśau prauḍhākūṭau

yasyāpi viṣvagakṣaḥ sa durbhagaḥ . vaiṣamyādviṣamaprekṣī neṣṭo

haritayā dṛśā . tathā niṣprabhayā dṛṣṭyā varjitaḥ kālapiṅgalaḥ .

tandrīryasyānudṛśyeta virūpaṁ viṣamaṁ tathā . tathaiva tiryag dṛk hastī

tiryakprekṣī ma dūṣaṇaḥ . adhaḥprekṣī ca yo yaḥ syādūrdhagāmivilocanaḥ

. sadṛśo babhrumārjāraprabhṛtyamatacakṣuṣām . sa syādaniṣṭa dṛk hastī

tiryakprekṣī ca dūṣaṇaḥ . adhaḥprekṣī ca sajñeyo

mṛdūrdhvagāmidarśanaḥ . dṛṣṭiḥ snigdhā praphullā ca susthitāmalatārakā

. ūrdhvapakṣma prasannasya vāraṇasya vilokyate . udagratārako nāmnā

sāmnā pārśvavisarpiṇī . vistabdhācalapakṣmā tu kupitā’nekapasya dṛk .

sarvāṅgalakṣaṇebhyo’pi cakṣurlakṣaṇamuttamam . ityevaṁ

lakṣaṇajñānāṁ pūrveṣāmanuśāsanam . praśastanetre dvirade

nṛpobhadrāṇi paśyati mastakādilakṣaṇantu prāyeṇa

bārhaspatyoktalakṣaṇasamamityatastannoktaṁ yatra viśeṣastaducyate .

ekakūpaprajātāni snigdhāni ca mṛdūni ca . romāṇīṣṭāni romṇāñca pecako

dakṣiṇāṅgajaḥ . lāṅgūlasyaiva romāṇi dṛśyante yasya hastinaḥ .

saṁhatāni vicitrāṇi sa pūjyo vāraṇoraṇe .

kariṇo vāmanatvādau kāraṇāntaraṁ tatphalañcoktaṁ tatraiva

vāyvākāśaguṇādhiṣṭhapṛthivīguṇasarjanāt . jāyatekila mātaṅgaḥ kubjo vā

vāmano’pi ca . yato bhūtaguṇo’nyonyamadhitiṣṭhati mānataḥ . tairguṇai

rjāyate kharvā dantīti munayoviduḥ . hīnāṅgohānikārī

syādadhikāṅko’dhikaṁ haret . rāṣṭrāhitau bhavetāñca khañjakubjāviti

sthitiḥ . āyāmānāha saṁyukto hṛsvākāro hi vāmanaḥ .

naṣṭhīvyantaraniryāṇo mahāsthisagado’pi ca . asthiśvetau ca rūkṣmau ca

dantau yasyāśritau karam . sa cālayitvā rājānaṁ hatvā vātha palāyate .

hrasvameḍhrāṅgulikaraḥ śrotrāśriśvetaromayuk .

kapikauśikakākāhinakulaprakhyalocanaḥ . kālāpaṅgalanetraśca

tanvānanahanustathā . balyā samānaniryāṇaḥ pratyagrapṛthupecakaḥ .

maṇḍūkābharucitvak ca sāsnānalasamo’pi ca . parimaṇḍala karṇaśca

spaṣṭadhvāṅkṣa śivadhvajaḥ . prauḍhonnatākṣi kūṭākṣaḥ

sakilāsāṅghrimehanaḥ . vyālaityavagantavyo nirmado dantidūṣaṇaḥ .

sabalī yasya sadānau prauhau cāpi kacācitau . civuke cāyatasthūle

vraṇaiśca tanurābilā . adhovaktrāṇi romāṇi hanū ca kṛśaromage .

suḍhakkākṛtayaḥ pādā ḍimbaityapi viśrutaḥ . āsyauṣṭhatālurasanāḥ kāla

kalmāṣakāntayaḥ . karṇaukacācitau nyūnau tāmbavarṇaśca bāladhiḥ .

karābhipreṣaṇāsaktau mānonāṅgulipuṣkale . sthūle ca pakṣmaṇī

netraprabhe duṣprekṣaṇe tathā . durbaddhāni tathāṅgāni

balīmukhanibhaṁ mukham . reṇudvirephānurūpā makṣikābhiścitākṛtiḥ .

aratnimānau dantau ca śuṣkāvapyanigūhitau . karṇe ca kaṭhine yasya

nīlagopaka vidyuti . vivarṇaṁ kaṭhinaṁ rūkṣaṁ bhinnamiśratanuruham .

napusakaśca mātaṅgo sa dūre tyāgamarhati . mañjiṣṭhārāgabhāvena

yattanurvānaropamā . sa pūtano’gnibhayado yūthahā parivarjitaḥ .

tiryakprekṣī cādhaḥprekṣī durgandhamadasaṁyutaḥ . kālapiṅgodaroneṣṭo

mātaṅgaḥ syāt mataṅgajaḥ . puṣkare stanamadhye ca vāmahaste

mataṅgajaḥ . kilāsairāvṛtaḥ syācca tadrāṣṭre durnayaṁ diśet .

paścātsamutthitāvāponityamīlitalocanaḥ .

bāhitthasaṁkṣiptamukhonibaddhākṣo mataṅgajaḥ . nyūnaṁ

viṁśativarṣasya dantau yasya pramāṇataḥ . atimātrau na vai syātāṁ

nāgonāgasamastu saḥ . hīnātiriktadaśano yasya vai tasya mṛtyudaḥ

ityavayavadoṣāḥ .

atha varṇastathāvartāḥ puṣpāṇyābhā svarogatiḥ . balaṁ

satvamanūkañca gandhobodhitamiṅgitam . syādbhūtaguṇavaiśeṣyād

varṇavaiśeṣyameva hi . vātādibhyo’pi doṣemyovarṇavaiśeṣyamiṣyate .

raukṣyaṁ parātirekeṇa sarvaṁ vātasya vaibhavet . soṣmatā śoṇitāt,

pittāt raudratā, saumyatendujā ityupakramya kapho garbhaśayānasya

snigdhatāṁ pratipadyate . pittaṁ garbhaśayānasya stabdhatvaṁ

pratipadyate . tatkarī kathitaḥ kālastathaiva snigdhadarśanaḥ . pittaṁ

kaphaśca yugapad veviṣṭi tu tatastataḥ . śyāmavarṇo’pi mātaṅgo jāyate

snigdhaeva vai . garbhe ca māṁsasahite kapharakte yadā sthite . ciraṁ

garbhaśayānasya harisnigdhastato’pyasau . raktapittakaphānāñca

saṅkaratvagatau tathā . haritāruṇapītādyā nānāvarṇā bhavanti hi .

sarvatrānugavātena mīlanādrūkṣatā bhavet . pāruṣyaṁ dhūsaratvaṁ ca

susnigdhatvaṁ bhavettathā . kvacidvarṇavibhedāśca

pūrvasambhavakāraṇāt . grahanakṣatracārācca pitṛvījavaśāttathā .

tatrāpi śvetavarṇāśca śukavarhimaṇitviṣaḥ . śuddhahemarucaścebhāḥ

sureṣu prāci ca kvacit . nṛṇāntu harayaḥ kṛṣṇāḥ śyāmāśca kariṇaḥ smṛtāḥ

. harirmadhusavarṇaśca kṛṣṇaścāñjanasannibhaḥ . na kālo na

harirnāgomadhvābhaḥ śyāma iṣyate . eteṣu tripu varṇeṣu

harivarṇovaromataḥ . iti varṇabhedakāraṇādinirūpaṇam .

āvartaḥ ṣaḍidhaścaiva tvagjodaśanabhaṅgajaḥ . koṣajaḥ

pakṣmajātaśca bālajo romajo’pi ca . koṣaromabhavau śastau

dantakalpanajaḥ śubhaḥ . śīkānarthapradāḥ

proktāstvagjapakṣmajabālajāḥ . bhūmidoromajāvartaḥ

koṣāvartojayapradaḥ . daśanasambhavāvartaḥ sutadārapradastathā .

kathitaḥ pakṣmajāvartojñātijātabhayapradaḥ . vraṇakṛdbālajāvartaḥ

sāmahā romasambhavaḥ . praśastodakṣiṇāvartovāmāvarto vigarhitaḥ .

mato vyakto mṛdusnigdhaḥ savarṇaḥ pītaromajaḥ . vāmāṅge

dakṣiṇāvartovāmāvartaśca dakṣiṇe . āvartaḥ sammato’bhīṣṭo

dvijarājasamaprabhaḥ . śubho’pyakṣetrajāto’sau śubhaṁ naiva

prayacchati . aśubhakṣetrajātaśca nāniṣṭaphaladaḥ śubhaḥ . avagrahe

grahatale stanayorantare tathā . grīvāyā makṣikūṭordhaṁ

kumbhayorantare tathā . utpale dantaveṣṭe ca karṇamadhye ca vakṣasi .

āvartā vāraṇānāṁ hi suniśceyāḥ śubhapradāḥ . stanāntare śiromadhye

kumbhāntaścūlikāntare . vakṣasyāvartasampannaḥ kuñjaraḥ

pañcamaṅgalaḥ . śīrṣāvarto’bhiṣekāya stanāvartojayāya ca . sukhāya

cūlikāvartaḥ kunbhororomajaḥ śriye . vaṁśe prauhe’tha bāhitthe

manyāsya sagade kaṭe . karṇe’kṣikūṭe nābhau ca

kakṣapakṣmāṁsakūkṣiṣu . bāladhau pecake meḍhre randhrasandhikalāsu

ca . āvartā na praśasyante karṇabhāgagatāśca ye .

koṇapramāṇalaghavomarmaparvapradeśagāḥ . aśubhakṣetrajātāśca

sakilāsāntarotthitāḥ . manonetrābhirāmo hi susūkṣmogadito mahān .

ūrdhvapravṛttodīrghaśca romajo’rthajayāvahaḥ . marmabhāgeṣu nāgasya

niṣṭhāste romajādayaḥ . samabhāgagatāvartāḥ sarvataḥ sukhadāmatāḥ .

ityāvartaḥ .

svastikādisusaṁsthānaṁ puṣpaṁ darśanadehajam . snigdhaṁ bhavet

śubhacchāyamacchinnaṁ vāñchitapradam . kabandhādikasaṁsthānaṁ

viṣatantusamaṁ sphuṭam . rūkṣaṁ kṛṣṇañca kusumaṁ

tātānarthakasaṁjñakam . dadyāt sutaṁ sitaṁ puṣpaṁ snigdhapītañca

hemadam . nīlotpalābhaṁ śīlāptyai snigdhakālañca vṛttidam . yadi syāt

pūjite bhāge kusumaṁ snigdhapāṇḍuram . suracāpasamākāraṁ

tadbhanedmūbhujaḥ śubham . śakraṁcāpanibhaṁ puṣpaṁ dantopari ca

dantinaḥ . diśediṣṭaṁ sumikṣaṁ ca kṣemaṁ ca kṣitirakṣiṇaḥ . stanāntaḥ

snigdharukṣe ca puṣpe nāga same tathā . puṣpe śrotrāntaḥkāle ca

mlānivṛddhiṁ vinirdiśet . śrīvṛkṣādinibhākāre vaijayantīdhvajopame .

śailaprāsādasadṛśe chatracāmaravīthibhiḥ . somasūryasamābhāse

śivikāyānamūrtibhiḥ . diṣṭe śubhāya nṛpaternindyamahisamākṛti .

śvakravyādanibhākāraṁ raṇāpasarakāraṇam . dhūmābhaṁ

puṣpamicchanti mṛtyave’gnibhayāya ca . kṛṣṇaṁ puṣpaṁ tathā neṣṭaṁ

dviṣadbhogavivardhanam . iti puṣpam

bhūkhāgnyambumarujjātā bhavecchāyā viṣāṇinām . śastā

bhūjalavahnyutthā na śastā khānilodbhavā . chāyāyāḥ sambhavaḥ

pūrvaṁ, parataḥ paritaḥ prabhā . chāyāyāḥ sambhavaḥ pūrvaṁ prabhā

tatparamaśnute . varṇamātraśritā cchāyā prabhā varṇasya nāśrayaḥ .

lakṣaṇāni tu nāgānāṁ pāpāni ca śubhāni ca . chāyāvaśāt phalantyeva

chāyā tenātilakṣaṇam . yasya syāllakṣaṇaṁ bhadraṁ chāyā bhadrā

bhavenna tu . na cāsau śubhadohastī chāyopahatalakṣaṇaḥ .

pāpalakṣaṇayukto’pi śubhacchāyāyutogajaḥ . phalaṁ lakṣaṇajaṁ hitvā

chāyāphalamavāpnuyāt . nīrājane’bhiṣeke ca dhvajocchrāye raṇodaye .

teṣu teṣu ca kāleṣu bhavecchāyā ca śomanā . vakṣasi pratimāne’ṁse

kumbhe karṇe kaṭeṣu ca . niryāṇe mastakasthāne veṣṭayośca kapolayoḥ .

piṇḍikājaghanābhoge teṣu teṣu padeṣu ca . pradeśeṣu pradhāneṣu

chāyāyā vīkṣaṇaṁ bhaved . praśastā pārthivī chāyā bahnijā jalajāpi ca .

neṣyate vyomajā chāyā mātariśvabhavāpi ca . pārthivī snigdhagambhīrā

sarvavarṇe vibhāvyate . chāyā hyāsāṁ ca raktā ca snigdhā

jāmbūnadāgnijā . chāyā nīlāmbudābhāsā snigdhā salilasambhavā .

avyaktaparuṣā tasyachāyā gaganajā matā . dhūmrā rūkṣā ca vāyavyā

bhasmābhā niṣprabhā tathā . etāśchāyāḥ parīkṣyāḥ syurmātaṅge

rājapūjite . nīlāmbujendranīlābhā nīlāñjananibhā’pi ca . kvāpyuktā pārthivī

cchāyā subhikṣakṣemakāriṇī . bālārkapadmakiñjalkaśakragopakasannibhā

. jvālābhā taptahemābhā vahnijā vijayapradā . chāyāmmayī

payaḥśaṅkhakundarūpyanibhadyutiḥ . saugyākhyayā pratītā ca

bharturarthapradā sadā . jalabudvudasaṅkāśā dhūmradyutiratisthirā .

nindyā ca vyomajā chāyānityodvegakarī matā . sarvavarṇairupetā’pi

niṣprabhā bhasmasannibhā . vicchinnā vikṛtā cchāyā vāyavī sā bhayāvahā

. vairiñcī vaiṣṇavī śaivī chāyā māghavanī tathā . kaumārī rākṣasī sārpī

gāndharvī ca tathā»surī . paiśācī ceti yāśchāyā śchāyādivyāḥ kvacit

śubhāḥ . bhūtotthalakṣaṇe tāsāṁ bhedoneha tu kīrtitaḥ . tejo’tisaktā

bhadrasya pāṭalā bhavati prabhā . chāyā raktakalā

rukmapadmapūganibhā’pi vā . kṛṣṇā ca mandakariṇaśchāyā tu

mṛgahastinaḥ . malināmbaradhūmreva gīrvāṇāyudhadarśanā iti chāyā .

hastināṁ vividhā dhvānāśchidrebhyaḥ karato’pi ca . bhavanti

vāyuvaśato gātrāṇāṁ veṣṭanena ca . prayāṇeṣvabhiṣikteṣu dhvaje

jātikuleṣu ca . nāgeṣu vṛṁhitaṁ grāhyaṁ mattastabdhe na jātiṣu .

hṛṣito’tyastanidrāntastṛṣito vṛṁhati kvacit . yadi dantī śubhe deśe samaye

ca vasupradaḥ . darśayedvṛṁhitaṁ bhadraṁ tatphalaṁ sphītamādiśet .

sarovare tathā»rāme goṣṭhe vibudhaveśmani . nikuñje hṛdyadeśe hi

vijñeyaḥ śubhadodhvaniḥ . yātrāyāmabhiṣeke ca yajñādisamaye tathā .

samaye caiva puṇye ca vṛṁhitaṁ syācchivapradam . aśmādikāṣṭha

balmīkaduṣṭasthāne bhayapradaḥ . sunīce ca pradhūme ca

pratiśyāyadineṣu ca . atiśīte’tigharme ca prabhāte cāśubhoravaḥ . mūtale

nyastahasto hi paryaśrunayanogajaḥ . kūjan nirvyathanaṁ kuryāt yadi vā

naśyatīśvaraḥ . kareṇa vṛṁhitonāgo duścittāśrupariplutaḥ .

ādiśenmantriṇonāśamatha vā pṛthanāpateḥ . vyāyataśramahastasya

sāsrādhogatacakṣuṣaḥ . jaghane vāmato bālaṁ tathā nikṣipato’sakṛt .

(bālaṁ bāladhim) . niṣīdato laṅghayato hṛṣṭaromṇovimūrchataḥ . vāme

nikṣipya gaṇḍūṣaṁ vṛṁhitaṁ syādanarthakṛt . kheyaḥ sravati nāgānāṁ

dhamatāṁ yadi śoṇitam . (khebhyaḥ chidrebhyaḥ) tathā manyāntadeśe

ca prāṇināṁ kṣayamādiśet . yadyāgneyīmukhobhūtvā prācyāṁ

bā’rkodayaṁ prati . dantī tīkṣṇaravaṁ kuryāttadā syāt pāvakādbhayam .

kareṇa yadi mātaṅgo vṛṁhamāṇaḥ stanaṁ spṛśet . ālāne lambamānastu

saṁyuti kṣayamādiśet . (saṁyuti yuddhe) . ālāne lambamānastu

śītkurvan kurute dhvanim . gātraṁ praṁṅkholayannāgastataḥ

prasthānamādiśet . kṣiptvā karaṁ viṣāṇasthaṁ viṣamaṁ kūjate yadi .

nirīkṣamāṇo gaganaṁ hatāṁ vṛṣṭimudāharet . yadābhyunnatavaktreṇa

stanasthānañca jighrataḥ . tathā kuñcitahastena mukhaṁ gātraṁ ca

jighrataḥ . kurvato dakṣiṇaṁ hastaṁ śanairnikṣipato’pi yat . vṛṁhitaṁ

syāttadiṣṭañca tathānyonyakaraspṛśaḥ . gṛhītvā śubhavastūni kusumādīni

ced dvipaḥ . kuryācchabdaṁ śumaṁ tena phalaṁ śubhataraṁ bhavet .

uccairabhimukhaḥ śānto yadā nadati vāraṇaḥ . arūkṣamadhyamānena

tadā tatra jayī dhruvaḥ . mukhena maṇḍūkaravān karṇābhyāṁ

dundubhidhvanim . kareṇa murajārāvān kurvan kalyāṇakārakaḥ .

kalaṇādisamārāvā vikaṭāna samāḥ smṛtāḥ . iti dhvaniḥ . gatibale tu

prāgukte evātra prāyeṇa darśite nātaste atrodāhṛte .

satvaṁ trividhamicchanti śreṣṭhamadhyādhamairguṇaiḥ . sātvikaṁ

rājasaṁ cāpi tāmasañca viṣāṇinām . eṣāmapi guṇājñeyā bahavaste na

kīrtitāḥ . satvasyoktāguṇāḥ śauryaṁ buddhirdhairyaṁ suharṣatā .

rajasoye guṇāste ca krodhotsāhā vapi kvacit . guṇāśca

tamasastantrātamomohapramāditāḥ . hrīmantaḥ kāntiyuktāśca prājñāśca

cirajīvinaḥ . kriyākleśasahāḥ śrāntāḥ sātvikāḥ sāmasambhavāḥ . śiṣyāśca

madhyasādhyāśca kīrtitānirbhayāḥ kvacit . kriyāyogasahāḥ kiñcidrājasā

madhyamāyuṣaḥ . tāmasā duḥkhitā mūḍhā virūpā laghujīvitāḥ .

yukto’pyanyaguṇaiḥ sarvairyutaścet sātvikai rguṇaiḥ . śreyoguṇaḥ sa

samare tathā’dhvani mataṅgajaḥ . eṣāṁ vāgīśanirdiṣṭā viṣayāpekṣayā

sthitiḥ . bhadre sannihitaṁ satvaṁ, rajomande, tamo mṛge .

devagandharvayakṣāṇāṁ pannagāsurarakṣasām . piśācānāṁ nṛṇāṁ

tulyaṁ vedyaṁ nāgasya ceṣṭitam . iti satvam .

yat pūrvasambhavaṁ spaṣṭaṁ satvaṁ rūpaṁ gatiḥ svaraḥ .

tasyānukaraṇāt yuktamanūkamiti kovidāḥ . satvarūpajavārāvaiḥ

śubhānukāritā śubhā . devarṣigaṇagandharvanāgānūkāḥ śubhāmatāḥ .

evameva ca duṣṭānukṛtoduṣṭāḥ prakīrtitāḥ .

daityarakṣaḥpiśācānāmanūkaṁ parivarjitam . vṛṣasiṁhaturaṅgādi

samānūkāmatā dvipāḥ . neṣṭāḥ saradagṛdhrādisamānākṛtiyoginaḥ .

anūkam .

āsyākṣikumbhakarṇeṣu madaniśvāsavāyuṣu . śakṛdvamathumūtreṣu

gandhaṁ samupalakṣayet . iṣṭagandhānniṣeveta vāraṇān dharaṇīpatiḥ .

duṣṭagandhān sadā bhūpoyatnataḥ parivarjayet .

sarpirmadhusurālājadadhikṣīrānukārakaḥ .

śālyannośīramadirāpadmakāṣṭhādisannibhaḥ .

mālatīketakījātocandanādhikasaurabhaḥ .

surasālaphalāmogogandhonāgasya sammataḥ .

asṛṅmūtraśakṛtpūtivasākuṇapakutsitaḥ .

pakṣinīḍapalāṇḍvādisaptatigmavinirmitaḥ . kharoṣṭraśūkarasamaḥ

śyaśānadhūmasannibhaḥ . mīnamatkuṇatulyaśca gandhonāgasya

duḥkhadaḥ . iti gandhaḥ .

pañcadhā viditaṁ syācca vijñeyaṁ sāmajanmanām .

atyarthottānagambhīrapratyarthānvarthabhedataḥ . yastūdghātādudvijate

dūrādaṁsādi saṁkucet . atyarthaṁ saṅkucet spṛṣṭaḥ sa gajo’tyarthave

ditā . yo’pi tvaksparśamātreṇa romasparśavaśena vā .

vidyāddaṇḍāṅkuśādīṁśca sa syāduttānaveditā . tvagbhedāt śoṇitasrāvāt

tīvrapravyathanādapi . aṅkuśādīn vijānāti sa hi gambhīraveditā .

śanairhatobhṛśaṁ vetti śanairvetti bhṛśāhataḥ . viparītamatirnāgo jñeyaḥ

pratyarthaveditā . pratyeti vārya māṇo yo nigṛhītaśca gacchati .

pratilomāyate saṁjñāṁ so’pi pratyarthaveditā . śanairhataḥ

śanairvettibhṛśaṁ vetti bhṛśāhataḥ . pratyeti pratiṣiddhaśca

nodyamānaśca gacchati . yathāsaṁjñaṁ vidadhyācca sarvakarmāṇi

yo’dbhutam . anvarthavedinaṁ prājñojānīyāttaṁ śubhaṁ gajam iti

viditam .

mataṅgajeṅgitaṁ vakṣye śṛṇu tadavadhānataḥ . śubhajñānañca yena

syāt yātrādisamaye nṛpa! . anuyātraṁ gatohanyāt kiñcidrūpaṁ yadi

dvipaḥ . tajjayaḥ, pratiyātraṁ tu rūpāhatyā parājayaḥ . dṛṣṭvā

ripūnabhimukhān vāryamāṇo’pi cedgajaḥ . vrajettadvijayonūnaṁ yadi vā

prāptavān vaśe . dakṣiṇenāgrapādena kṣitimutpāṭayedyadi .

uttolayedvāmapādaṁ tadā jayamudīrayet . kareṇa cāgrahastena yadā

pṛthvīṁ pramārjayet . siñcatyanena karṇau ca tadā saukhyaṁ samādiśet .

pecakaṁ kuṭilaṁ kṛtvā karaṁ jighrati cet dvipaḥ . prahṛṣṭahṛdayāṅghriśca

tadābhyudayamādiśet . dakṣiṇaṁ tu yadā dantaṁ dantī pramuditendriyaḥ

. pariṣvajati hastena tadā syāt priyasaṅgamaḥ . tathaiva galasandhiñca

paṣkareṇa parāmṛśan . śrīyogamupayātaṁ tu vāraṇovinivedayet .

saṅkocya dakṣiṇaṁ pādaṁ vāmapādena vā bhuvam . vilikhedvāraṇaḥ

khinnastadbhartuḥ syāt parājayaḥ . yadā tu durmanādantaṁ vāmaṁ

hastena śodhayet . tadātmanovadennāśaṁ yāturvātha niṣādinaḥ . kareṇa

vāmagātraṁ ca khinnagātraḥ pramārṣṭi cet . tadāniṣṭaṁ

bhavedbharturanyathā ca śubhaṁ bhavet . vyathamānaḥ patet trastaḥ

kakṣabandhe yadā dvipaḥ . nābhinandecca mālyādi tadā paribhavo bhavet

. akasmādeva kupyanti bhramanti ca patanti ca . kariṇo yadi tadvidyāt

vigrahaṁ samupasthitam . yadā paśyati mātaṅgovidravañca parājayam .

pravāsaṁ pararāṣṭraṁ vā tadā bhavati durmanāḥ . adaṁśavraṇapīḍāyāṁ

kareṇa parivījanāt . gaṇḍūṣadeśaniṣpeṣāt savyājamupasarpaṇāt .

akasmācca skhaladgatyā dharaṇyāṁ praṇipātanāt .

jalapratāravaimukhyādahitabhakṣyasevanāt . stabdhakarṇatayā gatyā

pādāgraveśanādapi . drutadadrvādipīlutvādakalyāṇakaraḥ karī .

āttagrahojalottīrṇoripūṇāṁ grahaṇaṁ vadet iṅgitam .

jāyate dvividhaḥ kopaḥ saṁścāsaṁśca viṣāṇinām .

śiṣyakrodhohyabhīṣṭaḥ syādaniṣṭo’śiṣyaroṣaṇaḥ . yaḥ krudhyati cireṇaiva

mṛdukrodho bhavedapi . vāgdaṇḍamātrabandhaiśca pratiṣiddho na

muhyati . anuśāmyati roṣācca sa śiṣyakrodhasaṁjñitaḥ . iṣyate

sarvakāryeṣu śubhajātirmataṅgajaḥ . yaḥ krudhyatyaciriṇaiva bhṛśakrodho

bhavedapi . pratiṣiddhaśca vāgdaṇḍatīkṣṇaprajanakāṅguśaiḥ .

muhyatyeva cireṇāpi roṣādviratimeti ca . aśiṣyakrodhasaṁjño’sau vijñeyo

vāraṇādhamaḥ iti kopaḥ . vistarastu pālakāvyādau dṛśyaḥ .

ऊन — ūna Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ūna mfn. («av» ; ? cf. Zd. «ūna»), wanting, deficient, defective, short of

the right quantity, less than the right number, not sufficient

mfn. less (in number, size, or degree), minus, fewer, smaller, inferior

&c.

mfn. less than (with abl. e.g. «lakṣād ūna», less than a Laksha liii, 10;

or ifc. e.g. «tad-ūna», inferior to that one , less by (with instr. e.g.

«dvābhyām ūna», less by two ; or ifc. e.g. «alpona», less by a little, a little

less ; «paṇcona», less by five &c.)

mfn. less by one (prefixed to decimals from twenty up to one hundred,

e.g. «ūna-viṁśa» = «ekona-viṁśa», the twentieth minus one, the

nineteenth).

Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :

1890

ūna a. [ūn-hānau ac Uṇ. 3. 2]

(1) Wanting, deficient, defective; kiṁcidūnamanūnardheḥ

śaradāmayutaṁ yayau R. 10. 1; incomplete, insufficient.

(2) Less than (in number, size or degree); ūnadvivarṣaṁ nikhanat Y.

3. 1 less than two years old; ūnaṁ vābhyadhikaṁ vāpi Y. 2. 295.

(3) Fewer, smaller.

(4) Weaker, inferior; ūnaṁ na sattveṣvadhiko babādhe R. 2. 14.

(5) Minus (in this sense used with numerals); ekona less by one; —

viṁśatiḥ 20 minus 1=19; so -triṁśat, 29; -paṁcāśat 49; aṣṭonaṁ śataṁ

100 minus 8 = 92.

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

ūna Uṇ. 3, 2. adj. «woran Etwas fehlt, unter dem Maasse bleibend,

unzureichend, zu klein, zu wenig, nachstehend» (Gegens. pūrṇa, atirikta,

adhika) AK. 3, 4, 18, 130. dūre pūrṇena vasati dūra ūnena hīyate AV. 10,

8, 15. 44. yatta ūnaṁ tatta ā pūrayāti 12, 1, 61. ŚAT. BR. 11, 5, 3, 7.

yadihonakarma yadatyarīricāma AIT. BR. 5, 24. ŚAT. BR. 11, 2, 3, 7.

ūnaṁ me pūryatāṁ pūrṇaṁ me mā vigāt PĀR. GṚHY. 2, 16. 4. ŚĀÑKH.

ŚR. 2, 11, 2. ūnātirikta VS. p. 150 TS. 5, 1, 8, 4. ŚAT. BR. 10, 3, 2, 13.

ūnaṁ vābhyadhikaṁ vāpi likhedyo rājaśāsanam YĀJÑ. 2, 295.

ūnadvivarṣa «nicht volle zwei Jahre alt» 3, 1. ūnadvivārṣika M. 5, 68.

ūnaṣoḍaśavarṣa R. 1, 22, 2. 3, 42, 23. ūnaṁ na sattveṣvadhiko vabādhe

RAGH. 2, 14. ūnānāṁ svamātṛtaḥ M. 9, 123. Die Ergänzung im instr. oder

im comp. (oxytonon) vorangehend P. 2, 1, 31. 6, 2, 153. dvābhyāmūnam

ŚAT. BR. 11, 1, 2, 9. Citat bei GAUḌAP. zu SĀṁKHYAK. 2. pañcāśadūna

KĀTY. ŚR. 17, 7, 21. alpona M. 8, 217. RĀJA-TAR. 5, 170. VOP. 7, 63.

saṁvatsaraḥ kiṁcidūnaḥ SĀV. 4, 26. RAGH. 10, 1. BRAHMA-P. in LA. 56,

10. pūrṇe varṣasahasre daśone R. 1, 46, 12. 5, 1, 56. MBH. 2, 762. N.

(BOPP) 20, 11. ekonacatvāriṁśa MBH. I, Adhj. 39 in der Unterschr.

Gewöhnlich mit Weglassung von eka, z. B. ūnaviṁśa «der 19te»,

ūnatriśaṁ «der 29ste» MBH. III, Adhj. 19. 29 in der Unterschr. Mit einem

abl. «weniger, geringer als»: kāntodantaḥ suhṛdupanataḥ

saṁgamātkiṁcidūnaḥ MEGH. 98. — Vgl. anūna, nyūna.

ūna , dve striyā ūne prajananāya PAÑCAV. BR. 19, 3, 9. lakṣādūnaṁ na

dātuṁ sa jānāti sma kilārthine «weniger als ein» Laksha KATHĀS. 53, 10.

«der kleinste» VARĀH. BṚH. S. 50, 1. Z. 10 lies tadūnānāṁ svamātṛtaḥ

«für diejenigen, die diesem von Seiten der Mutter nachstehen», M. 9, 123.

Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866

ūna ūna (probably for van + na from van = Goth. van, vans: cf. O.H.G.

wênag, few, perhaps [greek] etc.), adj., f. nā.

1. Lessened, Yājñ. 2, 295.

2. Inferior, Man. 9, 123.

3. Wanting, usually as former or latter part of a comp., e. g. alpa-, adj.

Wanting, a little, Man. 8, 217. kiṁcid-, adj. A little less, Sāv. 4, 26. tri-

bhāga-, adj. Reduced by a third, Rājat. 5, 170. daśona, i. e. daśan-, adj.

Wanting ten, Rām. 1, 46, 12. If one only is wanting, eka may be added, e.

g. ekonacatvāriṁśa, i. e. eka-ūna-, ord. The thirty-ninth, MBh. 1, adhy.

39, but usually it is dropped, e. g. ūna -viṁśa, ord. The nineteenth, MBh.

3, adhy. 19. As former part, e. g. ūna-dvi-vārṣika (i. e. -dvi-varṣa + ika),

adj. A child under two years, Man. 5, 68; ūna-ṣoḍaśavarṣa (i. e. -ṣaṣ-

daśan-varṣa), adj. Under sixteen years, Rām. 1, 22, 2.

— Cf. probably Lat. un-, or unde-, e. g. in unde-viginti = ūna-viṁśati.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

ūna a. wanting, incomplete; inferior to, less than (abl. or —°); less by

(instr. or —°); °— in numerals = ekona, i.e. minus one.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

ūna ū-na, pp. lacking; incomplete; inadequate; inferior; too little; not

quite, less than (ab. or -°), less by (in. or -°);

-tā, f., -tva, n. abst. N.;

-dvi-vārṣika, a. not yet two years old.

Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the

1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967

ūna t ka parihāne . iti kavikalpadrumaḥ .. (adantacurāṁ-paraṁ-sakaṁ-seṭ

.) dīrghādirdantyopadhaḥ . tathā ca . kṣobhamāśu hṛdayaṁ na yadūnāṁ

rāgavṛddhimakaronna yadūnām . iti māghayamakam . parihānaṁ

nyūnakriyā . ūnayati baṇik svarṇaṁ prathamaparimāṇāt .

parimāṇamātre’yamiti kecit . mā bhavān ūninat . ūnadhorñiḥ aṅ dvitve

svasthānameva nāsti ato nāglopitvamiti sandehanirāsārthamāha .

onerṛdanubandhajñāpakabalāt dvitvāt prāk prāpto hrasvo aglopitvānna

syāt . iti durgādāsaḥ ..

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

ūna parihāṇe adantacurā° ubha° saka° seṭ . ūnayati te auninat ta luṅi vā

caṅ aunayīt aunayiṣṭa . ūnaḥ ūnitaḥ . mā tvāyatojariturmāmūnayīḥ ṛ° 1, 5,

3, 3 .

ūna tri° ūna—hānau ac . 1 hīne, 2 asaṁpūrṇe ca . ūnaṁ na

satveṣvadhikobabādhe kiñcidūnamanūnardheḥ śaradāmayutaṁ yayau

raghuḥ . ūne dadyādgurūneva yāvat sarvalaghurbhavet vṛ° ra° .

ūnadvivārṣikaṁ pretaṁ nidadhyurbāndhavā bahiḥ manuḥ ūnaṁ

vāpyadhikaṁ vāpi likhedyo rājaśāsanam yājña° . ūnārthaśabdayoge tṛtīyā

. ekenonaḥ . ūnārthakaśabdena vā tṛtīyāsa° . māṣeṇonaḥ māṣonaḥ

kalonaḥ kalayonaḥ . ekonaviṁśatiḥ ekonatriṁśat ekonacatvāriṁśat

ekonapañcāśat ekonaṣaṣṭiḥ ekonasaptatiḥ ekonāśītiḥ ekonanavatiḥ

ekonaśatam . tattatsaṁkhyāyā ekaikonasaṁkhyāyām . evaṁ

dvyūnaviṁśatyādayopi aṣṭādaśādisaṁkhyāsu . saṁkhyāsu ekatvasya

prathamopasthitatvāt ekaśabdāprayoge’pi ekatvenaivonatvābagamāt

ūnaviṁśatyādiśabdānāmekonaviṁśatyādīnāṁvodhakatvam . ekena

dvābhyāmityūnake nicṛtaḥ sarvānu° .

एकोन — ekona Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ekona mfn. less by one, minus one (used in comp. with «viṁśati» and the

succeeding decade numerals, thus «ekona-viṁśati» f. nineteen &c.)

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

ekona (eka + ūna) adj. «um Eines zu klein, woran Eines fehlt», im comp.

mit viṁśati «zwanzig» und den folgenden Zehnern: ekonaviṁśati

«neunzehn» AV. 19, 23, 16. MĀṆḌ. Up. 3. H. 64.

ekona adj. (f. ā) pañcatriṁśaṁ śataṁ pauṣṇamekonamayanānyṛṣeḥ

WEBER, JYOT. 92. Ind. St. 8, 433. fg. -triṁśat 321. -viṁśati WEBER,

RĀMAT. UP. 337. fg.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

ekona a. less by one.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

ekona eka+ūna, pp. lacking one.

कीकट — kīkaṭa Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kīkaṭa m. N. of a son of ṛiṣabha

m. of a son of Saṁkaṭa

m. a horse (perhaps originally a horse of the Kīkaṭas)

kīkaṭa m. pl. N. of a people not belonging to the āryan race

kīkaṭa m. (mfn.), poor

kīkaṭa m. avaricious

Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :

1890

kīkaṭa a. (ṭī f.)

(1) Poor, indigent.

(2) Miserly. —ṭāḥ (pl.) N. of a country (Behar). —ṭaḥ A horse.

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

kīkaṭa 1) m. pl. N. pr. eines nicht-arischen Volkes NIR. 6, 32. TRIK. 3, 3,

95. H. an. 3, 157. MED. ṭ. 37. kiṁ tekṛṇvanti kīkaṭeṣu gāvaḥ ṚV. 3, 53, 14.

= magadhāḥ TRIK. 2, 1, 11. H. 960. tataḥ kalau saṁpravṛtte saṁmohāya

suradviṣām. buddho nāmnāñjanāsutaḥ kīkaṭeṣu bhaviṣyati.. BHĀG. P. 1,

3, 24. yatra yatra ca madbhaktāḥ praśāntāḥ samadarśinaḥ. sādhavaḥ

samudācārāste pūyante ‘pi kīkaṭāḥ.. 7, 10, 18. Im sg. N. pr. eines Sohnes

von Ṛṣabha 5, 4, 10. von Saṁkaṭa: kakubhaḥ saṁkaṭastasya

kīkaṭastanayo yataḥ. bhuvo durgāṇi 6, 6, 6. — 2) m. «Pferd» (wohl «ein

Pferd aus dem Lande der» Kikaṭa) H. an. VIŚVA im ŚKDR. — 3) adj. a)

«arm» TRIK. 3, 3, 95. H. 358. H. an. MED. — b) «geizig» TRIK. H. an.

MED.

kīkaṭa 1) WEBER, Nax. 2, 392. BHĀG. P. 11, 21, 8.

Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975

kīkaṭa A King born in the dynasty of Priyavrata, son of Manu. He was one

of the nineteen sons of King Bharata, the other eighteen being

Kuśavarman, llāvarta, Brahmāvarta, Āryāvarta, Malaya, Bhadraketu,

Sena, Indraspṛk, Vidarbha, Kapi, Hari, Antarīkṣa, Prabuddha, Pippalāyana,

Āvirhotra, Dramiḍa, Camasa and Karabhājana. (Bhāgavata, 5th Skandha).

kīkaṭa (m) (M) The country ruled by King Kīkaṭa. The following story is

told in Devī Bhāgavata as to how an ass in this kingdom attained heaven.

Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866

kīkaṭa kīkaṭa, m.

1. pl. The name of a people, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 24.

2. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 5, 4, 10.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

kīkaṭa m. pl. N. of a people.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

kīkaṭa kīkaṭa, m. pl. N. of a non-Āryan people.

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

kīkaṭa pu° kī + kaṭa—ac . caraṇādriṁ samārabhya gṛdhrakūṭāntakaṁ śive!

. tāvat kīkaṭadeśaḥsyāt tadantarmagadhobhavet śaktisaṅkamīkte 1

deśabhede . taddeśavāsijanavācitve’sya bhūmni sādhavaḥ samudācārāste

pūyante’pi kīkaṭāḥ bhāga° 7, 10, 20 . upacārāt deśe’pi bhūmni tataḥ kalau

saṁpravṛtte sammohāya suradviṣām . buddhonāmnā jinasutaḥ kīkaṭeṣu

bhaviṣyati bhāga° 1, 3, 25 . 4 nirdhane 5 kṛpaṇe ca tri° medi° . 6 voṭake

puṁ strī viśvaḥ striyāṁ jātitvāt ṅīṣ

कुबेर — kubera Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kubera or in later Sanskṛit «kuvera» m. (originally) N. of a chief of the evil

beings or spirits or darkness having the N. Vaiśravaṇa &c.; (afterwards)

the god of riches and treasure (regent of the northern quarter which is

hence called «kubera-guptā diś» &c.; (he is regarded as the son of

Viśravas by Iḍaviḍā [],the chief of the Yakshas, and a friend of Rudra [

13131]; he is represented as having three legs and only eight teeth; with

Jainas he is the attendant of the nineteenth Arhat of the present

Avasarpiṇī); N. of a prince of Devarāṣṭra; of the great-grandfather of

Bāṇa-bhaṭṭa (author of the Kādambarī); of the author of the Datta-

candrikā; the tree Cedrela Toona; (mfn.), deformed, monstrous ; slow,

lazy

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

kubera (später kuvera, kuvera Uṇ. 1, 59) m. 1) N. eines Vorstehers der

Geister der Tiefe und des Dunkels (s. itarajana), mit dem Bein.

Vaiśravaṇa, AV. 8, 10, 28. kubero vaiśravaṇo rājā tasya rakṣāṁsi viśaḥ

ŚAT. BR. 13, 4, 3, 10. ĀŚV. ŚR. 10, 7. ŚĀÑKH. ŚR. 16, 2, 17. TAITT. ĀR.

1, 31, 3. Nachmals «der Gott der Schätze, der Welthüter im Norden» AK.

1, 1, 1, 63. 2, 4. TRIK. 3, 3, 338. H. 169. 189. an. 3, 539. MED. r. 142.

pṛthustu vinayādrājyaṁ prāptavānmanureva ca. kuveraśca dhanaiśvaryam

M. 7, 42. 7. MBH. 13, 3101. SUŚR. 1, 71, 2. yakṣarākṣasasainyena

guhyakānāṁ gaṇairapi. maṇiśyāmottamavapuḥ kuvero naravāhanaḥ..

yuktaśca śaṅkhapadmābhyāṁ nidhīnāmadhipaḥ prabhuḥ. devo vitteśvaraḥ

śrīmāngadāpāṇiradṛśyata.. vimānayodhī dhanado vimāne puṣpake sthitaḥ.

sa rājarājaḥ śuśubhe yuddhārthī naravāhanaḥ.. HARIV. 2466. fgg. ṛddhiḥ

kuverakāntā 7739. tatra (kailāse) pāṇḍurameghābhaṁ

jāmbunadapariṣkṛtam. kuverabhavanaṁ divyaṁ nirmitaṁ viśvakarmaṇā..

R. 4, 44, 28. aṅganāśatamātraṁ tu taṁ vrajantamupāvrajat. kuveramiva

paulastyaṁ (pulastya der Grossvater Kuvera’s BHĀG. P. 4, 1, 36. fg.; der

Vater ist Viśravas, die Mutter Iḍaviḍā ebend.) devagandharvayoṣitaḥ.. 5,

20, 13. aupavāhyaḥ kuverasya sārvabhauma iti śrutaḥ 4, 44, 43.

kuveraguptā dik «der Norden» KUMĀRAS. 3, 25. Kuvera ein Freund

Rudra’s HARIV. 13131. kuverabāndhava ein Bein. Śiva’s ŚIV. Kuvera bei

den Buddhisten BURN. Intr. 131. LALIT. 115 (von Vaiśravaṇa

unterschieden). 208. Nach dem ŚKDR. und WILS. soll Kuvera mit drei

Beinen und acht Zähnen gedacht werden; der Name wird in ku + vera

«Körper(!») zerlegt und durch «missgestaltet» (TRIK. 3, 3, 339. «faul,

träge» DHAR. im ŚKDR.) gedeutet. tathā ca vāyumārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe.

kutsāyāṁ kviti śabdo ‘yaṁ śarīraṁ veramucyate. kuveraḥ

kuśarīratvānnāmnā tenaiva so ‘ṅkitaḥ.. ityamaraṭīkāyāṁ bharataḥ. ŚKDR.

Bei den Jaina ist Kuvera der Diener des 19ten Arhant’s der

gegenwärtigen Avasarpiṇī H. 43. — 2) N. pr. eines Fürsten von Devarāṣṭra

LIA. II, 955. des Urgrossvaters von Vāṇabhaṭṭa, dem Verfasser der

Kādambarī ZdmG.7. 582. des Verfassers der Dattakacandrikā GILD. Bibl.

495. — 3) = kuveraka TRIK. H. an. MED.

kubera 1) pl. KATHĀS. 115, 57. -matanibarhaṇa Verz. d. Oxf. H. 250,b,34.

— Die Bomb. Ausgaben schreiben durchgängig kubera.

Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975

kubera

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

kubera m. Kubera, the chief of the spirits of darkness, afterwards the god

of riches, the regent of the north.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

kubera kubera, m. N. of the regent of the spirits of the lower regions and

of darkness (V.); god of wealth, the world guardian of the North;

-datta, m. N. of a mythical being;

-valla-bha, m. N. of a Vaisya.

कुम्भ — kumbha Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kumbha m. a jar, pitcher, water-pot, ewer, small water-jar [often ifc. (f.

«ā») e.g. «chidra-k-«, a perforated pitcher ; «āma-k-«, a jar of unbaked

clay ; «hema-k-«, a golden ewer ; «jala-k-«, a water-pot &c.

m. an urn in which the bones of a dead person are collected

m. the sign of the zodiac Aquarius &c.

m. a measure of grain (equal to twenty Droṇas, a little more than

three bushels and three gallons; commonly called a comb; some make it

two Droṇas or sixty-four Seers)

m. the frontal globe or prominence on the upper part of the forehead

of an elephant (there are two of these prominences which swell in the

rutting season) &c.

m. a particular part of a bed

m. N. of a plant (and also of its fruit)

m. the root of a plant used in medicine

m. a religious exercise, viz. closing the nostrils and mouth so as to

suspend breathing

m. the paramour of a harlot, bully, flash or fancy man

m. N. of a Mantra (pronounced over a weapon)

m. N. of a Dānava (a son of Prahlāda and brother of Nikumbha)

m. of a Rākṣasa (son of Kumbhakarṇa)

m. of the father of the nineteenth Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī

m. of a monkey

m. one of the thirty-four Jātakas or former births of śākya-muni

m. N. of wk.

kumbha m. (fr. «kumbh») covering

kumbha n. the plant Ipomoea Turpethum

kumbha n. a fragrant resin («guggulu»), or the plant which bears it

kumbha n. gold

kumbha n. ([cf. Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘cymba’.])

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

kumbha 1) m. a) «Topf, Krug» AK. 3, 4, 22, 137. H. 1019. an. 2, 306.

MED. bh. 2. HĀR. 209. Ein auf as auslautendes Wort bewahrt vor kumbha

im comp. sein s P. 8, 3, 46. śataṁ kumbhāṁ asiñcataṁ surāyāḥ ṚV. 1,

116, 7. 117, 6. 7, 33, 13. VS. 19, 87. bibheda giriṁ navaminna kumbham

ṚV. 10, 89, 7. AV. 1, 6, 4. 3, 12, 7. 8. 4, 34, 7. 10, 8, 14. yasminkumbha

ṛjīṣaṁ bhavati ŚAT. BR. 4, 4, 5, 20. 5, 5, 4, 27. 11, 5, 5, 13. KAUŚ. 136.

pūrṇakumbhamapāṁ navam (prāsyeyuḥ) M. 11, 186. tasya (māṁsasya)

prakṣālanārthāya kumbhāstatropakalpitāḥ N. 23, 10. aśrauṣaṁ jale

kumbhasya pūryataḥ — ghoṣam DAŚ. 1, 21. mama skandhe kumbha

utkṣipyatām VID. 292. BHĀG. P. 6, 18, 5. kumbhāmbhaḥ «das Wasser in

einem Kruge» AMAR. 40. chidrakumbha «ein durchlöcherter Krug» R. 1,

73, 20. āmakumbha «ein ungebrannter» PAÑCAT. III, 13. hema- «aus

Gold» RAGH. 2, 36. AMAR. 95. ayas- P. 8, 3, 46, Sch. jala- «Wasserkrug»

PAÑCAT. 238, 16 (vgl. udakumbha). ghṛta- M. 11, 134. ghṛtakumbhasamā

nārī taptāṅgārasamaḥ pumān HIT. I, 112. varjayettādṛśaṁ mitraṁ

viṣakumbhaṁ payomukham 71. agnikumbha MBH. 13, 5490.

kucakumbhau «zwei durch die Brüste dargestellte Krüge» ŚṚÑGĀRAT. 14.

9, v. l. Am Ende eines adj. comp. f. āḥ

prāgdvāravediviniveśitapūrṇakumbhām — navopakāryām RAGH. 5, 63.

VID. 289. kumbha hat auch die Bed. von «Aschenkrug, Gefäss, in welches

die Todtengebeine gesammelt werden» (vgl. ŚAT. BR. 13, 8, 3, 4.), ĀŚV.

GṚHY. 4, 5. KĀTY. ŚR. 25, 8, 7. ŚĀÑKH. ŚR. 4, 15, 14. 13, 11, 3. 11. — b)

«der Wassermann im Thierkreise» TRIK. 3, 3, 285. H. 116, Sch. H. an.

MED. COLEBR. Misc. Ess. II, 369. kumbhaḥ skandhe naro riktaghaṭaṁ

dadhānaḥ ŚRĪPATI in Z. f. d. K. d. M. 3, 389. Ind. St. 2, 260. 280. Vgl.

kumbhadhara. — c) «ein best. Hohlmaass»: dhānyaṁ daśabhyaḥ

kumbhebhyo harato ‘bhyadhikaṁ vadhaḥ M. 8, 320. Nach KULL. = 20

Droṇa, nach einer VAIDYAKAPARIBHĀṢĀ im ŚKDR. = 2 Droṇa. — d) du.

«die beiden Erhöhungen auf der Stirn des Elephanten, welche zur

Brunstzeit stark anschwellen», AK. 2, 8, 2, 5. 3, 4, 22, 137. H. 1226. H.

an. MED. tamāpatantaṁ tvaritaṁ gajendraṁ dhanaṁjayaḥ

kumbhavibhāgamadhye. — vāṇena vivyādha MBH. 4, 2093.

mattebhakumbhadalane bhuvi santi śūrāḥ BHARTṚ. 1, 58.

mattebhakumbhavidalana PAÑCAT. I, 351. mattebhakumbhapariṇāhini —

payodharayuge 224. kārikumbhakūṭakuhara PRAB. 3, 15. BHĀG. P. 6, 11,

10. DEV. 3, 13. — e) «eine religiöse Uebung, bei der man mit der rechten

Hand die Nasenlöcher schliesst und den Athem anhält», DHAR. im ŚKDR.

Hat ihren Namen wohl von den «aufgeblasenen Backen, die den Anschein

eines Kruges» oder «Topfes erhalten» (vgl. indessen JOGAT. UP. in Ind.

St. 2, 50). Diese letzte Bed. hat wohl auch pūrṇakumbha MBH. 2, 903, wo

es von zwei gegenüberstehenden Kämpfern heisst: urohastaṁ tataścakre

pūrṇakumbhau prayujya tau. karasaṁpīḍanaṁ kṛtvā garjantau

vāraṇāviva.. Vgl. kumbhaka. — f) «eine best. medic. gebrauchte Wurzel»

AINSLIE 2, 362. — g) «der Liebhaber einer Buhldirne» TRIK. H. an. VIŚVA

im ŚKDR. Statt kārmuke vāranāryāṁ ca MED. bh. 2 ist zu lesen: kāmuke

vāranāryāśca. ŚṚÑGĀRAT. 9. Vgl. kumbhadāsī. — h) N. pr. eines Dānava,

eines Sohnes von Prahlāda und Bruders von Nikumbha. MBH. 1, 2527.

HARIV. 2283. 14284. eines Rākṣasa TRIK. H. an. MED. und zwar eines

Sohnes von Kumbhakarṇa R. 5,79, 15. 6, 18, 17. 35, 18. in Verbindung

mit Nikumbha und Kumbhakarṇa BHĀG. P. 9, 10, 18. N. pr. des Vaters des

19ten Arhant’s der gegenwärtigen Avasarpiṇī H. 38. N. pr. eines Affen R.

4, 33, 14. kumbha unter den 34 jātaka von Śākyamuni VYĀḌI zu H. 233.

— i) Titel eines Werkes SĀH. D. 183, 15. — 2) f. kumbhī a) «Topf, Krug,

Kochtopf» H. 1019. H. an. MED. VS. 19, 16. 27. 87. kumbhīmadhyagnau

śrayāmi AV. 9, 5, 5. 6, 17. 11, 3, 11. 12, 2, 51. 3, 23. TS. 3, 2, 8, 4. 5.

ŚAT. BR. 1, 1, 2, 7. 8, 1, 3. 2, 5, 3, 16. ZdmG.9, LXXV. ĀŚV. GṚHY. 4, 5.

KAUŚ. 6. 61. LĀṬY. 5, 4. 14. KĀTY. ŚR. 19, 3, 20. SUŚR. 2, 397, 21.

lohakumbhyaḥ MBH. 18, 85. ayaskumbhī P. 8, 3, 46, Sch. — b) «ein Gefäss

zum Aufbewahren des Getraides» oder «ein best. Hohlmaass»:

kuśūladhānyako vā syātkumbhīdhānyaka eva vā M. 4, 7.

kuśūlakumbhīdhānyo vā YĀJÑ. 1, 128. saptakumbhīnidhāna KATHĀS. 24,

87. — c) N. verschiedener Pflanzen: a) = kaṭphala AK. 2, 4, 2, 21. H. an.

MED. — b) «Bignonia suaveolens.» — g) «Pistia Stratiotes Lin.» (vāriparṇī,

pṛśnikā) H. an. MED. — d) = romaśa, romāluviṭapin, parpaṭadruma, in

Kokaṇa kumbhīpuṣpa. — e) «Croton polyandrum Spr.» (dantī) RĀJAN. im

ŚKDR. — 3) f. kumbhā a) «Hure» ŚABDAM. im ŚKDR. — b) nom. act. von

kumbh VOP. 26, 192, v. l. — 4) n. a) N. einer Pflanze, «Ipomoea

Turpethum R. Br.» (trivṛt), H. an. — b) «ein best. wohlriechendes Harz»

(s. guggulu) AK. 2, 4, 2, 14. H. an. MED. Nach einer anderen Trennung

des Textes im AK. auch kumbholu und kumbholūkhalaka. — Vgl.

aśakumbhī, udakumbha, gaṇeśa-, rikta-, śāta-, hasti-, kaumbha,

kaumbhāyana, kaumbhi, kaumbheyaka, kaumbhya.

kumbha 1) a) vakṣojakumbhadvaya Spr. 739. — b) VARĀH. BṚH. S.5,42.

40,3. 7. 41,7. BṚH.1,14.8,11. WEBER, JYOT. 102. Verz. d. Oxf. H.

97,b,31. — c) = āḍhaka, droṇa Verz. d. Oxf. H. 307,b,9. — d)

karikumbhapīṭha Spr. 1545. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 67, 6. — e) am Schluss,

NĪLAK. erklärt: grathitāṅgulibhyāṁ hastābhyāṁ paraśirasaḥ pīḍanaṁ

pūrṇakumbhaḥ. — f) «eine best. Pflanze» und «deren Frucht» BHĀG. P. 10,

18, 14. — h) N. pr. eines Muni Verz. d. Oxf. H. 53,b,15. — k) «ein best.

Theil des Bettstollens» VARĀH. BṚH. S.79, 29. fg. — l) Bez. «eines best.

über Waffen gesprochenen Zauberspruches» R. GORR. 1, 31, 7. — 3) c)

nāgadantī = kumbhā MED. t. 203. = kumbhākhyabheṣaja H. an. 4, 111. —

Vgl. taptakumbha, pūrṇa-, bhadra-, vāta-, śata-, bhūkumbhī.

kumbha 2) b) kumbhīdhānyanyāyena, kumbhīdhānyaḥ śrotriya ityucyate.

yasya kumbhyāmeva dhānyaṁ sa kumbhīdhānyaḥ. yasya punaḥ

kumbhyāṁ cānyatra ca dhānyaṁ nāsau kumbhīdhānyaḥ PAT. a. a.

O.1,238,a.

Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975

kumbha 1 I One of the three sons of Prahlāda, the other two being

Virocana and Nikumbha. (Ādi Parva, Chapter 65, Verse 19).

kumbha II. Son of Kumbhakarṇa, whose wife Vajrajvālā bore him two

sons called Kumbha and Nikumbha. Both of them were very powerful, and

Kumbha, in the Rāma-Rāvaṇa war defeated the army of monkeys on

various occasions. Many of the ministers of Sugrīva tried to defeat

Kumbha. Aṅgada, son of Bāli also could not stand up to him. Then Sugrīva

fought against Kumbha and flung him into the sea when the water in it

rose up to the level of mount Vindhya. Kumbha came ashore from the sea

roaring but was fisted to death by Sugrīva. (Vālmīki Rāmāyaṇa, Yuddha

Kāṇḍa, Canto 76).

Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866

kumbha kumbh + a (the vb. kumbh, kubh, from which this noun is

derived, is lost in the corresponding signification, but cf. kubja [greek];

Engl. hump; O.H.G. hofar; Lat. cubitus, the elbow, lying, etc., cubare,

concumbere, etc.; and at the end of this article. From these and other

instances, we may infer that the original signification of the vb. kubh was

‘to be crooked’),

I. m., and f. bhī.

1. A pot, Man. 11, 186; MBh. 18, 84.

2. A measure of grain, equal to twenty droṇas, Man. 8, 320; 4, 7.

II. m.

1. dual, The two frontal globes of an elephant, which swell in the

rutting season, Pañc. i. d. 351.

2. The paramour of a harlot, Śṛṅgārat. 9.

3. The name of a Dānava, MBh. 1, 2527; of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 5, 79,

15.

— Comp. agni-, m. a fire pot, MBh. 13, 5490 (he will get [in hell] a fire

pot, in order to be burnt therein; cf. kumbhī-pāka). āma-, m. an unburnt

earthen pot, Pañc. iii. d. 13. udakumbha, i. e. udan-, m. a water pot, Man.

2, 182. kuca-, m. a bosom like the frontal globes of an elephant, Śṛṅgārat.

9 (v. r.). tapta-, m. the name of a hell, Mārk. P. 12, 34. bhadra-, m. a

golden jar filled with water from a holy place. vāta-, m. the part of an

elephant’s forehead below the frontal globes. śata-,

I. m. the name of a mountain.

II. n. gold. — When latter part of a comp. adj. the fem. is bhā, e. g. vāri-

pūrita-kumbha, adj., f. bhā, Bearing jars filled with water, Kathās. 18,

339.

— Cf. [greek] a vessel, [greek] etc.; Goth. hups; O.H.G. huf; A.S. hipe;

O.H.G. hufila, ‘a cheek,’ hūfo and hauf, a multitude, heap; cf. supra.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

kumbha m. jar, pot (also kumbhī), funeral urn; du. the two frontal globes

of an elephant, which swell in the time of rutting.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

kumbha kumbha, m. pot, jar, run (-°, a. jarshaped); a. measure of grain (

= 20 Droṇas); du. frontal protuberances of an elephant; (a)-ka, -°, a. id.;

m. n. religious exercise consisting in closing the nostrils with the right

hand to suspend breathing: -karṇa, m. N. of a Rākṣasa (brother of

Rāvaṇa);

-karṇāya, den. Ā. resemble Kumbha-karṇa (in sleeping long);

-kāra, m. potter (a mixed caste);

-kārikā, f. wife of a potter;

-janman, m. ep. of Agastya;

-dāsī, f. common prostitute;

-dhānya, a. having only a potful of grain;

-yoni, m. ep. of Agastya;

-saṁbhava, m. id..

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

kumbha pu° kuṁ bhūmiṁ kutsitaṁ vā umbhati unbha—pūraṇe ac śaka° .

1 ghaṭe, 2 hradogabhede, 3 hastiśiraḥsthamāṁsapiṇḍadvaye, taiḥ kiṁ

mattakarīndrakumbhakuhare nāropaṇīyāḥ karāḥ prasannarāghavam . 4

kumbhakarṇasya putre, 5 veśyāpatau, medi° 6 prāṇāyāmāṅge

śvāsarodhake ceṣṭābhede, daśadroṇā bhavet khārī kumbhastu

droṇaviṁśatirityukte 7 parimāṇabhede dhānyaṁ daśabhyaḥ

kumbhebhyoharato’bhyadhikaṁ badhaḥ manuḥ . jyotiṣaprasiddhe

meṣāvadhike 8 ekādaśarāśau ca . 9 guggulau, 10 trivṛti ca na° .

tatraghaṭārthakakumbhalakṣaṇamuktaṁ hemā° dā° paribhāṣāpra°

viṣṇudharmottare haimarājatatāmrā vā mṛṇmayā lakṣaṇānvitāḥ .

yātrodvāhapratiṣṭhādau kumbhāḥ syurabhiṣecane . pañcāśāṅgulavaipulyā

utsedhaṣoḍaśāṅgulāḥ . dvādaśāṅgulakaṁ mūlaṁ mukhamaṣṭāṅgulaṁ

bhavet . pañcāśāṅguleti āśā diśaḥ, tāśca, daśasaṁkhyāvācakatvena

jyotiḥśāstrādau prasiddhāḥ pañca ca āśāśca pañcāśāḥ tāvanti aṅgulāni

vaipulyaṁ yeṣāṁ te tathābhūtāḥ . madhyapradeśe tiryagmānena

pañcadaśāṅgulā ityarthaḥ . athavā bāhyapradeśe balayākṛtinā sūtreṇa

nīyamānā madhyasthāne pañcāśadaṅgulā ityarthaḥ . asmin pakṣe

pañcāśāṅguleti chāndasaḥ prayogaḥ hemā° . tāntrikamānantu tantrasā°

gautamīye haimaṁ raupya tathā tāmraṁ mārtikyaṁ vā svaśaktitaḥ .

vittaśāṭhyaṁ na kurvīta kṛte niṣphalamāpnuyāt . ṣaṭtriṁśadaṅgulaṁ

kumbhaṁ vistāro nnatiśālinam . ṣoḍaśaṁ dvādaśaṁ vāpi tatonyūnaṁ na

kārayet . prāṇāyāmāṅgakumbhakaparakumbhaprakāraḥ vidhā° pā°

uktoyathā kumbhakaḥ pūrakorecaḥ prāṇāyāmastrilakṣaṇaḥ . pūrakaṁ

pūraṇaṁ vāyoḥ, kumbhakaḥ sthāpanaṁ kvacit . bahirniḥsāraṇaṁ tasya

recakaḥ parikīrtitaḥ . dakṣiṇe recayedvāyuṁ vāmena pūritodaraḥ .

kumbhena dhārayennityaṁ prāṇāyāmaṁ vidurbudhāḥ . aṅgaṣṭhena puṭaṁ

grāhyaṁ nāsāyā dakṣiṇaṁ punaḥ . kaniṣṭhānāmikābhyāñca vāsaṁ

prāṇasya saṁgrahe . aṅguṣṭhatarjanībhyāntu ṛgvedī sāmagāyanaḥ .

aṅguṣṭhānāmikābhyāṁ tu grāhyaṁ sarvairatharvabhiḥ yājña° dakṣiṇe

recakaṁ kuryāt vāmenāpūrya codaram . kumbhakena japaṁ kuryāt

prāṇāyāmasya lakṣaṇam śaṅkhyaḥ . vivṛtametat pāta° sū°

bhāṣyavivaraṇeṣu yathā tasmin sati śvāsapraśvāsayorgativicchedaḥ

prāṇāyāmaḥ sū° satyāsanajaye bāhyasya bāyorācamanaṁ śvāsaḥ .

koṣṭhasya vāyorniḥsāraṇaṁ praśvāsaḥ tayorgativiccheda ubhayābhāvaḥ

prāṇāyāmaḥ bhāṣyam āsanānantaraṁ tatpūrbakatāṁ prāṇāyāmasya

darśayan tallakṣaṇamāha recakapūrakakumbhakeṣvasti

śvāsapraśvāsayorgativiccheda iti prāṇāyāmasāmānyalakṣaṇametaditi

tathāhi yatra bāhyavāyurācamyāntardhāryate pūrake . tatrāpi

śvāsapraśvāsayīrgativicchedaḥ yatrāpi koṣṭhovāyurvirecya vahirdhāryate

recake tatrāsti śvāsapraśvāsayorgativicchedaḥ evaṁ kummake’pi iti

tadetadbhāṣye ṇīcyate . satyāsa neti vācaspativivaraṇam .

vāhyābhyantarastammavṛttirdeśakālasaṁṅkhyābhiḥ

paridṛṣṭodīrghasūkṣmaḥ sū0

yatra praśvāsapūrbako gatyabhāvaḥ sa ābhyantaraḥ

tṛtīyastambhavṛttiryatrobhayābhāvaḥ sakṛtprayatnād bhavati yathā tapte

nyastamupale jalaṁ sarvataḥ saṅgocamāpadyate . tathā

dvayoryugapadgatyabhāvaiti trayo’pyete deśena paridṛṣṭāḥ, iyānasya

viṣayo deśa iti kālena paridṛṣṭāḥ kṣaṇānāmiyattāvadhāraṇenāvacchinnā

ityarthaḥ . saṅkhyābhiḥ paridṛṣṭāḥ etāpadbhiḥ śvāsapraśvāsaiḥ prathama

udghāta stadvannigṛhītasyaitāvadbhiḥ dvitīya udghātaḥ evaṁ tṛtīya evaṁ

mṛdurevaṁ madhya evaṁ tīvra iti saṅkhyāparidṛṣṭaḥ sa

khatvayamevamabhyasto dīrghasūkṣmaḥ bhāṣyam

prāṇāyāmaviśeṣatrayalakṣaṇaparaṁ sūtramavatārayati yatreti .

vṛttiśabdaḥ pratyekaṁ saṁbadhyate . recakamāha yatra paśvāseti .

pūrakamāha yatra śvāseti . kumbhakamāha tṛtīya iti . tadeva sphuṭayati

yatrobhayoḥ śvāsapraśvāsayoḥ sakṛdeva vidhārakāt prayatnādabhāvo

bhavati na punaḥ pūrbavadāpūraṇaprayatnaudhapravidhārakaprayatno

nāpi recakaprayatnauvavidhāraṇaprayatno’pekṣyate kintu yathā tapte

upale nihitaṁ jalaṁ pariśuṣyat sarvataḥ saṁkocamāpadyate

evamayamapi māruto vahanaśīlo

balavadvidhārakaprayatnaniruddhakriyaḥ śarīraeva

sūkṣmībhūto’vatiṣṭhate na tu pūrayati yena pūrakaḥ, na tu recayati yena

recaka iti . iyānasya deśo viṣayaḥ pradeśaḥ . vitastihastādiparimito nivāte

pradeśe īśīkātūlādikriyānumito bāhya eva

nāntarī’pyāpādatalamāmastakaṁ pipīlikāsparśasadṛśenānumitaḥ

sparśananimeṣakriyāvacchinnasya kālasya caturtho bhāgaḥ

kṣaṇasteṣāmiyattāvadhāraṇenāvacchinnā svajānumaṇḍalaṁ pāṇinā triḥ

parāmṛśya choṭikāvacchinnaḥ kālomātrā . tābhiḥ ṣaṭ triṁśanmātrābhiḥ

parimitaḥ prathama udghāto mandaḥ . sa eva dviguṇīkṛto

dvitoyomadhyamaḥ sa eva triguṇīkṛtastatīya stīvraḥ tamamimaṁ

saṅkhyāparidṛṣṭaṁ prāṇāyāmamāha saṅkhyābhiriti . svasthasya hi

puṁsaḥ śvāsapraśvāsakriyāvacchinnena kālena yathoktaṁ

choṭikākālasamānaḥ prathamodghātakarmatāṁ nītaḥ udghāto vijito

vaśīkṛto nigṛhītaḥ kṣaṇānāmiyattākālo vivakṣitaḥ śvāsa praśvāseyattāsaṁ

khyeti kathañcidbhedaḥ . sa khalvayaṁ pratyahamabhyasto

divasapakṣamāsādikrameṇa deśakālapracayavyāpitayā dīrghaḥ

paramanaipuṇyaṁ samadhigamanīyaḥ tayā ca sūkṣmo natu mandatayā

viva° bāhyābhyantaraviṣayākṣepī caturthaḥ sūtram

deśakālasaṅkyābhirvāhyaviṣayaḥ paridṛṣṭa ākṣiptaḥ .

tathābhyantaraviṣayaḥ paridṛṣṭa ākṣiptaḥ . ubhayathā dīrghasūkṣma

tatpūrvako bhūmijayāt . krameṇobhayorgatyabhāvaścaturthaḥ

prāṇāyāmaḥ . tṛtīyastu viṣayonālocito gatyabhāvaḥ sakṛdārabdha eva

deśakālasaṣṭyābhiḥ paridṛdo dīrghasūkṣmaścaturthastu

śvāsapraśvāsayorviṣayāvadhāraṇāt kraseṇa

bhūmijayādubhayākṣepapūrbako gatyabhāvacaturthaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ

ityayaṁ viśeṣaiti bhāṣyam evaṁ trayoviśeṣā lakṣitāḥ caturthaṁ lakṣayati

bāhyeti vyācaṣṭe deśakālasaṅkhyāmiriti

ākṣiptotbhyāsavaśīkṛtādūpādavaropitaḥ so’pi dīrghasūkṣma evaṁ

tatpūrvako bāhyābhyantaraviṣayaḥ prāṇāyāmo deśakālasaṁkhyādarśana

pūrbakaḥ, na cāsau caturthaḥ tṛtīyaiva sakṛtprayatnādahnāya jāyate

kintvabhyasyamānastāṁ tāmavasthāmāpannaḥ tattadavasthā

vijayānukrameṇa bhavatītyāha bhūmijayāditi .

nanūbhayorgatyabhāvastambhavṛttāvapyastīti ko’smādasya viśeṣa ityata

āha . tṛtīya iti anālocanapūrva sakṛtprayatnanirvarti

tastṛtīyaścaturthastvālocanapūrvobahuprayatnanirvartanīya iti viśeṣaḥ .

tayoḥ pūrakarecakayorviṣayo nālocito’ya tu deśakālasaṅkhyābhirālocita

ityarthaḥ vivaraṇam tataḥ kṣīyate prakāśāvaraṇan sū°

prāṇāyāmamabhyasyato’sya yoginaḥ kṣīyate vivekajñānāvaraṇīyaṁ karma

yattadācakṣate . mahāmohabhayena indrajālena prakāśaśīlaṁ

satvamāvṛtya tadevākārye niyuṅkte iti tadasya prakāśāvaraṇaṁ karma

saṁsāranibandhanaṁ prāṇāyāmābhyāsāt durbalaṁ bhavati pratikṣaṇaṁ

ca kṣīyate . tathācoktam tapo na paraṁ prāṇāyāmāttato

viśuddhirmalānāṁ dīptiśca jñānasyeti kiñca dhāraṇāsu ca yogyatā

manasaḥ prāṇāyāmābhyāsādeva . pracchardanavidhāraṇābhyāṁ vā

prāṇasyeti vacanāt bhāṣyam prāṇāyāmasyāvāntaraprayojanamāha tataiti

. āvriyate’nena buddhisatvaprakāśaityāvaraṇaṁ kleśaḥ pāpmā ca .

vyācaṣṭe prāṇāyāmamiti . jñāyate’neneti jñānaṁ buddhisatvaprakāśaḥ

vivekasya jñānaṁ vivekajñānamāvṛṇotīti vivekajñānāvaraṇīyaṁ

bhavyoyapravacanīyādīnāṁ kartari nipātanasya pradarśanārthatvāt

kopanīyarañjanīyavat atrāpi kartari kṛtyapratyayaḥ . karmaśabdena

tajjanyamapuṇyaṁ tatkāraṇaṁ kleśaṁ lakṣayati

atraivāgamināmanumatimāha yattadācakṣata iti . mahāmohorāgaḥ

tadavinirbhāgavartinyavidyā’pi tadgrahaṇena gṛhyate . akāryamavarmaḥ .

nanu prāṇāyāmaścet pāṣmānaṁ kṣiṇoti kṛtaṁ tarhi taprasetyataāha

durbalaṁ bhavatīti na tu sarvathā kṣīyate atastatprakṣayāya

tapo’pekṣyāte iti atrāpyāgamināmanumatimāha tathā coktamiti .

manurapyāha prāṇāyāmairdaheddoṣāniti prāṇāyāmasya yogāṅgatā

viṣṇupurāṇoktā prāṇākhyamanilaṁ vaśyamabhyāsāt kurute tu yaḥ .

praṇāyāmaḥ sa vijñeyaḥ savījo’vījaeva ca . paraspareṇābhibhavaṁ

prāṇāpānau yadā’nilau . kurutastadvidhānena tṛtīyaṁ saṁyamāttayoḥ iti

kiñca vyāsaḥ prāṇāyāmohi manaḥ sthirīkurvan dhāraṇāsu yogyaṁ karoti

vivaraṇam prāṇāyāmaśabde vivṛtiḥ kumbhamānamuktaṁ hemā° dā° kha°

paribhāṣāprakaraṇe bhaviṣyapurāṇe paladvayaṁtu prasṛtaṁ dviguṇaṁ

kuḍavo mataḥ . caturmiḥkuḍavaiḥ prasthaḥ prasthāścatvāra āḍhakaḥ .

āḍhakaistaiścaturbhiśca droṇastu kathitobudhaiḥ . kumbho droṇadvayaṁ

śūrpaḥ khārī droṇāstu ṣoḍaśa . viṣṇu dharmottare palañca kuḍavaḥ

prastha āḍhako droṇa eva ca . dhānyamāneṣu boddhavyāḥ kramaśo’mī

caturguṇāḥ . droṇaiḥ ṣoḍaśabhiḥ khārī viṁśatyā kumbhaucyate .

kumbhaistu daśabhirvādho dhānyasaṁkhyāḥ prakīrtitāḥ .

vaidyakaparibhāṣāyāṁ karṣaśabde darśitaṁ caturbhirāḍhakairdroṇaḥ

kalasonulvaṇo’rmaṇaḥ . unmānañca ghaṭorāśirdroṇaparyāya saṁjñitaḥ .

droṇābhyāṁ śūrpakumbhau ca catuḥṣaṣṭiśarāvakaḥ bhāva° pra° vākyam .

kumbharāśistu

dhaniṣṭhāśeṣārdhaśatabhiṣāpūrvabhādrapadātripādādmakaḥ sa ca 360

aṁśairvibhaktasya rāśicakrasya 300 triśatottaratriṁśadaṁśātmakaḥ .

tasya svarūpādikamuktaṁ nīla° tā° kumbho’pado nā

dinamadhyasaṅgaprasūḥ sthiraḥ karvūravarṇavāyuḥ . sigdhoṣṇakhaṇḍa

svaratulyadhātuḥ śūdraḥ pratīcī viṣamodayaśca . tasya svāmī śaniḥ . sa

ca sthirarāśiḥ carasthiradvyātmakanāmadheyā meṣādayo’mī kramaśaḥ

pradiṣṭā ityukteḥ . sa ca puṣkarākhyaḥ puṇyaśca puṣkaraścaiva

ādhānākhyastathaiva ca . śruthāvṛttyā bhavantyete nityaṁ dvādaśa

rāśayaḥ jyo° ta° . sa ca dvipadarāśiḥ . mithunatulāghaṭakanyā

dvipadākhyāścāpapūrvabhāgaśca tatrokteḥ dvipadavaśagāḥ sarve sihaṁ

vihāya catuṣpadāḥ, salilanilayā vaśyā bhakṣyāḥ sarosṛpajātayaḥ

tatraivokteḥ tadrāśeḥ siṁhaṁ vinā sarve rāśayovaśyā jalajarā bhakṣyāḥ .

sa ca rāhormūlatrikoṇam . uccaṁ nṛyugmaṁ ghaṭabhaṁ trikoṇam

ityukteḥ . tatra tulādito navāṁṇā grāhāḥ carāṇāṁ satrikoṇānāṁ

taccarādyā navāṁśakā ityukteḥ kumbhāpekṣayā

tulārāśernavamatvāttasya caratvācca tathātvam tasya

laṅkāyāmudayamānaṁ udayaśabde 1130 pṛ° darśitam . deśabhede tu

bhinnakāleneti lagnakālaśabde vivṛtiḥ . 11 prahlādaputrabhede

prahlādasya trayaḥ putrāḥ khyātāḥ sarvatra bhārata! . viśeṣataśca

kumbhaśca nikumbhaiti nāmataḥ bhā° ā° 65 a° prahlādo’śvaśirāḥ

kumbhaḥ saṁhrādoga ganapriyaḥ harivaṁ° 42 a0

कुशावर्त — kuśāvarta Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kuśāvarta m. N. of a Tīrtha or passage of the Ganges

m. N. of a son of ṛiṣabha

m. of a Muni

kuśāvarta m. pl. the family of that Muni

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

kuśāvarta (kuśa + āvarta) m. N. pr. eines Tīrtha: gaṅgādvāre kuśāvarte

vilvake nīlaparvate. tathā kanakhale snātvā dhūtapāpmā divaṁ vrajet..

MBH. 13, 1700. kuśāvarta āsīnam BHĀG. P. 3, 20, 4 (BURNOUF: «au

passage du Gange»). Personif. ein Sohn Ṛṣabha’s ebend. 5, 4, 10.

kuśāvarta Verz. d. Oxf. H. 64,a,39. = gaṅgādvāra Schol. zu BHĀG. P. 3,

20, 4. N. pr. eines Muni Verz. d. Oxf. H. 18,b,8. pl. «sein Geschlecht»

19,a,22.

Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975

kuśāvarta 1 I Son of King Ṛṣabha, Kuśāvarta had nineteen brothers, viz.

Bharata, Ilāvarta, Brahmāvarta, Āryāvarta, Malaya, Bhadraketu, Sena,

Indraspṛk, Vidarbha, Kīkaṭa, Kavi, Hari, Antarīkṣa, Prabuddha,

Pippalāyana, Āvirhotra, Dramiḍa, Camasa and Karabhājana. (Bhāgavata,

5th Skandha).

kuśāvarta 2 II A holy place in ancient Indra. (Anuśāsana Parva, Chapter

25, Verse 13).

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

kuśāvarta pu° kuśasya jalasyāvartoyatra . gaṅgāvatāratīrthe gaṅgā dvāre

kuśāvarte vilvake nīlaparvate . tathā kaṇakhale sātvā dhūtapāpmā divaṁ

vrajet bhā° ānu° 1700 ślo° . upagamya kuśāvarta āsīnaṁ tattvavittamam

bhāga° 3 . 20 . 5 . kuśāvarte gaṅgādvāre śrīdharaḥ . 2

bharatanṛpaputrabhede . tamanu kurśāvarta ilāvarto brahmāvarto

malayaḥ keturbhadrasena indraspṛgvidarbhaḥ kīkaṭa iti nava

navatipradhānāḥ bhāga° 5 . 4 . 10 . tadrājyatvāt kuśāvartasya

tatsaṁjñatvam .

कृतार्घ — kṛtārgha Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṛtārgha mfn. received or welcomed by the Argha offering

kṛtārgha m. N. of the nineteenth Arhat of the past Utsarpiṇī (v.l.

«kṛtārtha»).

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

kṛtārgha (kṛta + argha) m. N. pr. des 19ten Arhant’s der vergangenen

Utsarpiṇī H. 52. Var. l.: kṛtārtha.

दश — daśa Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899daśa ifc. for «-śā» («ajpa-, udag-» &c.)

daśa ifc. («tri-, dvi-, nir-«) and in comp. for «-śan» («as») f. pl. «Decads»,

N. of 10 Jain texts («upāsaka-«. &c.) consisting of 10 chs. each.

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

daśa gaṇa saṁkāśādi zu P. 4, 2, 80. 1) am Ende eines comp. = daśan (s.

tridaśa, dvidaśa, nirdaśa); ausserhalb der comp. in der Stelle:

daśairekādaśa dāśā daśārhāḥ MBH. 3, 10667; vgl. saptadaśeṣu = -daśasu

MBH. 3, 15649. — 2) am Ende eines adj. comp. = daśā.

daśa 1) MBH. 3, 10667 liest die ed. Bomb. daśairakā daśa dāsā daśārhāḥ;

NĪLAK.: ā samantādīrayanti upadiśanti tattvamityerakāstattvadarśina

upadeṣṭāraḥ. Es ist wohl daśerakāḥ zu lesen als N. eines Volkes, in

welchem Worte der Dichter die Zahl «zehn» annimmt wie in daśārhāḥ.

Vielleicht ist auch daśadāsa als N. eines Volkes aufzufassen.

Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866

daśa daśa,

1. instead of daśan, Ten, MBh. 3, 15649.

2. = daśama when latter part of a comp. numeral; cf. aṣṭādaśa,

dvādaśa, tridaśa. nava-daśa, i. e. navan-, f. śī, Nineteenth. pañcadaśa, i.

e. pañcan-, f. śī,

1. Fifteenth.

2. f. śī, The fifteenth day of a half month.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

daśa (—°) = daśan.

Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the

1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967

daśa i ka tviṣi . iti kavikalpadrumaḥ .. (curāṁparaṁ-akaṁ-seṭ . i ka,

daṁśayati . tviṣi dīptau . iti durgādāsaḥ ..

daśa i ka ṅa darśe . daṁśane . iti kavikalpadrumaḥ .. (curāṁ-ātmaṁ-

sakaṁ-seṭ .) i ka ṅa, daṁśayate . darśo darśanam . iti durgādāsaḥ ..

daśa [n] tri, (daṁśayati dīpyate iti . danśi + bāhulakāt kanin . danśa

daṁśane . na lopaḥ . ityujjvaladattaḥ . 1 . 156 .) saṁkhyāviśeṣaḥ .

dviguṇitapañca 10 . (yathā, mahābhārate . 3 . 134 . 17 .

diśo daśoktāḥ puruṣasya loke sahasramāhurdaśapūrṇaṁ śatāni .

daśaiva māsān bibhrati garbhavatyo daśairakā daśa dāśā daśārhāḥ ..)

daśavācakāni yathā . hastāṅguliḥ 1 śambhuvāhuḥ 2 rāvaṇamastakam 3

kṛṣṇāvatāraḥ 4 dik 5 viśvadevaḥ 6 avasthā 7 candrāśvaḥ 8 paṁktiḥ 9 . iti

kavikalpalatā .. bahuvacanānto’yaṁ śabdaḥ . tatsaṁkhyāviśiṣṭaḥ .

ityamaraḥ . 2 . 6 . 91 ..

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

daśa dīptau cu° ubha° aka° seṭ idit . daṁśayati—te adadaṁśat—ta .

daśa daṁśane curā° ātma° saka° seṭ idit . daṁśayate adadaṁśata

नवदश — navadaśa Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899navadaśa «nava-daśa» mf («ī») n. the 19th

mf («ī») n. consisting of 19

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

navadaśa (von navadaśan) adj. 1) «der neunzehnte» R. 3. 5 und 6 in den

Unterschrr. der Sarga. — 2) «aus neunzehn bestehend»: stoma VS. 14, 23.

PAÑCAV. BR. 19, 18, 3.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

navadaśa a. the 19th or consisting of 19.

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

navadaśa pu° nava ca daśa ca saṁkhyā’sya ḍaṭ .

unaviṁśatisaṁkhyāyukte pratūrtiraṣṭādaśastaṣo navadaśaḥ yaju° 14 . 23

taporūpo navadaśaḥ stīmaḥ yadvā saṁvatsarastapaḥ

śītoṣṇavarṣaistapatīti sa navadaśaḥ dvādaśa māsāḥ ṣaḍṛtavaḥ

saṁvatsara iti tadrūpo’si vedadī° . ya eva navadaśastomastaṁ

tadupadadhātyatho saṁvatsarovāva tapo navadaśastasya dvādaśa

māsāḥṣaḍṛtavaḥ saṁvatsara eva tapo navadaśastadyattamāha tapati

tadeva tadrūpam śata° brā° 8 . 4 . 1 . 14

नवदशन् — navadaśan Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899navadaśan «nava-daśan» or («nava».)

navadaśan «nava-daśan» mfn. pl. 19

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

navadaśan (navan + da-) «neunzehn»: navadaśa VS. 18, 14. -daśabhiḥ

14, 30.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

navadaśan a. nineteen.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

navadaśan nava-daśan (or an), a. pl. 19.

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

navadaśan tri° navādhikā daśa . (uniśa) 1 saṁkhyāyāṁ 2

tatsaṁkhyāyukte ca .

नवन् — navan Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899navan pl. (nom. acc. «rava»; instr. «navabhis» abl. dat. «-bhyas» loc. «-

su»; Class, also «navabhis, -bhyas, -su»; gen. «navānām» ‘navan’; Gk.

[greek] for [characters] fr [characters] ‘fa’ Lat., ‘novem’; Goth. and Old

HGerm. ‘niun’, OSax. and Angl. Sax. ‘nigun’, NHGerm. ‘neun’, Eng. ‘nine’.]

Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :

1890

navan num. a. (always pl.) Nine; navatiṁ navādhikāṁ R. 3. 69; see

comp. below. (At the beginning of comp. navan drops its final n).

— Comp.

—aśītiḥ f. eighty-nine.

—arcis m.,

—dīdhetiḥ the planet Mars.

—kṛtvas ind. nine times.

—grahāḥ (m. pl.) the nine planets; see under graha. —catvāriṁśa

a. forty-ninth.

—catvāriṁśat f. forty-nine.

—chidraṁ, —dvāraṁ the body (having nine apertures; see kha). —

triṁśa a. thirty-ninth.

—triṁśan f. thirty nine.

—daśa a. nineteenth.

—daśat pl. nineteen.

—durgā Durgā in her nine forms.

—navatiḥ f. ninetynine.

—nidhi m. pl. the nine treasures of Kubera, i. e. mahapadmaśca

padmaśca śakho makarakacchapau . mukuṁdakuṁdanīlāśca kharvaśca

nidhayo nava … —paṁcāśa a. fifty-ninth.

—paṁcāśat f. fifty-nine.

—ratnaṁ 1. the nine precious jewels; i. e.

muktāmāṇikyavaidūryagomedā vajravidrumau . padmarāgo marakataṁ

nīlaścati yathākramaṁ … —2. ‘the nine gems’ or poets at the court of king

Vikramāditya:

dhanvaṁtarikṣapaṇakāmarasiṁhaśaṁkuvetālabhaṭṭaghaṭakarparakālidās

āḥ . khyāto varāhamihiro nṛpateḥ sabhāyāṁ ratnāni vai vararucirnava

vikramasya … —rasāḥ (m. pl.) the nine sentiments in poetry; see under

aṣṭarasa and rasa also.

—rātraṁ 1. a period of nine days. —2. the first nine days of the

month of Aśvina held sacred to Durgā.

—viṁśa a. twenty-ninth.

—viṁśatiḥ f. twenty-nine.

—vidha a. ninefold, of nine kinds or sorts.

—vyūhaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.

—śataṁ 1 one hundred and nine. —2. nine hundred.

—śāyakaḥ N. given to nine inferior tribes; they are;

—gopo mālī tathā tailī taṁtrī modakavārujī . kulālaḥ karmakāraśca

nāpito navaśāyakāḥ … Parāśara.

—ṣaṣṭiḥ f. sixty-nine.

—saptatiḥ seventy-nine.

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

navan UJJVAL. zu UṆĀDIS. 1, 156. ŚĀNT. 2, 5. nava, navabhis,

navabhyas, navasu (in der nachvedischen Sprache auch navabhis,

navabhyas, navasu), navānām P. 6, 1, 177. 180. 181. «neun» ṚV. 3, 9, 9.

10, 27, 15. AV. 11, 7, 14. 13, 4, 10. nava prāṇānnavabhiḥ saṁ mimīte 5,

28, 1. nava vai puruṣe prāṇāḥ TS. 3, 5, 10, 2. ŚAT. BR. 6, 3, 1, 21. 13, 2,

8, 5. navakapāla 3, 4, 1, 15. navākṣara ebend. VS.9, 33. navāratni ŚAT.

BR. 3, 6, 4, 21. — M. 3, 269. 11, 2. RAGH. 3, 69. BHĀG. P. 5, 4, 10. Ueber

«neunundneunzig» s. u. navati. — Vgl. triṇavan.

Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866

navan navan, cardinal number, adj. Nine, Man. 3, 269.

— Cf. Goth. and O.H.G. niun; A.S. nigan; [greek] Lat. novem.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

navan a. nine.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

navan navan (or an), num. nine.

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

navan tri° ba° va° . nṛ—kanin bā° guṇaḥ . 1 saṁkhyābhede (naya)

saṁkhyāyāṁ 2 tadyukte ca .

मूल — mūla Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mūla n. (or m. g. «ardharcādi»; ifc. f. «ā» or «ī»; prob. for 3. «mūra» see

above ) «firmly fixed», a root (of any plant or tree; but also fig. the foot or

lowest part or bottom of anything) &c. &c. («mūlaṁ» «kṛ» or «bandh», to

take or strike root)

n. a radish or the root of various other plants (esp. of Arum

Campanulatum, of long pepper, and of Costus Speciosus or Arabicus)

n. the edge (of the horizon)

n. immediate neighbourhood («mama mūtam» = to my side)

n. basis, foundation, cause, origin, commencement, beginning («mūlād

ārabhya» or «ā» «mūlāt», from the beginning; «mūlāt», from the bottom,

thoroughly; «mūlaṁ» «kramataś ca», right through from beginning &c.

(ibc.= chief principal cf. below; ifc. = rooted in, based upon, derived

from)

n. a chief or principal city

n. capital (as opp. to «interest»)

n. an original text (as opp. to the commentary or gloss)

n. a king’s original or proper territory

n. a temporary (as opp. to the rightful) owner

n. an old or hereditary servant, a native inhabitant

n. the square root

n. a partic. position of the fingers (= «mūta-bandha»)

n. a copse, thicket

n. also m. and («ā») f. N. of the 17th (or 19th) lunar mansion &c. &c.

mūla m. herbs for horses, food

mūla m. N. of Sadā-śiva

mūla mfn. original, first

mūla n. = «nija», own, proper, peculiar

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

mūla (mūla UṆĀDIS. 4, 108) m. n. gaṇa ardharcādi zu P.2,4,31. SIDDH.

K. 250,a,8. MED. l. 45. Am Ende eines adj. comp. f. ā (in übertragener

Bedeutung, wie es scheint, stets ā) und ī P. 4, 1, 64. VOP. 4, 15. Am

Ende eines adv. comp. -mūlam P. 6, 2, 121. 1) n. «Wurzel» eig. (AK. 2, 4,

1, 12. 3, 4, 16, 202. H. 1121. an. 2, 506. fg. MED. l. 45. HALĀY. 2, 28. 5,

23) und übertragen, «Grundlage» (= parigraha AK. 3, 4, 31, 239),

«Ausgangspunkt, Anfang» (AK. 3, 4, 26, 202. MED. H. an., wo

pārśvādyayoruḍau zu lesen ist), tredhā mūlaṁ yātudhānasya vṛśca ṚV.

10, 87, 10. AV. 6, 13, 3. 14, 2. 7, 74, 1. 19, 32, 3. oṣadhyāste mūlaṁ mā

hiṁsiṣam VS. 1, 25. 22, 28. ŚAT. BR. 1, 2, 5, 8. 14, 6, 9, 33. KĀTY. ŚR. 7,

1, 19. 2, 6, 9. 46. pāpmanaḥ ŚAT. BR. 8, 5, 1, 13. mūlaṁ vā etadyajñasya

yattūṣṇīṁśaṁsaḥ AIT. BR. 2, 32. ŚAT. BR. 1, 4, 4, 9. fgg. śāktyo vā

mūlam «Ausgangspunkt» ĀŚV. ŚR. 12, 2. mūlaphala ŚĀÑKH. GṚHY. 4, 7.

eka- ĀŚV. GṚHY. 1, 22, 21. agrāṇi mūlāni madhyāni GOBH. 1, 8, 28.

KAUŚ. 3. 11. 14. — rātrau ca vṛkṣamūlāni dūrataḥ parivarjayet M. 4, 73. 6,

26. 44. 11, 78. 128. MBH. 3, 2373. ŚĀK. 179. VIKR. 41. Spr. 2231. mūlaṁ

manujādhipatiḥ prajātaroḥ VARĀH. BṚH. S. 48, 1. 55, 13. 22. 76, 4. 9.

vṛkṣāgramadhyamūleṣu 86, 73. āmūlaskandhaliptānām 55, 7. mūlāni ca

phalāni ca M. 3, 227. 82. 267. 4, 29. 247. 5, 10. 157. 6, 5. 15. 7, 131. 10,

87. MBH. 1, 5889. 3, 2307. 12, 4256. 4262. R. 1, 9, 31. KATHĀS. 9, 62.

UTTARARĀMAC. 25, 9. BRAHMA-P. in LA. (II) 49, 8. «die Wurzel von

Arum campanulatum Roxb.» ŚABDAC. im ŚKDR. «die Wurzel vom langen

Pfeffer» und «von Costus speciosus» oder «arabicus» RĀJAN. ebend.

mūlaṁ kar «Wurzeln schlagen, festen Fuss fassen»: tālavatkurute mūlaṁ

bālaḥ śatrurupekṣitaḥ Spr. 1022. (śrīḥ) dākṣyāttu kurute mūlam 5087.

yāvanna kṛtamūlāste pāṇḍaveyāḥ MBH. 1, 7426. 2, 244. Spr. 3169. —

niṣecana BHĀG. P. 4, 31, 14. 8, 9, 29. nocchidyādātmano mūlaṁ pareṣāṁ

cātitṛṣṇayā. ucchindya hyātmano mūlamātmānaṁ tāṁśca pīḍayet.. M. 7,

139. karturmūlāni kṛntati Spr. 1529. 4739. R. 6, 39, 21. kaṇṭakasya ca

bhagnasya dantasya calitasya ca. amātyasya ca duṣṭasya

mūlāduddharaṇaṁ varam.. Spr. 586. mūlādeva hi hantavyo so ‘narthaḥ

HARIV. 3213. mūleṣvapi na tiṣṭhati Spr. 3165. sarvasya tapaso

mūlamācāraṁ jagṛhuḥ param M. 1, 110. vedo ‘khilo dharmamūlam M. 2,

6. 11. dharmasya brāhmaṇo mūlamagraṁ rājanya ucyate 11, 83. chinnaṁ

mūlamanarthānām MBH. 1, 1615. duḥkha- 6122. 7876. dharmaṁ śubhaṁ

vāpyaśubhaṁ rājamūlāt (rājamūlaṁ adj. ed. Bomb. 50, 10) pravartate R.

3, 56, 19. hetumātraṁ tu rāmo vai jayamūlaṁ vibhīṣaṇaḥ 6, 95, 55.

bhāryā mūlaṁ trivargasya bhāryā mūlaṁ tu saṁtateḥ (tariṣyataḥ v. l.)

Spr. 230. 1933. viśvāsaḥ saṁpadāṁ mūlam 2857. 4658. 5152. VARĀH.

BṚH. S. 78, 14. UTTARARĀMAC. 3, 3. saṁkalpamūlaḥ kāmaḥ «wurzelnd

in, hervorgehend aus» M. 2, 3. jñānamūlāṁ kriyām 4, 24. MBH. 1, 1607.

13, 5788. R. 2, 81, 6. Spr. 1293. 4261. 4981. 5152. MĀRK. P. 24, 22.

DAŚAK. in BENF. Chr. 183, 12. SĀH. D. 5, 4. 24. mūlādārabhya sarvaṁ

prāgvṛttāntaṁ nyavedayat «von Anfang an» PAÑCAT. 49, 1. ā

mūlācchrotumicchāmi ŚĀK. 14, 19. KATHĀS. 22, 98. 25, 195. 27, 3. 32,

130. 68, 61. 71, 58. 228. mūlāt «von Grund aus» (Jmd kennen lernen)

Schol. zu ŚĀK. 11, 16. āmūlamīkṣitam «bis auf den Grund, ganz genau»

KATHĀS. 32, 83. tatra mūlaṁ mṛgyam «das Ursprüngliche, Richtige»

SIDDH.K. zu P.1,2,6. — 2) n. überh. «dasjenige Ende eines Dinges, mit

dem es an Etwas befestigt ist; Wurzel» (in uneigentlicher Bed.), «Fuss,

Basis; der untere Theil» überh. (Gegens. agra): mūrdhajānām VARĀH.

BṚH. S. 68, 82. veṇī- 51, 40. dantasya 79, 20 = BṚH. 94, 1. danta- (s.

bes.), daṁṣṭrā- VARĀH. BṚH. S. 81, 23. saviṣāṇaṁ bhujaṁ mūle

khaḍgena nirakṛntata MBH. 3, 15736. bāhoḥ VARĀH. BṚH. S. 58, 26.

bāhu- (s. auch bes.) Spr. 777. SĀH. D. 59, 11. dormūla TRIK. 3, 3, 435. H.

589. aṅguṣṭha-, aṅguli- M. 2, 59. YĀJÑ. 1, 19. RAGH. 7, 10. AK. 2, 7, 50.

VARĀH. BṚH. S. 68, 42. 49. 70, 13. 14. H. 840. hanu- VS. PRĀT. 1, 83.

AV. PRĀT. 1, 20. kapola- so v. a. «Backenknochen» Spr. 3235. karṇa- (s.

auch bes.) AK. 2, 8, 2, 6. śrotra- R. 1, 9, 38. puccha- AK. 3, 4, 1, 6.

BHĀG. P. 5, 23, 5. pakṣa- (s. bes.). nābhī- VARĀH. BṚH. S. 50, 13.

śailasya «Fuss eines Berges» HARIV. 3953. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 54, 102.

RĀJA-TAR. 2, 164. papāta (papātā Schol.) mūlataḥ śrīmānsuparvā

nandaparvataḥ «(der als Berg gedachte Fürst» Nanda nach dem Schol.)

KĀM. NĪTIS. 1, 4. śūla- RĀJA-TAR. 2, 85. vāsayaṣṭeḥ MEGH. 77.

āśramatoraṇa- VARĀH. BṚH. S. 44, 16. 43, 64. 50, 8. 56, 25. 58, 53.

KATHĀS. 71, 60. netramūlasrotas SUŚR. 2, 234, 5. vīṇāyāḥ «das untere

(dem Körper näher liegende) Ende» H. 291. beim Sonnenschirm «der an

den Ueberzug stossende Theil» VARĀH. BṚH. S. 73, 2. «der äusserste

Rand»: ghanā ghanamūlāḥ 30, 18. prācīmūle «am Rande des Horizonts im

Osten» MEGH. 87. «Grund, Boden»: mūlaṁ yāti sarojalasya KUVALAJ.

76,a. yātaḥ pātālamūlam Spr. 2462. vardhayantaśca koṣamūlam R. 1, 7,

7. pañcabuddhyādimūlām(?) ŚVETĀŚV. UP. 1, 5. — 3) n. «unmittelbare

Nähe» TRIK. 3, 3, 404. H. an. MED. bhavantāvapi ca kṣipraṁ mama

mūlamupeṣyathaḥ (so die ed. Bomb.; mūlam = samīpam Schol.) so v. a.

«zu mir» R. 2, 64, 47. prayāhi — mūlaṁ śumbhaniśumbhayoḥ MĀRK. P. 86,

6. Vgl. jagāma — pādamūlaṁ mahātmanaḥ R. 1, 54, 6. — 4) n. «Grundtext,

Quelle» im Gegens. zur «Glosse, Ueberarbeitung» u. s. w. MÜLLER, SL.

104. fg. SUŚR. 1, 14, 14. KATHĀS. 1, 10. — 5) n. «Kapital» MED. Spr.

3844. — 6) n. «Hauptplatz, Hauptstadt»: kṛtvā vidhānaṁ mūle (=

svīyadurgarāṣṭrarūpe KULL.) tu yātrikaṁ ca yathāvidhi M. 7, 184. sa

guptamūlapratyantaḥ śuddhapārṣṇirayānvitaḥ. ṣaḍvidhaṁ balamādāya

pratasthe digjigīṣayā.. RAGH. 4, 26. mūlābhirakṣā VARĀH. BṚH. S. 95,

61. pārṣṇimūlam MBH. 2, 192. NĪLAK. erklärt: pārṣṇigrāhaka ādiryasya tat

dvādaśavidhaṁ maṇḍalam. — 7) n. «Quadratwurzel» COLEBR. Alg. 363.

SŪRYAS. 2, 41. 3, 8. 33. 4, 20. 5, 6. 10, 8. — 8) m. n. «das Sternbild»

Mūla, «das 17te (19te)» Naxatra AK. 3, 4, 26, 202. H. 113. H. an.

COLEBR. Misc. Ess. II, 340. WEBER, JYOT. 95. Nax. 1, 310. 2, 300. 303.

374. 389. AV. 19, 7, 3. TBR. 3, 1, 2, 3 in Z. f. d. K. d. M. 7, 271. YĀJÑ. 1,

80. MBH. 13, 3275. 4264. R. 5, 73, 57. P. 4, 3, 28. SUŚR. 1, 106, 7.

SŪRYAS. 8,19. 9, 14. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 4, 5. 6, 11. 12. 7, 11. 23, 7. 55, 31.

98, 7. 15. 100, 1. 101, 10 (= BṚH. 16, 10). 102, 5. 7. 105, 1. 6. BHĀG. P.

5, 23, 6. MĀRK. P. 33, 13. VET. in LA. (II) 13, 11. — 9) n. «Gebüsch,

Dickicht» H. an. — 10) in der Stelle atha mūlamanāhāryaṁ

prakāśakrayaśodhitaḥ. adaṇḍyo mucyate rājñā nāṣṭiko labhate dhanam..

M. 8, 202 wird mūlam von KULL. durch asvāmī vikretā erklärt und von den

Uebersetzern durch «Verkäufer» wiedergegeben. Es ist wohl vikrayasya

aus dem Zusammenhange zu ergänzen und zu übersetzen «der

Veranlasser» (des Verkaufs). — 11) n. «eine best. Stellung der Finger»

(vgl. 1. mūlabandha): samānīya svavāmena mūlena prokṣaṇaṁ caret

Verz. d. Oxf. H. 103,a,26. dhyātvā mūlena tasmai ca dadyātpādyādikaṁ

mudā PAÑCAR. 1, 5, 6. — 12) m. Bein. Sadāśiva’s Verz. d. B. H. No. 1346.

— 13) f. ā a) «Asparagus racemosus Willd.» RĀJAN. im ŚKDR. — b) «das

Sternbild» Mūla ŚABDAR. ebend. — 14) f. ī «eine kleine Hauseidechse»

TRIK. 2, 5, 23. — 15) adj. f. ā a) «der erste» Verz. d. Oxf. H. 56,a,5.

Vielleicht ist mūlāttataḥ zu lesen. — b) = nija «eigen» AJAYAPĀLA im

ŚKDR. — Vgl. a-, ado-, arkamūlā, ākāśamūlī, ātma-, unmūla, upamūlam,

kṛṣṇamūlī, jihvāmūla, jyeṣṭhā-, tapo-, tāmramūlā und -mūlī, dantamūla,

nimūlam, nirmūla, pañca-, pāda-, puṣkara-, baddha- (auch PAÑCAT. 232,

18. abaddhamūlaḥ kṣupakaḥ SUŚR. 1, 88, 10), bahu-, bāhu-, billamūlā,

bhujamūla, bhūri-, madhu-, mantra-, mahā-, mūlakamūlā, yatomūla,

laghu-, śūnya-, sa-, sarasvatī-, maula, maulika, maulya.

Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866

mūla mūla (vb. mah),

I. n.

1. The root of a tree, Vikr. 41; root (figuratively), Pañc. ii. d. 23.

2. An eatable root, Utt. Rāmac. 33, 8.

3. The lowest part, Megh. 77.

4. Origin.

5. Cause, Utt. Rāmac. 5, 1.

6. The vendor, Man. 8, 202.

7. Commencement; ā mūlāt, From its beginning, Kathās. 22, 98.

8. Capital, principal.

9. The original text of any work, as opposed to its comment.

10. Own.

11. One’s own kingdom, Man. 7, 184.

12. Near, proximate.

13. The root of the Arum campanulatum.

II. m. and n. The nineteenth lunar asterism, Lass. 16, 18.

III. f. lī (cf. muśalī, s. v. muśala), A small house-lizard.

— Comp. unmūla, i. e. ud-, adj., f. lā, uprooted, Rām. 4, 19, 11. jyeṣṭhā-,

m. the month Jyaiṣṭha, MBh. 13, 4609. tapas-,

I. adj. having its cause in devotion, Man. 11, 234.

II. m. a proper name. danta-, n. the root of a tooth, Suśr. 1, 303, 9.

dhana-, adj. rooted, founded, in wealth, Hit. i. d. 121, M.M. dharma-, n.

the roots of law, Man. 2, 6. nirmūla, i. e. nis-, adj., f. lā, without any root,

MBh. 5, 2747. pāda-, n. 1. the sole of the foot, Pañc. i. d. 161 (pādamūle

ni pātyate, the dye is smeared on the sole of the foot, and the lover is

caused to fall down before his mistress). 2. the root of the foot, tarsus,

Bhāg. P. 2, 1, 26; a polite designation of a person, Rām. 1, 54, 16. 3. the

foot of a mountain, Kathās. 1, 27. baddha (vb. bandh)-, adj. firmly rooted,

Pañc. 232, 18. vismaya-karṣa-, adj. caused by astonishment and joy,

Daśak. in Chr. 183, 12. sa-mūla + m, adj. with the root, completely, Pañc.

i. d. 339.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

mūla n. (adj. —° f. ā & ī) root (lit. & fig.), foot, basis, foundation, ground,

bottom, immediate neighbourhoud; origin, source commencement, cause;

the chief person or thing, e.g. text (opp. commentary), capital (opp.

interest), also capital = chief city, holder (opp. owner); N. of a lunar

mansion (also m.). — mūlaṁ kṛ or bandh take root; mūla (—°) sprung

from, rooted in, resting on; (°—) original, chief, first, also = (±ā) mūlāt or

mūlatas & mūlādārabhya from the bottom or the beginning.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

mūla mūl-a [= mūr-a, rigid, fixed pari], n. (-° a. ā, ī) root; edible root;

root = end by which anything (e. g. tooth, finger, arm, tail, etc.) is fixed;

foot (of a mountain); base, lower part; edge of the horizon; bottom;

immediate neighbourhood; foundation, origin, source, beginning; chief

place, capital; capital (opp. interest); original, text (opp. commentary);

temporary owner (opp. rightful owner); square root; °-, chief; -°, chief; -°

a. having its root in, based on, derived from;

mūlaṁ kṛ or bandu, take or strike root, obtain a firm footing;

mama mūlam, to my side, to me;

mūlat, from the bottom, thoroughly;

ā mūlāt or mūlād ārabhya, from the beginning.

Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the

1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967

mūla ka ropaṇe . iti kavikalpadrumaḥ .. (curā°ubha°-saka°-seṭ .) dīrghī

ropaṇamāropaṇam . ka mūlayati vṛkṣaṁ lokaḥ . govindabhaṭṭastu rohaṇe

iti paṭhitvā rohaṇaṁ janmeti vyākhyāti . iti durgādāsaḥ ..

mūla ña pratiṣṭhāyām . iti kavikalpadrumaḥ .. (bhvā°ubha°-aka°-seṭ .)

pavargaśeṣādirdīrghī . pratiṣṭhā sthitiriti govindabhaṭṭaḥ . ña mūlati

mūlate yaśaḥ . ayaṁ parasmaipadītyanye . iti durgādāsaḥ ..

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

mūla pratiṣṭhāyāṁ bhvā° ubha° aka° seṭ . mūlati te amūlīt amūliṣṭa .

mūla ropaṇe curā° ubha° saka° seṭ . mūlayati te amūmulat ta .

mūla na° mūla—ka . 1 śiphāyām (jaḍa) (śikaḍa) amaraḥ 2 ādye 3 nikuñje

4 nakṣatrabhede 5 antike viśvaḥ 6 bāṇijyādyupayonini 7 mūladhane,

medi° . 8 nije ajayaḥ . 9 caraṇe 10 śūraṇe śabdamā° 11 pippalīmūle 12

puṣkaramūle rājani° . 13 ṭīkādinā vyākhyeyagranthe ca aśvinyavadhike

ūnaviṁśe nakṣatre astrī° ti° ta° śabadara° strītvamuktam .

मूलम् — mūlam Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :1890

mūlam [mūl-ka]

(1) A root (fig. also); tarumūlāni gṛhībhavati teṣāṁ S. 7. 20; or

śākhino dhautamūlāḥ 1. 15; mūlaṁ baṁdh to take or strike root;

baddhamūlasya mūlaṁ hi mahadvairataroḥ striyaḥ Śi. 2. 38.

(2) The root, lowest edge or extremity of anything;

kasyāścidāsidraśanā tadānīmaṁguṣṭhamūlārpitasūtraśeṣā R. 7. 10; so

prācīmūle Me. 89.

(3) The lower part or end, base, the end of anything by which it is

joined to something else; bāhvormūlaṁ Śi. 7. 32; so pādamūlaṁ,

karṇamūlaṁ, ūrumūlaṁ &c.

(4) Beginning, commencement; āmūlācchrotumicchāmi S. 1.

(5) Basis, foundation, source, origin, cause; sarve gārhasthyamūlakāḥ

Mb.; rakṣogṛhe sthitirmūlaṁ U. 1. 6; iti kenāpyuktaṁ tatra mūlaṁ

mṛgyaṁ ‘the source or authority should be found out’.

(6) The foot or bottom of anything; parvatamūlaṁ, girimūlaṁ &c.

(7) The text, or original passage (as distinguished from the

commentary or gloss).

(8) Vicinity, neighbourhood.

(9) Capital, principal, stock. (10) A hereditary servant.

(11) A square root.

(12) A king’s own territory; sa guptamūlapratyaṁtaṁ: R. 4. 26; Ms. 7.

184.

(13) A vender who is not the true owner; Ms. 8. 202 (asvāmivikretā

Kull.).

(14) The nineteenth lunar mansion containing 11 stars.

(15) A thicket, copse.

(16) The root of long pepper.

(17) A particular position of the fingers.

(18) A chief or capital city.

(19) An aboriginal inhabitant. (20) A bower, an arbour (nikuṁja).

(21) N. of several roots. pipyalī, puṣkara, śūraṇa &c. (In comp. mula

may be translated by ‘first, prime, original, chief, principal’; e. g.

mūlakāraṇaṁ ‘prime cause’ &c. &c.).

— Comp.

—ādhāraṁ 1. the navel. —2. a mystical circle above the organs of

generation.

—ābhaṁ a radish.

—bhāyatanaṁ the original abode.

—āśin a. living upon roots.

—āhvaṁ a radish.

—ucchedaḥ utter destruction, total eradication.

—karman n. magie.

—kāraḥ the author of an original work.

—kāraṇaṁ the original or prime cause; Ku. 6. 13.

—kārikā a furnace, an oven.

—kṛcchraḥ —cchraṁ a kind of penance, living only upon roots.

—keśaraḥ a citron.

—guṇaḥ the co-efficient of a root.

—graṁthaḥ 1. an original text. —2. the very words uttered by

Śākyamuni.

—chedaḥ uprooting.

—ja a. 1. radical. —2. growing at the roots of trees (as an anthill).

—3. born under the constellation Mūla. (

—jaḥ) plant growing from a root. (

—jaṁ) a green ginger.

—devaḥ an epithet of Kamsa.

—dravyaṁ, —dhanaṁ principal, stock, capital.

—dhātuḥ lymph.

—nikṛṁtana a. destroying root and branch.

—puruṣaḥ ‘the stock-man’, the male representative of a family.

—prakṛtiḥ f. the Prakṛti or Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas (q. v.). —(pl.)

the four principal sovereigns to be considered at the time of war (vijigīṣu,

ari, madhyama, and udāsīna); see Ms. 7. 155.

—phaladaḥ the bread-fruit tree.

—barhaṇaṁ the act of uprooting, extermination.

—bhadraḥ an epithet of Kamsa.

—bhṛtyaḥ an old or hereditary servant.

—vacanaṁ an original text.

—vāpaḥ one who plants roots.

—vittaṁ capital, stock.

—vibhujaḥ a chariot.

—vyasanavṛttiḥ the hereditary occupation of executing criminals;

Ms. 10. 38.

—vratin a. living exclusively on roots.

—śakunaḥ (in augury) the first bird.

—śākaṭaḥ, —śākinaṁ a field planted with edible roots.

—saṁghaḥ a society, seet.

—sthānaṁ 1. base, foundation. —2. the Supreme Spirit. —3. wind,

air. —4. Mooltan. (

—nī) N. of Gaurī.

—sthāyin m. an epithet of Śiva.

—srotas n. the principal current or fountain-head of a river.

—hara a. uprooting completely.

यात्रा — yātrā Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yātrā f. going, setting off, journey, march, expedition &c. (with

«prāṇāntikī» or «aurdhvadehikī» = death; «yātrāṁ-yā» or «dā», to

undertake an expedition, take the field; «yātrām-pṛch», to wish luck

f. going on a pilgrimage (cf. «gaṅgā-» and «tīrtha-y-«)

f. a festive train, procession (cf. «deva-y-«)

f. a feast, festival (= «utsava»)

f. support of life, livelihood, maintenance &c.

f. intercourse (with «laukikī», worldly intercourse = «jagad-y-«)

f. way, means, expedient

f. passing away time

f. practice, usage, custom

f. N. of a partic. kind of astronomical wk. (cf. «yoga-y-«)

f. of a sort of dramatic entertainment (popular in Bengal)

yātrā «yātrika» &c. see p.849, col.3.

Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :

1890

yātrā yā-ṣṭran]

(1) Going, motion, journey; Mv. 6. 1; R. 18. 16.

(2) The march of an army, expedition, invasion; mārgaśīrṣe śubhe

māsi yāyādyātrāṁ mahīpatiḥ Ms. 7. 182; Pt. 3. 37; R. 17. 56.

(3) Going on a pilgrimage; as in tīrthayātrā.

(4) A company of pilgrims.

(5) A festival, fair, festive or solemn occasion; kālapriyanāthasya

yātrāprasaṁgena Māl. 1; U. 1.

(6) A procession, festive train; pravṛttā khalu yātrābhimukhaṁ mālatī

Māl. 6; 6. 2.

(7) A road.

(8) Support of life, livelihood, maintenance; yātrāmātrapra.

siddhyarthaṁ Ms. 4. 3; śarīrayātrāpi ca te na prasidhyedakarmaṇaḥ Bg. 3.

8.

(9) Passing away (time). (10) Intercourse; yātrā caiva hi laukikī Ms.

11. 185; lokayātrā Ve. 3; Ms. 9. 27.

(11) Way, means, expedient.

(12) A custom, usage, practice, way; eṣoditā lokayātrā nityaṁ

strīpuṁsayoḥ parā Ms. 9. 25. (lokācāraḥ Kull.).

(13) A vehicle in general.

(14) A kind of dramatic entertainment.

— Comp.

—utsavaḥ a festive procession.

—karaṇaṁ an expedition, a march.

—prasaṁgaḥ going on a pilgrimage.

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

yātrā (von 1. yā) UṆĀDIS. 4, 167. 1) «Gang, Aufbruch, Fahrt, Reise,

Marsch, Kriegszug» AK. 2, 8, 2, 63. 3, 4, 25, 177. TRIK. 3, 3, 367. H. 790.

an. 2, 449. MED. r. 79. HALĀY. 2, 297. HARIV. 5284. śvo yātrā R. 1, 68,

17. yātrāmayāsiṣam «ich machte mich auf die Reise» 2, 72, 27. 78, 1. 82,

19. 21. SUŚR. 1, 108, 20. RAGH. 16, 25. na ciraṁ tāpāya tava yātrā

bhaviṣyati Spr. 1376. 4727. 4818. SŪRYAS. 14, 13. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 72, 6.

79, 23. 86, 10. 87, 5. 6. 27. 89, 12. 14. 93, 11. 13. 94, 13. 95, 25. BHĀG.

P. 11, 2, 4. MĀRK. P. 51, 59. vāraṇāvata- «Gang nach» MBH. 1, 143 in der

Unterschr. samudra- HARIV. 8304. mārgaśīrṣe śubhe māsi yāyādyātrāṁ

mahīpatiḥ «einen Feldzug unternehmen» M. 7, 182. 207. MBH. 2, 192. 12,

2662. fg. R. 2, 82, 23. -gamana 24. 3, 22, 7. 4, 30, 3. 6, 1, 7. yātrāyukta

SUŚR. 1, 122, 5. BHAR. NĀṬY. 34, 68. KĀM. NĪTIS. 11, 1. 5. dūra- 15, 43.

RAGH. 4, 24. 6, 54. śakyeṣvevābhavadyātrā tasya śaktimataḥ sataḥ 17,

56. Spr. 4231. KATHĀS. 19, 60. 69. 42, 81. 83. 54, 212. RĀJA-TAR. 1, 67.

115. 4, 131. 282. 405. 5, 326. yātrāṁ dā «einen Feldzug unternehmen» 6,

230. dattayātra 5,214. HIT. 94,9. 10. Verz. d. Oxf. H. 332,b,14. fg.

«Ausfahrt» (des Viehes) KṚṢISAṁGR. 8, 18. 21. tasminprayāte

paralokayātrām «der Gang in die andere Welt» RAGH. 18, 15. prāṇāntikī

so v. a. «Tod» HARIV. 4713. aurdhvadehikī dass. 4803. — 2) «ein festlicher

Zug, Procession»; = utsava TRIK. H. an. MED. KATHĀS. 10, 87. 34, 174.

janyayātrājana 30, 96. 123, 159. yātrāyāgādi nāgānām RĀJA-TAR. 1, 185.

220. amareśvara- 267. Verz. d. B. H. No. 1236. SĀH. D. 109. HIT. 85, 12.

deva- Verz. d. Oxf. H. 200,a,15. TRIK.2,7,8. — 3) «Lebensunterhalt», =

yāpana («passing away time» COLEBR. und WILSON), vṛtti AK. 3, 4, 25,

177. MED. H. an. HALĀY. 5, 33 (= anuvṛtti?). M. 4, 3. YĀJÑ. 3, 54. 59.

tasminhi yātrā lokasya MBH. 5, 3027. 13, 2089. 14, 1281. Spr. 4872.

BHĀG. P. 7, 15, 15. 10, 86, 15. śarīra- «Unterhalt des Körpers» BHAG. 3,

8. KATHĀS. 52, 101. deha- (s. auch bes.) dass. NĪLAK. 32. — 4)

«Verkehr»: laukikī M. 11, 184. jagadyātrā BHĀG. P. 8, 14, 3. — 5) «Mittel»

VIŚVA im ŚKDR. — 6) Bez. «einer gewissen Gattung astrologischer

Werke» VARĀH. BṚH. S. 2, S. 6, Z. 4. von VARĀHAMAHIRA verfasst 1,

10. 43, 31. 44, 14. 18. 48, 22. Der vollständige Titel dieses Werkes ist

yogayātrā; vgl. KERN in der Vorrede zu VARĀH. BṚH. S. 25. fgg. und Ind.

St. 10, 161. fgg. — 7) «a sort of dramatic entertainment» WILSON. — Vgl.

gaṅgā-, tīrtha- (auch KATHĀS. 33, 28. 39, 34. 38. 52, 242. DHŪRTAS. 83,

12), daṇḍa-, deva-, deha-, dola-, punaryātrā, prāṇa-, bahiryātrā,

bṛhadyātrā, mahā-, yoga-, ratha-, loka-.

Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866

yātrā yā + trā, f.

1. Going, travelling.

2. The march of an assailing force, an expedition, Man. 7, 160; 207;

Pañc. iii. d. 35.

3. Going on pilgrimage.

4. The procession of idols, Hit. i. d. 113, M.M.

5. A sort of dramatic entertainment.

6. Passing away time.

7. Practice, usage, conduct, Man. 9, 25; intercourse, Man. 11, 184.

8. An expedient, support of life, Man. 4, 3.

— Comp. tīrtha-, f. pilgrimage to holy places, Pañc. 117, 10. deva-, f. 1.

the procession of idols, Mālav. 69, 13. 2. a sacred festival. deha-, f. 1.

death. 2. support of life, Bhāg. P. 4, 23, 20. prāṇa-, f. support of life,

Pañc. 52, 6. loka-, f. 1. the way of the world, Mālav. 68, 17. 2. worldly

affairs, domestic affairs, Man. 9, 27. 3. traffic, intercourse, Hit. i. d. 104,

M.M. 4. the life of the world, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 20.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

yātrā f. going, setting off, journey, travel, march, expedition; festive train,

procession, feast, festival; livelihood, subsistence; custom, usage; a kind

of dramatic entertainment.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

yātrā yā-trā, f. going, to (-°); departure, journey; march, military

expedition; festive train, procession; (annual, biennial, etc.) pilgrimage

(to the shrine of a deity); festivity, festival; livelihood; maintenance;

intercourse; kind of dramatic entertainment: -ṁ dā, undertake an

expedition;

-kara, a. affording maintenance;

-karaṇa, n. setting forth on a journey or march;

-gam-ana, n. military expedition;

-mahotsava, m. great festive procession;

-artham, ad. for marching.

Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the

1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967

yātrā strī, (yā + huyāmāśrubhasibhyastran . uṇā° 4 . 167 . iti tran . ṭāp .)

vijigīṣoḥ prayāṇam . tatparyāyaḥ . vrajyā 1 abhiniryāṇam 3 prasthānam 4

gamanam 5 gamaḥ 6 . ityamaraḥ . 2 . 8 . 95 .. prasthitiḥ 7 yānam 8

prāṇanam 9 . iti śabdaratnāvalī .. yāpanam .. (yathā, bhāgavate . 10 . 86 .

15 .

yātrāmātraṁ tvaharahardaivādupanamatyuta ..) utsavaḥ . iti medinī .

re, 78 .. (yathā, kathāsaritsāgare . 10 . 87 .

yātrāmupavane draṣṭuṁ jagāma sakhibhiḥ saha .. vyavahāraḥ . yathā,

gītāyām . 3 . 8 .

śarīrayātrāpi ca te na prasiddhyedakarmaṇaḥ .. śarīrayātrā

dehavyavahāraḥ . iti tatra nīlakaṇṭhaḥ ..) upāyaḥ . iti viśvaḥ .. * .. atha

yātrādinam . bhādrapauṣacaitretaramāseṣu dūrayātrā kartavyā .

pūrbasyāṁ diśi raviśukravārasya prāśastyam . dakṣiṇasyāṁ

maṅgalavārasya prāśastyam . paścimāyāṁ somaśanivārasya prāśastyam

. uttarasyāṁ bṛhaspativārasya prāśastyam . pūrvasyāṁ diśi somaśanivāre

na gantavyam . dakṣiṇasyāṁ bṛhaspativāre keṣāñcinmate budhavāre ca

na gantavyam . paścimāyāṁ raviśukravāre . evaṁ uttarasyāṁ

budhamaṅgalavāre na gantavyam . dvitīyā tṛtīyā saptamī pañcamī daśamī

ekādaśī trayodaśī ca etā yātrāyāṁ praśastāḥ . atrottamanakṣatrāṇi .

aśvinī anurādhā revatī mṛgaśirā mūlā punarvasu puṣyā hastā jyeṣṭhā .

madhyamanakṣatrāṇi . rohiṇī pūrbātrayaṁ citrā svātī śatabhiṣā śravaṇā

dhaniṣṭhā . adhamanakṣatrāṇi . uttarātrayaṁ viśākhā maghā ārdrā

bharaṇī kṛttikā aśleṣā . tatra nakṣatraśūlakathanam . svātyāṁ

jeṣṭhāyāñca pūrbadiggamanaṁ niṣiddham . evaṁ pūrbabhādrapade

aśvinyāñca dakṣiṇadiggamanaṁ puṣye rohiṇyāñca paścimadiggamanaṁ

uttaraphalgunyāṁ hastāyāñca uttaradiggamanaṁ niṣiddham .

tatrānuktakaraṇāni . garaṁ baṇijaṁ viṣṭiḥ . garamapi kaiścicchastaṁ

manyate . atra uttamalagnāni . siṁhavṛṣakumbhakanyāmithunāni . tatra

yoginīnirṇayaḥ . pratipadi navamyāñca prācyāṁ yoginī . tṛtīyāyāṁ

ekādaśyāñcāgnikoṇe . pañcamyāṁ trayodaśyāñca dakṣiṇe . dvādaśyāṁ

caturthyāñca nairṛtakoṇe . ṣaṣṭhyāṁ caturdaśyāñca paścime .

saptamyāṁ pūrṇimāyāñca vāyukoṇe . dvitīyāyāṁ daśamyāñca uttaradiśi .

aṣṭamyāmamāvāsyāyāñca īśānakoṇe . tāṁ dakṣiṇe sammukhe ca kṛtvā

na gantavyam . pāpayogatryahasparśamāsadagdhādiṣu yātrā na kartavyā

. vāravelākālavelākulikavelāvṛṣṭibhadrādiṣu ca yātrā na kartavyā .

dvirāgamanadinaṁ navavadhūśabde draṣṭavyam .. * .. atha

goyātrāpraveśavikrayāḥ . tatra tithayaḥ .

amāvasyāṣṭamīcaturdaśīviṣṭibhinnāḥ . tatra nakṣatrāṇi . rohiṇī

pūrbaphalgunī pūrvāṣāḍhā pūrvabhādrapat uttaraphalgunī uttarāṣāḍhā

utrarabhādrapat śravaṇā bharaṇī citrā etadvyatiriktāni . yogāḥ .

vyatīpātabhinnāḥ . vārāḥ . krūrabhinnāḥ .. * .. atha naukāyātrā . tatra

vihitanakṣatrāṇi . aśvinīhastāpuṣyamṛgaśiraḥpūrbaphalgunī-pūrbāṣāḍhā-

pūrbabhādrapadanurādhādhaniṣṭhāśravaṇāḥ . vārāḥ śubhagrahāṇām .

tatra lagnaṁ śobhanam . tatra śobhanaścandraḥ . tārā ca śobhanā vihitā

. iti jyotistattvam .. * .. atha yātrāyāṁ śubhajanakadravyadarśanādi yathā

dhenurvatsaprayuktā vṛṣagajaturagā

dakṣiṇāvartavahnirdivyastrīpūrṇakumbhā dbijanṛpagaṇikāḥ puṣpamālā

patākā .

sadyomāṁsaṁ ghṛtaṁ vā dadhi madhu rajataṁ kāñcanaṁ

śukladhānyaṁ dṛṣṭvā śrutvā paṭhitvā phalamiha labhate mānavo

gantukāmaḥ .. iti samayapradīpaḥ .. tatrāśubhajanakadarśanaṁ yathā —

sammukhe rajakaṁ paścāt kṣuriṇaṁ yadi paśyati .

na gantavyaṁ tadā tasmāt tailavāpyagrago’śubhaḥ ..

ajo luṇṭhati gauḥ kāsī kṣutaṁ vā kurute naraḥ .

paśyan yātrā na kartavyā klīvaṁ paśyati vāgrataḥ .. iti jyotirākaraḥ ..

yātrākāle viśeṣadarśanaphalaṁ yathā —

mṛgāhikapimārjāraśvānaḥ śūkarapakṣiṇaḥ .

nakulo mūṣikaścaiva yātrāyāṁ dakṣiṇe śubhāḥ ..

viprakanyā śavo rudraśaṅkhabherīvasundharāḥ .

jambukoṣṭrakharādyāśca yātrāyāṁ vāmake śubhāḥ ..

veṇustrīpūrṇakumbhānāṁ yātrāyāṁ darśanaṁ śubham .. yātrākāle

aśubhalakṣaṇaṁ yathā —

kārpāsauṣadhatailañca paṅkāṅgārabhujaṅgamāḥ .

muktakeśo raktamālyaṁ nagnādyaśubhalakṣaṇam .. * .. yātrākāle

chikkāyāḥ phalaṁ yathā —

chikkāyā lakṣaṇaṁ vakṣye labhet pūrbe mahāphalam .

āgneye śokasantāpau dakṣiṇe hānimāpnuyāt ..

nairṛtye śokasantāpau miṣṭānnañcaiva paścime .

annaṁ prāpnoti vāyavye uttare kalaho bhavet .

īśāne maraṇaṁ proktaṁ proktaṁ chikkāphalāphalam .. atha yātrāyāṁ

digviśeṣe viśeṣanakṣatrāṇi .

kṛttikādau tu pūrbeṇa sapta ṛkṣāṇi vai vrajet .

maghādau dakṣiṇe gacchedanurādhādi paścime ..

praśastā cottare yātrā dhaniṣṭhādiṣu saptasu .

aśvinīrevatīcitrādhaniṣṭhāḥ sadalaṅkṛtāḥ .

mṛgāśvicitrāpuṣyāśca mūlahastau śubhau sadā .. yātrādau lagnādiṣu

grahasthitiphalaṁ yathā —

kanyāpradāne yātrāyāṁ pratiṣṭhādiṣu karmasu .

śukracandrau ca janmasthau śubhadau ca dbitīyagau ..

śaśijñaśukrajīvāśca rāśau cātha tṛtīyake .

bhaumamandaśaśāṅkārkā budhaḥ śreṣṭhaścaturthake ..

śukrajīvau pañcamau ca śreṣṭhau sadbhirudāhṛtau .

mandārkendukujāḥ ṣaṣṭhe gurucandrau ca saptame ..

śukrajñāvaṣṭame śreṣṭhau navamasthau guruḥ śubhaḥ .

arkārkicandrā daśame ekādaśe’khilā grahāḥ ..

budho’tha dbādaśe caiva bhārgavaḥ sukhado bhavet .. iti gāruḍe 60 .

61 adhyāyau .. * .. atha rājayātrā .

idānīṁ sarvadharmajña dharmaśāstraviśārada ! .

yātrākālavidhānaṁ me kathayasva mahīkṣitām ..

yadā manyeta nṛpatirākrandena balīyasā .

pārṣṇigrāhābhibhūto’ristadā yātrāṁ prayojayet ..

yodhānmatvā prabhūtāṁśca prabhūtañca balaṁ mama .

mūlarakṣāsamartho’smi tadā yātrāṁ prayojayet ..

aśuddhapārṣṇirnṛpatirna tu yātrāṁ prayojayet .

pārṣṇigrāhādhikaṁ sainyaṁ mūle niḥkṣipya vā vrajet ..

caitraṁ vā mārgaśīrṣaṁ vā yātrāṁ yāyānnarādhipaḥ .

caitrī naśyati naidāghaṁ hanti puṣṭiñca śāradī ..

etadeva viparyastaṁ mārgaśīrṣaṁ narādhipaḥ .

śatrorvā vyasane yāyāt kālaḥ sa tu sudurlabhaḥ ..

divyāntarīkṣakṣitijairutpātaiḥ pīḍ2itaṁ param .

sadṛkṣapīḍāsaṁtaptaṁ pīḍitañca tathā grahaiḥ ..

jvalantīva tathaivolkā diśaṁ yasya prapadyate .

bhūkampolkā diśaṁ yānti yāñca ketuḥ prasūyate ..

nirghātaśca patedyatra taṁ yāyādvasudhādhipaḥ .

sabalavyasanopetaṁ tathā durbhikṣapīḍitam ..

sambhūtāntarakopañca kṣipraṁ yāyādariṁ nṛpaḥ .

yūkamākṣīkabahulaṁ bahupaṅkaṁ tathāvilam ..

nāstikaṁ bhinnamaryādaṁ tathāmaṅgalavādinam .

apetaprakṛtiñcaiva nirāpañca tathā jayet ..

vidviṣṭanāyakāṁ senāṁ tathā bhinnāṁ parasparam .

vyasanāsaktanṛpatiṁ balaṁ rājābhiyojayet ..

sainikānāmaśastrāṇi sphūrantyaṅgāni yatra ca .

duḥsvapnānyapi paśyanti balantadabhiyojayet ..

utsāhabalasampannaścānuraktabalastathā .

tuṣṭapuṣṭabalo rājā parānabhimukho vrajet ..

śarīrasphuraṇe dhanye tathā duḥsvapnanāśane .

nimitte saṅkule dhanye jāte śatrupuraṁ vrajet ..

ṛkṣeṣu ṣaṭsu śuddheṣu graheṣvanuguṇeṣu ca .

praśnakāle śubhe jāte parān yāyānnarādhipaḥ ..

evantu daivasampannastathā pauruṣasaṁyutaḥ .

deśakālopapannāntu yātrāṁ yāyānnarādhipaḥ ..

ulūkasya niśi dhvāṅkṣaḥ sa ca tasya divā vaśe .

evaṁ deśañca kālañca jñātvā yātrāṁ prayojayet ..

padātināgabahulāṁ senāṁ prāvṛṣi yojayet .

hemante śiśire caiva rathavājisamākulām ..

kharoṣṭrabahulāṁ senāṁ tathā grīpe narādhipaḥ .

caturaṅgabalopetāṁ vasante vā śaradyatha ..

senā padātibahulā yasya syāt pṛthivīpateḥ .

abhiyojyo bhavettena śatrurviṣayamāśritaḥ ..

gamye vṛkṣāvṛte deśe sthitaṁ śatruṁ tathaiva ca .

kiñcitpaṅke tathā yāyādbahunāgo narādhipaḥ ..

rathāśvabahulo yāyāt śatruṁ samapathāśritam .

tadāśrayanto bahulāstathā rājābhipūjayet ..

kharoṣṭrabahulo rājā śatruṁ bandhanasaṁsthitam .

bandhanastho’pi yojyo’ristadā prāvṛṣi bhūbhujā ..

himapātayute deśe sthitaṁ grīṣme’bhiyojayet .

śaradvasantau dharmajña kālau sādhāraṇau smṛtau ..

vijñāya rājā dvijadeśakālau daivaṁ trikālañca tathaiva buddhvā .

prāyāt paraṁ kālavidāṁ matena sañcintya sārdhaṁ

dvijamantravidbhiḥ .. iti mātsye 214 adhyāyaḥ .. * .. yātrākāle

māṅgalyadravyāṇi yathā —

paurvāparyaṁ svavṛttāntaṁ tānuktvā ca śubhakṣaṇe .

taireva sārdhaṁ balavān babhūva gamanonmukhaḥ ..

dadarśa maṅgalaṁ rāmaḥ śuśrāva jayasūcakam .

bubudhe manasā sarvaṁ vijayaṁ vairisaṁkṣayam ..

yātrākāle ca purataḥ śuśrāva sahasā muniḥ .

hariśabdaṁ śaṅkharavaṁ ghaṇṭādundubhivādanam ..

ākāśavāṇīṁ saṅgītāṁ jayaste bhaviteti ca .

naroktaṁ tañca kalyāṇaṁ meghaśabdaṁ jayāvaham ..

cakāra yātrāṁ bhagavān śrutvetyevaṁvidhaṁ śubham .

dadarśa purato vipravandidaivajñabhikṣukān ..

jalatpradīpaṁ vibhrantīṁ patiputtravatīṁ satīm .

puro dadarśa smerāsyāṁ nānābhūṣaṇabhūṣitām ..

śivaṁ śivāṁ pūrṇakumbhaṁ cāsañca nakulantathā .

gacchan dadarśa rāmeśo yātrāmaṅgalasūcakam ..

kṛṣṇasāraṁ gajaṁ siṁhaṁ turagaṁ gaṇḍakaṁ dvipam .

camarīṁ rājahaṁsañca cakravākaṁ śukaṁ pikam ..

mayūraṁ khañjanañcaiva śaṅkhacillañcakorakam .

pārāvataṁ valākāñca kāraṇḍaṁ cātakaṁ caṭam ..

saudāminīṁ śakracāpaṁ sūryaṁ sūryasabhāṁ śubhām .

sadyomāṁsaṁ sajīvañca matsyaṁ śaṅkhaṁ suvarṇakam ..

māṇikyaṁ rajataṁ muktāṁ maṇīndrañca prabālakam .

dadhi lājaṁ śukladhānyaṁ śuklapuṣpañca kuṅkumam ..

śuklacchatraṁ patākāñca darpaṇaṁ śvetacāmaram .

dhenuṁ vatsaprayuktāñca rathasthaṁ bhūmipaṁ tathā ..

dugdhañca rocanāmājyamamṛtaṁ pāyasaṁ tathā .

śālagrāmaṁ pakvaphalaṁ svastikaṁ śarkarāṁ madhu ..

mārjārañca vṛṣendrañca meghaparvatamūṣikam .

meghācchannasya ca raverudayaṁ candramaṇḍalam ..

kastūrīṁ kajjalaṁ toyaṁ haridrāṁ tīrthamṛttikām .

siddhārthaṁ sarṣapaṁ dūrvāṁ viprabālañca bālikām ..

mṛgaṁ veśyāñca bhramaraṁ karpūraṁ pītavāsasam .

gomūtraṁ gopurīṣañca godhūliṁ gopadāṅkitam ..

goṣṭhaṁ gavāṁ vartma ramyaṁ gośālaṁ goratiṁ śubhām .

bhūṣaṇaṁ devapratimāṁ jvaladagniṁ mahotsavam ..

tāmraṁ sphaṭikaṁ raityañca sindūraṁ mālyacandanam .

gandhañca hīrakaṁ ratnaṁ dadarśa dakṣiṇe śubham ..

sugandhi vāyorāghrāṇaṁ prāpa viprāśiṣaṁ śubham .

ityevaṁ maṅgalaṁ jñātvā prayayau sa mudānvitaḥ .. iti

brahmavaivarte gaṇapatikhaṇḍe 33 adhyāyaḥ .. * .. yātrākāle

amaṅgalasūcakāni yathā —

rājā jagāma samaraṁ hṛdayena vidūyatā .

sārdhaṁ sainyasamūhaiśca vādyabhāṇḍairasaṁkhyakaiḥ ..

dadarśāmaṅgalaṁ rājā puro vartmani vartmani .

yayau tathāpi samaraṁ na jagāma gṛhaṁ punaḥ ..

muktakeśīṁ chinnanāsāṁ rudantīñca digambarīm .

kṛṣṇavastraparīdhānāmaparāṁ vidhavāmapi ..

mukhaduṣṭāṁ yoniduṣṭāṁ vyādhiyuktāñca kuṭṭanīm .

patiputtravihīnāñca ḍākinīṁ puṁścalīmaho ..

kumbhakāraṁ tailakāraṁ vyādhaṁ sarpopajīvinam .

kucelamapi rūkṣāṅgaṁ nagnaṁ kāṣāyavāsinam ..

vatsavikrayiṇañcaiva kanyāvikrayiṇaṁ tathā .

citāṁ dagdhaśavaṁ bhasma nirvāṇāṅgārameva ca ..

sarpakṣatanaraṁ sarpaṁ godhāñca śaśakaṁ viṣam .

śrāddhapākañca piṇḍañca modakañca tilāṁstathā ..

devalaṁ vṛṣavāhañca śūdraśrāddhānnabhojinam .

śūdrānnapācakaṁ śūdrayājakaṁ grāmayājakam ..

kuśaputtalikāñcaiva śavadāhanakāriṇam .

śūnyakumbhaṁ cūrṇakumbhaṁ tailaṁ lavaṇamasthi ca ..

kārpāsaṁ kacchapaṁ cūrṇaṁ kukkuraṁ śabdakāriṇam .

dakṣiṇe ca śṛgālāñca kurvantaṁ bharavaṁ ravam ..

kapardakañca kṣaurañca chinnakeśaṁ nakhaṁ malam .

kalahañca vilāpañca vilāpakāriṇaṁ janam ..

amaṅgalaṁ vadantañca rudantaṁ śokakāriṇam .

mithyāsākṣipradātāraṁ caurañca naraghātinam ..

puṁścalīpatiputtrau ca puṁścalyodanabhojinam .

devatāguruviprāṇāṁ vastuvittāpahāriṇam ..

dattāpahāriṇaṁ dasyuṁ hiṁsakaṁ sūcakaṁ khalam .

pitṛmātṛviraktañca dvijāśvatthavighātinam ..

satyaghnañca kṛtaghnañca sthāpyāpahāriṇaṁ janam .

mitradruhaṁ mitraghnañca kṣataṁ viśvāsaghātinam ..

gurudevadbijānāñca nindakaṁ svāṅgaghātakam .

jīvānāṁ ghātakañcaiva svāṅgahīnañca nirdayam ..

vratopavāsahīnañca dīkṣāhīnaṁ napuṁsakam .

galitavyādhigātrañca gurulaṅghanameva ca ..

pukkasaṁ chinnaliṅgañca surāmattaṁ surāṁ tathā .

kṣiptaṁ vamantaṁ rudhiraṁ mahiṣaṁ gardabhaṁ tathā ..

mūtraṁ purīṣaṁ ślaṣmāṇaṁ kanthinaṁ nṛkapālinam .

jhañjhāvātaṁ raktavṛṣṭiṁ vādyañca nṛpaghātakam ..

vṛddhañca śūkaraṁ gṛdhraṁ śyenaṁ kaṅkañca bhallukam .

pāśañca śuṣkakāṣṭhañca vāyasaṁ gandhakaṁ tathā ..

agradānibrāhmaṇañca tantramantrīpajīvinam .

vaidyañca raktapuṣpañcaivauṣadhantuṣameva ca ..

kuvārtāṁ mṛtavārtāñca vipraśāpañca dāruṇam .

durgandhavātaṁ duḥśabdaṁ rājā saṁprāpa vartmani ..

manaśca kutsitaṁ prāṇāḥ kṣubhitāśca nirantaram .

vāmāṅgaspandanaṁ dehajāḍyaṁ rājño babhūva ha .. iti

brahmavaivarte gaṇapatikhaṇḍe 35 adhyāyaḥ .. śrīkṛṣṇasya mathurāyātrā

yathā —

rādhikāyāñca suptāyāṁ suptāsu gopikāsu ca .

puṣpacandanatalpe ca vāyunā surabhīkṛte ..

tṛtīyaprahare’tīte niśāyāśca śubhakṣaṇe .

śubhacandrakṣayoge cāmṛtayogasamanvite ..

saumyasvāmiyute lagne saumyagrahavilokane .

pāpagrahasamāsaktadṛṣṭidoṣādivarjite ..

yaśodāṁ bodhayāmāsa kārayāmāsa maṅgalam .

bandhūnāśvāsayāmāsa samutthāya hariḥ svayam ..

vādyaṁ niṣedhayāmāsa rādhikābhayabhītavat .

svatantro viśvakartā ca pātā bhartā svatantravat ..

prakṣālya pādayugalaṁ dhṛtvā dhaute ca vāsasī .

uvāsa saṁskṛte sthāne vilipte candanādinā ..

phalapallavasaṁyuktaṁ saṁskṛtaṁ candanādibhiḥ .

vāme kṛtvā pūrṇakumbhaṁ vahniṁ vipraṁ svadakṣiṇe .

patiputtravatīṁ dīpaṁ darpaṇaṁ puratastathā ..

dūrvākāṇḍañca susnigdhaṁ puṣpaṁ dhānyaṁ sitaṁ śubham .

gurudattaṁ gṛhītvā ca pradadau mastakopari ..

ghṛtaṁ dadarśa mādhvīkaṁ rajataṁ kāñcanaṁ dadhi .

candanaṁ lepanaṁ kṛtvā puṣpamālāṁ gale dadau ..

guruvargaṁ brāhmaṇaśca vandayāmāsa bhaktitaḥ .

śaṅkhadhvaniṁ vedapāṭhaṁ saṅgītaṁ maṅgalāṣṭakam ..

viprāśīrvacanaṁ ramyaṁ śuśrāva paramādaram .

dhyātvā maṅgalarūpañca sarvatraṁ maṅgalapradam ..

cikṣepa dakṣiṇaṁ pādaṁ sundaraṁ svātmavigraham .

vidhṛtyaṁ nāsikāvāmabhāgaṁ madhyamayā vibhuḥ ..

visṛjya vāyumiṣṭañca nāsādakṣiṇarandhrataḥ .

tato yayau nandanando nandasya prāṅgaṇaṁ varam .. iti

brahmavaivattai śrīkṛṣṇajanmakhaṇḍe 71 adhyāyaḥ .. atha yātrāyuktiḥ .

tatra samayaḥ .

yātrāyāṁ dvividhaḥ kālo vaikāraḥ sahajastathā .

prokta ātyayike kārye vikāro nātra nirṇayaḥ .

sahajaḥ svecchayā rājñāṁ tasya nirṇaya ucyate ..

yātrājasiṁhamadhyā śanaiścarabudhośanasāṁ gṛheṣu .

bhānau kulīravṛṣavṛścikagobhirdīrghā śastastu devalamate’dhvani

pṛṣṭhato’rkaḥ ..

aśvinī revatī jyeṣṭhā tathā puṣyapunarvasū .

maitraṁ mṛgaśiro mulā yātrāyāmuttamāḥ smṛtāḥ ..

bharaṇī kṛttikāśleṣā viśākhā cottarātrayam .

maghā paśupatiścaiva yātrāyāṁ maraṇapradāḥ ..

pūrbe kuvere dahane niśāṭe yame jaleśe pavane maheśe .

tyājyaṁ narasya pratipatkrameṇa yugmaṁ tithīnāṁ pravadanti tajjñāḥ

.

syāt saṁmukhe yānamasukṣayāya paścādbhavet sarvaśubhāya

puṁsām ..

sūryaḥ śukraḥ kujo rāhurmandaścandro gururbudhaḥ .

agrataḥ śobhanā yātrā pṛṣṭhato maraṇaṁ dhruvam ..

pūrbeṇendraṁ dakṣiṇe yānapādaṁ rohiṇye taccāryamākhyāñca śūlam

.

kāmaṁ yāyāt sāmparāyeṣu kāryeṣvanyadvāpi prekṣya śūlāni bhāni ..

tatra dikśūlam .

ṣaṣṭhyaṣṭamī caturthī ca navamī dvādaśī tathā .

caturdaśī kuhūstyājyā yātrāyāmaśubhapradāḥ ..

prāyo jaguḥ sahajaśatrudaśāya saṁsthāḥ pāpāḥ śubhāḥ savitṛjaṁ

parimucya khastham .

sarvatragāḥ śubhaphalaṁ janayanti

saumyāstyaktvārisaṁsthamamarāriguruṁ jigīṣoḥ ..

nākālavarṣavidyutstaniteṣviṣṭaṁ kathañcidapi yānam .

āsaptāhāt divyāntarīkṣabhaumaistathotpātaiḥ .. tatra kramaḥ .

rājñāṁ yātrāvidhiṁ vakṣye jigīṣūṇāṁ parāvanīm .

nīrājanāvidhiṁ kṛtvā sainikāścānayettataḥ .

gajānanyān mṛgānanyāniti yātrākramo mataḥ .. tatra nīrājanāvidhiḥ .

varṣānte’bhyudite śukre candre pūrṇe śubhakṣaṇe .

aśvanīrājanaṁ kuryāt yathoktamṛṣisattamaiḥ ..

udīcīṁ prasthite bhānau saṁkrāntyāṁ vā śubhe dine .

gajanīrājanaṁ kuryāt mahīpālo jigīrṣivān ..

vṛścikasthe ravau kuryāt pattinīrājanāvidhim .

naukānīrājanaṁ kuryāt dakṣiṇāśāṁ pratiṣṭhati ..

anyeṣāñcaiva yānānāṁ vijayādaśamītithim .

dhvajādīnāñca sarveṣāṁ śakrotthāne nīrājanam ..

chatrasya navadaṇḍasya tathā siṁhāsanasya ca .

gṛhasya nagarasyāpi mahāviṣuvasaṁkrame ..

ātmano yuvarājasya mahiṣyā mantriṇāntathā .

svajanmadivase rājā kuryānnīrājanāvidhim ..

abhiṣekadinaṁ proktameṣāṁ janmadinaṁ mayā .. tadyathā —

aśvānāṁ bhāskaro devo revantamiti saṁjñayā .

gajānāṁ devatā śakraḥ pattīnāṁ kālikā matā ..

naukānāṁ varuṇo devo yānānāntu jayantakaḥ .

astrāṇāṁ devatā rāmo yamaḥ khaḍgasya pūjyate ..

dhvajānāṁ hanumān pūjyo bṛhaspatiriti kramāt .

tān pūjayitvā vidhivadetānnīrājayennṛpaḥ ..

dbādaśamahiṣaiḥpuṣṭaiścāmaraghaṇṭāsvanādibhūṣāḍhyaiḥ .

chāgalairmahiṣadviguṇaiḥ puruṣaistaddviguṇaiścārudīpikābhiḥ ..

bhavyaṁ vā sahasrāṁśudine nīrājayedrājā .

dvādaśavāhai ruciraiḥ sāṅgopāṅgairatordhataścoṣṭraiḥ ..

tasyārdhato vyāghrairgajaśatanīrājanaṁ sambhavati .

chāgalaśataṁ vṛṣabhaśataṁ śatañca meṣāṇām ..

turagā daśa hṛṣṭāṅgā vyāghrāḥ pañca dbipaścaikaḥ .

bhallukā hi kukkurāścaikaikāḥ pattilakṣaṇasya ..

naukāśatakaṁ sāṅgaṁ navadaśakaṁ kāñcanādibhirghaṭitam .

bahuśatamapi jantūnāṁ naukānīrājane rājñām ..

yadvā dvipadaṁ yānaṁ sarveṣāmiṣyate turagaiḥ .

sudaśāvatsaravasitairyogyāṅgairyogyavarṇaiśca ..

aṣṭābhirdhātubhiḥ kuryādastranīrājanāvidhim .

gajāśvanaranaukābhirdviguṇābhiryathottaram .

ratnairnānāvidhairastrairdhātubhirvasanaistathā ..

siṁhāsanaiśca yogyaiśva kuryānnīrājanāvidhim gṛhanīrājanāpyevaṁ

narasyātha nigadyate ..

śvabhiḥ kharaiḥ śṛgālaiśca vyāghrairuṣṭraistathoddhataiḥ .

puraṁ nīrājayedrājā cirasampattihetave ..

śvā daśāśvastadardhena naraścaiva tadardhataḥ .

vyāghrādīnāṁ tathaivaikaṁ ratnaṁ nānāvidhantathā ..

astrāṇi dhātavaścaiva vastrāṇi ca phalāni ca .

vanajāḥ sthalajāścaiva jalajāścaiva jantavaḥ ..

navagrahāśca sūryādyāḥ śailāḥ sapta ghaṭāstathā .

yogyadhātusamudbhūtā naukākhaṇḍatrayantathā ..

nijadehamitaṁ svarṇaṁ rajataṁ tāmrameva vā .

ātmanīrājane dadyādyadiccheccirasaṁsthitim ..

astrairnānāvidhaiḥ kuryādyuvarājanīrājanam .

alaṅkāraiśca vividhairdevīnīrājanaṁ matam ..

mantrinīrājanaṁ rājā hayenaiva samācaret ..

amātyānāṁ sainikānāṁ viprāṇāṁ dhanināntathā .

vastrairnīrājanaṁ kuryāditi bhojasya sammatam ..

nīrājanāyā vastūni na paśyenna punaḥ spṛśet .

saptakṛtvaḥ paribhrāmya kuryānnīrājanāvidhim ..

nyasedvā pararāṣṭreṣu gahane vā jale’pi vā .

daivajñavaidyadīnebhyaḥ prayacchedvā yathāyatham ..

iti saṁkṣepataḥ prokto mayā nīrājanāvidhiḥ .

anena vidhinā rājā suciraṁ sukhamaśnute .. tathā hi gargaḥ .

nīrājanā mahīndrāṇāṁ nihanti vipado’khilāḥ .

saiva sannahanaṁ rājñāṁ kañcukeneva saṁyataḥ ..

nīrājanāvanditānāṁ na bhayaṁ vidyate kvacit .

nīrājanāvihīnānāṁ naśyeyuḥ sarvasampadaḥ .. tathā ca vātsyaḥ .

ye bhūmipālāḥ prativatsarānta kurvanti nīrājanakarma samyak .

teṣāṁ na lakṣmīḥ kṣayatāmupaiti sāmrājyalakṣmīḥ karagaiva teṣām ..

evaṁ nīrājanaṁ kṛtvā rājā prasthānamācaret .. iti nīrājanāvidhiḥ .. * ..

atha yātrā .

guṇātiśayasampannaḥ śatruṁ yāyājjigīṣayā .

yadi paścāt prakopo na yadi rāṣṭre na kaṇṭakāḥ ..

saṁjñāyānyatra yāyādvā pārṣṇigrāheṇa śatruṇā ..

rātrāvuluko vinihanti kākān kāko’pyulūkān rajanīvyapāye .

iti svakālaṁ samudīkṣya yāyāt kāle phalantīha samīhitāni ..

prabalavyasanopetaṁ durbhikṣādiprapīḍitam .

sambhūtāntarakopetaṁ na yāyāt pṛthivīpatiḥ ..

nijadaivānukūlye hi prātikūlye parasya ca .

yāyādbhūpo yato daivaṁ balametat paraṁ matam .. anyatra tu .

nirātaṅke nirutpāte nirudvigne nirāmaye .

vipakṣe jayamicchanti rājāno vijigīṣavaḥ .. iti yuktikalpataruḥ ..

yuddhayātrāyāmamaṅgaladarśanaṁ yathā —

tasya nirgacchato gehāt śvāno’sthi mukhato’bhavat .

dhvaje ruroha kāpotaḥ śivā śyāmā ca dakṣiṇā ..

piṅgalā cañcugodhā ca śūkarī kevalī tathā .

gajavānarasenājaśikhicchikkāśca vāmataḥ ..

pathaṁ vibhindate sarpaḥ kumbhodakaṁ vyaśīryata .

rurāva vānaro ṛkṣo mārjāro hyatibhairavam ..

tailatakratṛṇakeśayuktābhyaktādidarśanam .

vāntonmattajaḍamūkakṣutkṣāmanakrajaṁ ravam ..

tuṣakārpāsalavaṇānāṁ ninditānāñca darśanam .

raktāmbaradharo muṇḍaḥ paṅkāmiṣaṁ tathā vasā ..

lalāṭaṁ śakrajaścāpa ulkāpātadhvajāruṇāḥ .

diśāṁ dāhamahīkampāḥ sarajaḥ kaluṣaṁ nabhaḥ ..

nistejastepate bhānurnadyaḥ pratimukhāvahāḥ .

uṣṇodakaṁ mahākūpaṁ daraṇaṁ dīrghikāsu ca ..

akālavikṛtiḥ puṣpaphalānāmanvabhūttadā .

śīta uṣṇaviparyāsā meghanādāśca dāruṇāḥ ..

āraṇyasattvā grāmeṣu grāmajāraṇyavāsinaḥ .

kroṣṭṛsarpasamūhāśca śaśaśvānaḥ pipīlikāḥ ..

ṛkṣāṇāṁ mahatī senā mṛgāṇāñca tathaiva ca .

ete ca puraprākāre nipatantyutpatanti ca ..

durgandhaḥ śārkaro vāyurdīnāṁ yodhā hataprabhāḥ .

śakṛnmūtrāśrupātāni gajā aśvāḥ pracakrire .

dhvajacchatrapatākānāṁ sphuṭanaṁ daṇḍabhindanam .

kalaṅkamasi cakre ca hatā dundubhireva ca ..

jyātalākūṭanaścāpi nārācānāñca kuñcatā .

gadānāṁ mudgarāṇāñca śīrṇatā hyanubhindatā ..

śuṣkaprarohaṇañcārkasārdrapātastathaiva ca .

pratimāruditaṁ svedo mṛtakānāñca jalpanam ..

gavāṁ rāsabhamārohaḥ strīṇāñca bahvapatyatā .

strīsūte avicchāgādi hyajāvi śiśuśobhanam .

bālānāṁ ghātanaṁ yuddhe nistriṁśāḥ sakalāḥ prajāḥ .

makṣikādaṁśamaṇḍūkabahugonāsadarśanam ..

nistejā na vahedbahniḥ sadhūmaḥ sphuṭate muhuḥ ..

evaṁvidhān tathotpātān dṛṣṭān ghoreṇa vāsava .

papraccha nāradaṁ so’tha kimetadvikṛtaṁ dvija ! .. ityādye

devyavatāre ghoravadhādhyāyaḥ .. atha dbādaśa yātrā .

praṇamya jagatāṁ nāthaṁ kalikalmaṣanāśanam .

dbādaśayātrātattvāni vakti śrīraghunandanaḥ .. tatrādau

dbādaśayātrākālasya mukhyopādeyatvāt ādau sa eva nirūpyate . tadyathā

skandapurāṇe . indradyumna uvāca .

vaiśākhādiṣu māseṣu yātrāpūjāvidhiṁ mune ! .

śrotumicchāmi deveśe yathāvadvaktumarhasi ..

jaiminiruvāca .

vaiśākhādiṣu māseṣu devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ .

yā yā dvādaśa yātrāḥ syustā hi vakṣyāmi te śṛṇu ..

vaiśākhe cāndanī yātrā jyaiṣṭhe snāpanyudīritā .

āṣāḍhe rathayātrā syāt śrāvaṇe śayanī tathā ..

bhādre dakṣiṇapārśvīyā āśvine vāmapārśvikā .

utthānī kārtike māsi chādanī mārgaśīrṣake ..

pauṣe puṣyābhiṣekaḥ syānmāghe śālyodanī tathā .

phālgune dolayātrā syāccaitre madanabhañjikā ..

ekaikā muktidā sarvā dharmakāmārthasādhanāḥ .. atha yātrāvidhiḥ .

skānde .

vaiśākhasya site pakṣe tṛtīyākṣayasaṁjñitā tatra māṁ

lepayedgandhalepanairatiśobhanaiḥ ..

vaiśākhasyāmale pakṣe tṛtīyā pāpanāśinī .

svayamāviṣkṛtā caiṣā prājāpatyarkṣasaṁyutā ..

yaḥ paśyati tṛtīyāyāṁ kṛṣṇaṁ candanabhūṣitam vaiśākhasya site

pakṣe sa yātyacyutamandiram ..

vaiṣṇavā jayaśabdaiśca pūjayitvā tadā harim .

nānāsūktopaniṣadairviśveśaṁ saṁstuvanti ca ..

veṇuvīṇādivādyaiśca tathā nānopahārakaiḥ .

santoṣayan jagannāthaṁ tṛtīyādau vilepayet ..

vaiśākhasya tṛtīyāyāṁ jalamadhye viśeṣataḥ .

lepanaṁ maṇḍape kuryānmaṇḍale vā bṛhadvane ..

candanāguruhrīveraṁ kuṣṭhakuṅkumarocanāḥ .

jaṭāmāṁsī murā caiva viṣṇorgandhāṣṭakaṁ viduḥ ..

etairgandhaistathānyaiśca viṣṇorgātrāṇi lepayet .

ghṛtañca tulasīkāṣṭhaṁ kuryāllepanakarmaṇi .. 1 .. atha snānayātrā .

skandapurāṇe .

jyaiṣṭhyāmahañcāvatīrṇastat pūṇyaṁ janmavāsaram .

tasyāñca snāpaṇaṁ kāryaṁ mahāsnānavidhānataḥ .

tasyāṁ prātaḥsnānakāle brahmaṇā sahitañca mām .

rāmaṁ mubhadrāṁ susnāpya mama lokamavāpnayāt .. tathā .

māsi jyaiṣṭhe tu saṁprāpte nakṣatre śakradevate .

paurṇamāsyāṁ hareḥ snānaṁ sarvakāmaphalapradam ..

sarvatīrthasamaḥ kūpastadāste nirmalaḥ śuciḥ .

tadā bhogavatī tatra pratyakṣaṁ bhavati dvijāḥ ..

tasmāt jyaiṣṭhyāṁ samuddhṛtya homājyaiḥ kalasairjalaiḥ .

snāpayanti tadā kṛṣṇaṁ satataṁ taṁ halāyudham ..

janmāhani hareḥ snānamutsavaṁ paramādbhutam .

utsavo vai na hīyeta tasmāttadyatnataścaret ..

janmanāṁ kṣayakāritvājjanmayātrā pratiṣṭhitā .

jyaiṣṭhasnānaṁ bhagavato ye paśyanti mudānvitāḥ ..

na te bhavābdhau majjanti yātrāyāṁ yatamānasāḥ .

jyaiṣṭhe ca snapanaṁ kuryāt śrīviṣṇorjanmavāsare ..

dainandinantu duritaṁ pakṣamāsartuvarṣajam .

brahmahatyāsahasrāṇi jñānājñānakṛtāni ca ..

svarṇasteyasurāpānagurutalpayutāni ca .

koṭikoṭisahasrāṇi kṣudrapāpāni yāni ca ..

sarvāṇyeva praṇaśyati paurṇamāsyāntu vāsare .

puruṣasūktamantreṇa pāvamānyā tathaiva ca ..

nārikelodakenātha tathā tālaphalāmbunā .

pañcāmṛtaiḥ śītatoyairdūrvākarpūravāsitaiḥ ..

yavodakena śuddhena tathā puṣpodakena ca .

snāpayitvā jagannāthaṁ pūjayet parameśvaram ..

oṁ ghaṁ ghaṇṭāyai namaḥ iti ghaṇṭāvādyaṁ nivedayet .

ya evaṁ kurute vidbān brāhmaṇaḥ kṣattriyaḥ śuciḥ .

sarvapāpaiḥ pramucyeta viṣṇulokaṁ sa gacchati .

caturdaśyāṁ dṛḍhaṁ mañcaṁ kārayitvā suśobhanam ..

sugandhidhūpasurabhiṁ candanāmbhaḥsamukṣitam .

evaṁ mañcaṁ pratiṣṭhāpya kalasānadhivāsayet ..

suvāsitaṁ jalapūrṇaṁ pāvakaṁ kalasaṁ nyaset .

jayaśabdaiśca stutibhirnīyate jagadīśvaraḥ ..

jayasva rāma kṛṣṇeti jayabhadreti codite .

nīyate mañcadeśantu niśīthe brāhmaṇādibhiḥ .. atha rathayātrā .

skandapurāṇe .

guṇḍikākhyāṁ mahāyātrāṁ prakurvīthāḥ kṣitīśvara ! .

āṣāḍhasya site pakṣe dbitīyā puṣyasaṁyutā ..

tasyāṁ rathe samāropya rāmaṁ māṁ bhadrayā saha .

yātrotsavaṁ pravṛttyātha prīṇayecca dvijān bahūn ..

ṛkṣābhāve tithau kāryā sadā sā prītaye mama .

saptāhaṁ saritastīre mama yātrā bhaviṣyati ..

aṣṭame divase sarvān rathān mālyairvibhūṣayet .

navamyāmānayeddevāṁsteṣu prītaḥ samṛddhidān ..

dakṣiṇābhimukhī yātrā viṣṇoreṣā sudurlabhā .

yathā pūrbā tathā ceyaṁ te dve muktipradāyike ..

aṣṭāhe visṛjecchakraṁ tadardhena tu pārvatīm .. itivat tithinā ekāho

boddhavyaḥ .

tithinaikena divasaścāndramānena kīrtitaḥ .. iti viṣṇudharmottarāt ..

yattu .

āṣāḍhasya site pakṣe bhadrā sā puṣyasaṁyutā .

yātrotsavaṁ prakurvīthāstvabhāve puṣya eva hi .. iti

īśvarasaṁhitāyāṁ vacanāntaram .. tadvaikalpikaprayogāntaravidhāyakam

. pādme .

āṣāḍhasya dvitīyāyāṁ rathaṁ kuryādbiśeṣataḥ .

āṣāḍhaśuklaikādaśyāṁ japahomamahotsavam ..

nātaḥ paraṁ hi kṛṣṇasya yātrāntaramapekṣate .

atra svayaṁ trilokeśaḥ syandanena kutūhalāt ..

nāśayan sarvapāpāni varṣe varṣe vrajedasau .

rathasthitaṁ vrajantaṁ taṁ mahāvedīmahotsave ..

ye paśyanti mudā bhaktyā vāsasteṣāṁ hareḥ pade .

satyaṁ satyaṁ punaḥ satyaṁ pratijñātaṁ dbijottamāḥ ..

nātaḥ śreyaḥpado viṣṇorutsavaḥ śāstrasammataḥ .

rathayātraiva yātrāṇāṁ mukhyetyāha prajāpatiḥ ..

mahāvedīṁ vrajantaṁ taṁ rathasthaṁ puruṣottamam .

balabhadraṁ subhadrāñca dṛṣṭvā muktirna cānyathā ..

āṣāḍhasya site pakṣe dine viṣṇoḥ śubhaprade .

pratiṣṭhāpya samṛddhena vidhinā pūrbavaddvijāḥ ..

rathaṁ naro hareḥ kuryāt svāsanaṁ supariṣkṛtam .

bhūṣayedvividhairbhaktyā vastrālaṅkāramālyakaiḥ ..

mṛdaṅgapaṇabādyaiśca bherīḍhakkādayastathā .

naṭanartakamukhyāśca gāyanā bahavastathā ..

veśyā yauvanadarpāḍhyā rūpālaṅkārabhūṣitāḥ .

dhvajāśca bahavastatra patākādhiṣṭhitāntarāḥ ..

garuḍañca dhvajaṁ kuryāt raktacandanamiśritam .

dīrghanāsaṁ pītadehaṁ kuṇḍalābhyāṁ vibhūṣitam ..

cañcvagradaṣṭabhujagaṁ sarvālaṅkārabhūṣitam .

devyāḥ padmadhvajaṁ kuryāt padmakāṣṭhavinirmitam ..

saptacchadamayaṁ kuryācchīriṇo lāṅgaladhvajam .

sārathiṁ vājinañcaiva balaṁ balamudānvitam ..

hīrakairmaṅgalairdāntairvalivargaiḥ suśobhanam .

itthaṁ sughaṭitaṁ tantu rathaṁ devatrayasya ca ..

aruṇodayavelāyāṁ devaṁ tasmāt prapūjayet .

brāhmaṇairvaiṣṇavaiḥ sārdhaṁ yatibhiśca tapasvibhiḥ ..

vijñāpayeddevadevaṁ yātrāyai sa kṛtāñjaliḥ .

tataḥ karpūraparṇaiśca sumanobhiravākirat ..

pathi śobhanasūktāni prapaṭhanti dvijātayaḥ .

kecinmaṅgalagāthāśca kecijjaya jayeti ca ..

jitantu iti mantraṁ vai kecit puṣpe japanti ca .

sūtamāgadhamukhyāśca kīrtiṁ kārṣṇīṁ mudā jaguḥ ..

carcarījharjharīveṇuvīṇāmādhurikādayaḥ .

śabdāyante sumadhuraṁ govindavijayāntare ..

evaṁ pravṛtte samaye kṛṣṇaṁ rāmapuraḥsaram .

nayanti viprā bhadrāñca kṣattriyāśca viśastathā ..

kare dhṛtvā jagannāthaṁ bhrāmayitvā rathatrayam .

rāmaṁ bhadrāñca kṛṣṇañca rathamadhye niveśayet ..

pūjayedupattāraistaiḥ śraddhābhaktisusaṁyataḥ .

rathacchāyāṁ samākramya brahmahatyāṁ vyapohati ..

tadreṇusaṁ saktatanustyajedvai pāpasaṁhatim .

ghanāmbuvṛṣṭisiktena svargaṅgāsnānajaṁ phalam ..

ye praṇāmaṁ prakurvanti te’pi mokṣamavāpnuyuḥ .

anugacchanti ye kṛṣṇaṁ te devatulyavigrahāḥ ..

vedaiḥ stuvanti vedānāṁ vaktāro mokṣabhāginaḥ .

itihāsapurāṇādyaiḥ stotrairvāpi susaṁskṛtaiḥ ..

stuvanti puṇḍarīkākṣaṁ ye vai vigatakalmaṣāḥ .

te vai jayanti pāpāni jayaśabdaiḥ stuvanti ye ..

nartanaṁ kurute vāpi gāyantyatha narottamāḥ .

vaiṣṇavottamasaṁsargānmuktiṁ prāpnotyasaṁśayam ..

nāmāni kīrtayiṣyanti na te yānti yamālayam ..

jayasva rāmakṛṣṇeti jayabhadreti yo vadet .

na mātṛgarbhe vāso’sya sa ca devatvamāpnuyāt ..

cāmarairvyajanaiḥ puṣpaiḥ stavakaiścīnacelakaiḥ .

rathasyāgre sthito yo vai vījayet puruṣottamam ..

saṁvījyamāno’psarobhirdevagandharvayojitān .

bhuṅkte tu bhogānakhilān yāvadāhūtasaṁplavam ..

nātaḥ parataro loke mahāvedīmahotsavāt .

sarvapāpaharo yogaḥ sarvatīrthaphalapradaḥ ..

kṛṣṇamuddiśya ye tatra dānaṁ dadati vai narāḥ .

yatkiñcidakṣayaphalaṁ merudānena saṁmitam ..

guṇḍikāmaṇḍape yāntaṁ bhadrākṛṣṇaṁ sahāgrajam .

tatrātapaśrāntagātraṁ darpaṇeṣvabhiṣecayet ..

pañcāmṛtaiḥ śītatoyaiḥ puṣpakarpūravāsitaiḥ .

nārikelajalenātha tathā tālaphalāmbunā ..

ratnodakena śuddhena tathā puṣpodakena ca .

sarvāṅgamanulipyecca candanendumṛdudravaiḥ ..

sugandhimālyābharaṇaiścīnacelaiḥ suśobhanaiḥ .

cāmaraiśca jalābhaiśca śītalairvyajanaistathā ..

vījayet puṇḍarīkākṣaṁ subhadrāṁ balameva ca .

sitābhiḥ pānakairhṛdyaistathā khaṇḍavikārakaiḥ ..

kharjurairnārikelaiśca nānārambhāphalādibhiḥ .

tathā kṣīravikāraiśca panasairikṣubhistathā ..

vāsitaiḥ śītatoyaiśca gandhatāmbūlapatrakaiḥ .

sakarpūralavaṅgādyaiḥ pūjayet parameśvaram ..

rathatrayasthitaṁ devatrayaṁ ye puruṣarṣabhāḥ .

pradakṣiṇaṁ prakurvanti tricatuḥsapta eva ca ..

tato’parāhṇe deveśaṁ dakṣiṇānilavījitam .

śanaiḥ śanairnayedviṣṇuṁ mañcakasya ca madhyame ..

evaṁ vrajati deveśe sūryaścāstaṁ gato’bhavat .

dīpakānāṁ sahasrāṇi jjālitāni naraistataḥ ..

maṇḍape vāsayeddevān guṇḍikākhye manohare .

cārucandrātape cārumālyacāmarabhūṣite ..

pūjayitvā jagannāthaṁ toṣayet gītanṛtyakaiḥ .

upahārādibhistatra saptāhāni janārdanam ..

saptāhaṁ ye prapaśyanti guṇḍikāmaṇḍape sthitam .

māñca rāmaṁ subhadrāñca viṣṇusāyujyamāpnuyāt ..

divā taddarśanaṁ puṇyaṁ rātrau daśaguṇaṁ bhavet .

yatkiñcit kurute karma koṭikoṭiguṇaṁ bhavet ..

sarvaṁ merusamaṁ dānaṁ sarve vyāsasamā dbijāḥ .

mahāvedyāṁ gate kṛṣṇe yogo’yaṁ khalu durlabhaḥ ..

ardhodayādayo yogāḥ skandena paribhāṣitāḥ .

mahāvedyākhyayogasya kalāṁ nārhanti ṣoḍaśīm ..

aṣṭāhe ca punaḥ kṛtvā dakṣiṇābhimukhānrathān .

dakṣiṇābhimukhī yātrā viṣṇoreṣā prakīrtitā ..

kāryā prayatnataḥ sā hi bhuktimuktipradā bhavet .

dakṣiṇābhimukhaṁ yāntaṁ kṛṣṇaṁ paśyati ye narāḥ ..

na teṣāṁ punarāvṛttiḥ satyametanna saṁśayaḥ .

purāvido vadantyetāṁ yātrāṁ navadinātmikām ..

tasyāḥ saṁkīrtanādeva nirmalo jāyate naraḥ .

tāvatīyaṁ mahāyātrā yo yathā kartumicchati ..

so’pi viṣṇuprabhāvena vaikuṇṭhabhavanaṁ vrajet .

uddhṛtya saptapuruṣān pāpābalisamanvitān .. 4 .. atha śayanayātrā .

skānde .

āṣāḍhe śukladvādaśyāṁ kuryāt svāpamahotsavam .

maṇḍale racayettatra śayanāgāramuttamam ..

devasya purataḥ śayyāṁ ratnādinirmitopari .

āstīrya mṛducelādi mṛducīnottaracchadām ..

karpūradhūlivikṣiptāṁ sādhucandrātapāṁ śubhām .

puṣpagandhayutāṁ muktārañjitāṁ candanāṅkitām ..

sādhudvārāṁ śubhāṁ snigdhāṁ nānācitropaśobhitām .

evaṁ svāpagṛhaṁ kṛtvā niśīthe svāpayedbibhum ..

saṁpūjya bhāvayedaikyaṁ teṣāṁ kṛṣṇādibhiḥ saha .

ehyehīti ca saṁprārthya svāpārthaṁ parameśvaram ..

nayecchayyāgṛhadvāraṁ vāsayet ghaṭikātrayam .

pañcāmṛtaiḥ snāpayettān pṛthakpalaśatādhikaiḥ ..

sugandhicandanairliptān vastrālaṅkaraṇādibhiḥ .

pūjayitvā yathānyāyaṁ prāñjalirmantramuccaret .. jagadvandya ityādi

.

sudṛḍhaṁ kārayeddvāraṁ viṣṇoḥ śayanaveśmanaḥ .

svāpayitvā jagannāthaṁ labhate sukhamuttamam .. 5 .. atha

pārśvaparivartanayātrā .

atha te saṁpravakṣyāmi pārśvasya parivartanam .

nabhasyavimale pakṣe saṁprāpte harivāsare ..

viṣṇoḥ svāpagṛhadbāraṁ śanairgatvā praviśya ca .

namaskṛtya jagannāthaṁ paryaṅkaśayitaṁ mudā ..

avaghāṭya śanairdbāraṁ pūjayedupacārakaiḥ .

praṇamya bhaktyā tatpādau svāpayeduttarāmukham ..

mantrañcemaṁ paṭhet .

oṁ devadeva ! jagannātha ! kalyāṇaṁ parikalpaya .

parivṛttamidaṁ sarvaṁ yathā sthāvarajaṅgamam ..

yat dṛṣṭvā ceṣṭitaireva jāgratsvapnasuṣuptibhiḥ .

jagaddhitāya supto’si pārśvena parivartaya ..

parivartanakālo’yaṁ jagataḥ pālanāya te .

tvadagrajo’yaṁ śakro’pi dhvaje tiṣṭhet samutsukaḥ .

dṛṣṭaṁ tvatpādakamalaṁ vimuñca mūrdhni tajjalam .

mahīṁ jalaṁ plāvayati prajāpālanahetukam ..

iti saṁprārthya deveśaṁ vinayāttoṣayettataḥ .

vyajanaiścāmaraiścaiva vījayet parameśvaram ..

sugandhicandanairasya sarvāṅgaṁ parilepayet .

svādūni bhakṣyadravyāṇi pāyasādīni dāpayet ..

śayyāgṛhadbāri vibhoḥ śanairbhaktyā nivedayet .

devamuddiśya yat kuryāt sarvamakṣayatāṁ vrajet ..

pārśve ca janmadivase upavāsaparo bhavet .. evaṁ

āśvinaśuklaikādaśyāṁ pūrvoktavidhānena śrīkṛṣṇasya

vāmapārśvaparivartanaṁ kāryam .. matāntare .

śubhe caivāśvine māsi mahāmāyāṁ prapūjayet .

sauvarṇīṁ rājatīṁ mārtīṁ viṣṇumāyāṁ maheśvarīm .

hiṁsā caiva na kartavyā kadācidbiṣṇupūjakaiḥ .. 6 .. athotthānayātrā .

ekādaśyāntu kārtikyāṁ śuklāyāṁ pṛthivīpate .

kṛṣṇamutthāpayedbhaktyā pūjayitvā jagadgurum .

pūrbavat pūjayitvā tu prātarmantraṁ samuccaret .. mantrastu .

oṁ uttiṣṭha devadeveśa ! tejorāśe jagatpate ! .

vīkṣyaitat sakalaṁ deva ! prasuptaṁ tava māyayā ..

praphullapuṇḍarīkākṣa ! śrīhare ! śayanena vai .

tvayā dṛṣṭaṁ jagadidaṁ paramaṁ sukhameṣyati ..

ye te smārtāḥ kriyāḥ sarvāḥ pravartante tato dhruvam .

ityutthāpya jagannāthaṁ veṇuvīṇādiniḥsvanaiḥ ..

jayaśabdaistathā devaṁ nayeyurnṛtyamaṇḍapam ..

tailenābhyajya toyena snāpayet pūruṣottamam .

pañcāmṛtairnārikelarasaiḥ phalarasaistathā ..

sugandhāmalakenātha yavakalkena lepayet .

gharṣayettulasīcūrṇairlepayedgandhacandanaiḥ ..

puṣpavāsitatoyaiśca kuśaratnodakaistathā .

snāpayitvā kṣayet pāpaṁ bahujanmopapāditam ..

mahopacāraiḥ saṁpūjya viṣṇuṁ nīrājayettataḥ .

kṛtāñjalipuṭo bhūtvā prārthayet parayā mudā .. 7 .. atha

prāvaraṇayātrā .

mārgaśīrṣe site pakṣe kuryāt prāvaraṇotsavam .

kṛtvā dṛṣṭvā naro bhaktyā vaiṣṇavaṁ lokamāpnuyāt ..

vāso’dhivāsaṁ kurvīta pañcamyāṁ niśi karmavit .

prabhāte maṇḍalaṁ kuryāt padmamaṣṭadalānvitam ..

dikpālān pūjayeddikṣu kṣetrapālaṁ gaṇādhipam .

caṇḍapracaṇḍau ca bahiścaturdikṣu prapūjayet ..

tanmadhye sthāpayedyantraṁ kṣālayeduṣṇavāriṇā .

pūjayitvā jagannāthaṁ gandhatailena dīpakam ..

dattvā kṛṣṇāya bhaktyā tu gītavādyairnayenniśām .

prātaḥ prapūjayeddeyaṁ nānādravyaiḥ suśobhanaiḥ ..

saptabhiḥ saptabhirdevān vāsobhiḥ pariveṣṭayet .

mukhavarjañca sarvāṅge śītaprāvaraṇairdbijāḥ ..

dūrvākṣataiḥ prapūjyātha kuryānnīrājanāṁ vibhoḥ .

bhagavantaṁ samuddiśya brāhmaṇebhyaḥ pradāpayet ..

gurubhyaścānyadevebhyo dīnānāthebhya eva ca .

śītaprāvaraṇaṁ dadyāt srakṛt paramayā mudā ..

dadāti bhagavān prītastasmai varamanuttamam .. 8 .. atha

puṣyasnānayātrā .

puṣyasnānotsavaṁ vakṣye yathoktaṁ brahmaṇā purā .

puṣyarkṣeṇa ca saṁyuktā paurṇamāsī yadā bhavet .

pauṣe māsi tu tat kuryāt puṣyasnānotsavaṁ hareḥ ..

caturdaśīniśāyāntu kumbhānāmadhivāsanam .

rātrau jāgaraṇaṁ kṛtvā prātarvahniṁ prakīrayet ..

brahmaviṣṇuśivebhyaśca pratyekaṁ samidhaṁ kramāt .

juhuyāt pūjayitvā tu tadante puruṣottamam ..

pūjayedupacāraistu ādarśe prativimbitam .

tataḥ puruṣasūktena kumbhāṁstānabhimantrayet .

kramāt devasya śirasi snāpayedvidhivattataḥ .. sūktamuccaran .

tataḥ pañcāmṛtenaiva vāsudevañca kṣālayet .

lakṣmyā yuktaṁ punavipra upacāraiḥ prapūjayet ..

dūrvāṅkurādyaiḥ stutibhirvādyaiḥ saṁpūjya keśavam .

samantādvikiredevaṁ karpūrādyaiḥ sutaṇḍulān ..

nīrājayejjagannāthaṁ karpūrayutavartibhiḥ .

tataḥ pradakṣiṇaṁ kṛtvā daṇḍavat praṇamet kṣitau ..

puṣyasnānotsavaṁ puṇyaṁ ye paśyanti mudānvitāḥ .

sarvasampannakāmāste vrajeyurvaiṣṇavaṁ padam .. 9 .. atha

navaśasyayātrā .

kuryādayanasaṁkrāntyāṁ navaśasyamahotsavam .

saṁkrānteḥ pūrvadivase navaṁ śāliṁ sukuṭṭimam .

prāsādapūrbadeśe tu sthāpayitvādhivāsayet .. tathā ca pādme .

saṁkrāntyāṁ māghamāsasya sādhivāsitataṇḍulān .

nivedya viṣṇave bhaktyā imaṁ mantramudīrayet ..

tvayi tuṣṭe jagat sarvamannena prabhaviṣyati .

rakṣa sarvaṁ jagannātha ! gṛhyatāṁ piṣṭakaṁ śubham ..

brāhmaṇān bhojayet bhaktyā devadevapuraḥsthitān .. abhyarcya

bhagavadbhaktānityādi ..

navena vāsasāveṣṭya dūrvāsarṣapapuṣpakaiḥ .

pūjayitvābhimantreṇa kṛṣṇastvāmabhirakṣatu ..

punaḥ prabhāte deveśaṁ pralipedgandhacandanaiḥ .

vastrālaṅkāramālyaiśca pūjayitvā yathāvidhi ..

nīrājayitvā deveśaṁ taṇḍulānadhivāsitān .

sthālīṣu pākapātreṣu madhukhaṇḍājyamiśritān ..

paṅktiśaḥ sthāpayedagre gandhapuṣpākṣatānvitān .

sapūpaṁ pāyasaṁ kṛtvā dadyādvai cakrapāṇaye .

daśavarṇakapiṣṭañca viṣṇoḥ priyataraṁ param ..

oṁ jīvanaṁ sarvabhūtānāṁ janakastvaṁ jagadguro ! .

tanmayāḥ śālino hyete tvayaiva janitāḥ prabho ! ..

lokānugrahaṇārthāya gṛhītvā citravigraham .

tava prītyai kṛtānetān gṛhāṇa parameśvara ! ..

tvayi tuṣṭe jagat sarvamanena prabhaviṣyati .

svāhākārasvadhākāravaṣaṭkārā divaukasām ..

āpyāyanā bhaviṣyanti tenaivāpyāyitaṁ jagat .

rakṣa sarvaṁ jagannātha ! tanmayaṁ sacarācaram ..

iti saṁprārthya deveśaṁ śālīṁstān vinivedayet .. 10 .. atha dolayātrā .

phālgune māsi kurvīta dolārohaṇamuttamam .

yatra krīḍati govindo lokānugrahaṇāya vai ..

pratyarcāṁ devadevasya govindākhyāntu kārayet .

phalgūtsavaṁ prakurvīta pañcāhāni tryahāni vā ..

phālgunyāḥ pūrbato viprāścaturdaśyāṁ niśāmukhe .

vahnyatsavaṁ prakurvīta dolamaṇḍapapūrbataḥ .. pādme .

paurṇamāsyāṁ samārabhya pañcamyāñca samāpayet .. 11 .. atha

madanabhañjikā yātrā .

vāsantikāṁ samākhyāsye yātrāṁ madanabhañjikām .

yasyāṁ kṛtāyāṁ dṛṣṭāyāṁ prīṇāti puruṣottamaḥ ..

caitraśuklatrayodaśyāmāharettat samūlakam .

devasyāgre viracite maṇḍape sādhivāsite .. 12 .. iti yātrātattvam ..

devyāḥ ṣoḍaśaprakārotsavaḥ . yathā —

vaiśākhe mañcayātrā ca candanāgurukalpanā .

jyaiṣṭhe mahāsnānayātrā ambuvācīdinatrayam ..

āṣāḍhe rathayātrā ca digdinavyāpinī parā .

śrāvaṇe jalayātrā ca vastrabhūṣaṇacāmaraiḥ ..

bhādre yātrā dhūnanākhyā caṇḍikāyā dinatrayam .

āśvine ca mahāpūjā yātrā yajñavalipriyā ..

kārtike dopayātrā ca navānnamagrahāyaṇe .

pauṣe cāṅgarāgayātrā vastrālaṅkārabhūṣaṇaiḥ ..

māthe māsi mahādevī raṭantī ca caturdaśī .

dolākeliḥ phālgune ca caitre yātrā catuṣṭayī .

dūtīyātrā rāsayātrā vāsantī nīlayātrikā .

evaṁ yātrā mayā proktā ṣoḍaśī bhavamocanī .. iti vāmakeśvaratantre

54 paṭalaḥ .. (rogidarśanārthaṁ bhiṣajāṁ yātrāvivaraṇam . yathā,

idānīṁ nirgame puttra ! praveśe vā gṛhasya ca .

śubhāśubhāṇi sarvāṇi vakṣyāmi śakunāni ca ..

rājā gajo dvijamayūrakakhañjarīṭāścāṣaḥ śakuntarajakaḥ

sitavastrayuktaḥ .

puttrānvitā ca yuvatī gaṇikā ca kanyā śreyaḥ sukhāya yaśasāṁ

pratidarśayanti ..

naṭāścāṣo bhāsahārītacakro bhāradvājocchikkaraśchāgasaṁjñaḥ .

ete śreṣṭhā dakṣiṇe vātha savye vaidyāveśo nirgame śreyase ca ..

sarpolūko vānaraḥ śūkaraśca godhā ṛkṣaḥ kṛkalāśaḥ śaśaśca .

ete riṣṭānirgame vā praveśe kāryāghāto nopakāreṣu śastāḥ ..

mṛgo vā piṅgalo vāpi praśastā dakṣiṇe sadā .

nirgame vā praveśe ca dakṣiṇāḥ śubhadāyakāḥ ..

eko vā trīṇi vā pañca sapta vā navasaṁkhyayā .

bhāgyakāle narāṇāntu mṛgā yānti pradakṣiṇāḥ ..

śikhihayagajagodhārāsabho bhṛṅgarājo mukharapikakapoto potakī

śūkarī vā .

tadanuvihagarājo maṅgalāśaṁsinaḥ syurvadati śakunavettā vāmato

nirgame vaḥ ..

tittiriḥ kuraraḥ krauñcaḥ sārasābhāsaśūkaraḥ .

vāme tu śubhaśaṁsī ca nirgame kāryasiddhaye ..

kāko dakṣiṇataḥ śreṣṭho nirgame śubhadāyakaḥ .

praveśe gaditaḥ śreṣṭho vāmataḥ kṛṣṇavāyasaḥ ..

jālako hi śaśako’pi karkaṭokīrtanañca gaditaṁ na sukhāya .

na śubhadarśanā amī bhaveyuḥ sarpagodhākṛkalāśaviḍālāḥ ..

darśanaṁ hitakaraṁ pravadanti khañjarīṭamarālachikkarāṇām .

vāmataḥ śubhakarāḥ pravadanti dārvāghāṭavarāṭakaśukaśca ..

iti śubhāśubhaśakunāni .. iti hārīte dvitīyasthāne saptame’dhyāye .. *

.. tathā ca .

śavakāṣṭhapalāśānāṁ śuṣkānāṁ pathi saṅgamāḥ .

neṣyante patitāntasthadīnāndharipavastathā ..

mṛduśīto’nukūlaśca sugandhiścānilaḥ śubhaḥ .

kharoṣṇo’niṣṭagandhaśca pratilomaśca garhitaḥ .

granthyarvudādiṣu sadā chedaśabdaśca pūjitaḥ .

vidradhyudaragulmeṣu bhedaśabdastathaiva ca ..

raktapittātisāreṣu ruddhaśabdaḥ praśasyate .

evaṁ vyādhiviśeṣeṇa nimittamupadhārayet ..

tathaivākruṣṭahākaṣṭamākrandaruditasvanāḥ .

chardyāṁ vātapurīṣāṇāṁ śabdo vai gardabhoṣṭrayoḥ ..

pratiṣiddhaṁ tathā bhagnaṁ kṣutaṁ skhalitamāhatam .

daurmanasyañca vaidyasya yātrāyāṁ na praśasyate .. iti suśrute

sūtrasthāne 29 adhyāyaḥ ..)

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

yātrā strī yā ṣṭrat . 1 jigīṣayā rājñāṁ gamane amaraḥ 2 gamanamātre 3

devoddeśenotsavabhede rathayātrādau 4 yāpane ca medi° . 5 upāye

viśvaḥ yātrādinādikaṁ mu° ci° yātrāprakaraṇe dṛśyam .

रघु — raghu Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899raghu mf («vī») n. ( «raṁh»; cf. «laghu») hastening, going speedily, fleet,

rapid

mf («vī») n. light, fickle

raghu m. a racer, fleet courser

raghu m. N. of an ancient king and ancestor of Rāma (described in

Raghu-vaṁśa as son of Dilīpa and Su-dakṣiṇā; he was father of Aja who

was father of Daśa-ratha; hence he was great-grandfather of Rāma; in

the Rāmāyaṇa Raghu is said to be son of Kakutstha; in the Hari-vaṁśa

two Raghus are mentioned among the ancestors of Rāma) ( 344)

raghu m. of a son of Gautama Buddha

raghu m. of various authors (also with «daiva-jṇa» and «sūri»)

raghu m. = the poem «raghu-vaṁśa» (cf. next)

raghu m. pl. the descendants of Raghu

Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :

1890

raghu a. Ved.

(1) Quick, rapid.

(2) Light, nimble.

(3) Fickle.

(4) Eager. —ghuḥ

(1) N. of a celebrated king of the solar race, son of Dilīpa and father of

Aja [He appears to have been called Raghu from ragh or rangh ‘to go’,

because his father foresaw that the boy would ‘go’ to the end of the holy

learning as well as of his enemies in battle; cf. R. 3. 21. True to his

name, he commenced the conquest of the directions, went over the

whole of the then known world, overcame kings in battle, and returned

covered with glory and laden with spoils. He then performed the Visvajit

sacrifice in which he gave away everything to Brāhmaṇas and made his

son Aja successor to the throne].

(2) (pl.) The Raghus or descendants of Raghu.

— Comp.

—naṁdanaḥ, —nāthaḥ, —patiḥ, —śreṣṭhaḥ, —siṁhaḥ &c. epithets of

Rāma.

—pratinidhiḥ the image or representative of Raghu, i. e. Aja; R. 5.

63.

—vaṁśaḥ the family of the Raghus. (

—śaṁ) N. of a celebrated classical poem by Kālidāsa describing the

family of the Raghus in nineteen cantos. -tilakaḥ N. of Rama.

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

raghu (von raṁha) 1) adj. a) «rennend, dahinschiessend»; m. «Renner»:

atyo na vājī raghurajyamānaḥ ṚV. 5, 30, 14. 4, 5, 13. des Indra 10, 49, 2.

fem. 1, 52, 5. 4, 41, 9. ṛjre raghvī 6, 63, 9. — śyena 5, 45, 9; auch AV. 8,

7, 24, wo raghaṭo steht, wäre raghavo (= śyenāḥ) ganz passend.

compar. raghīyaṁs TS. 7, 4, 9, 1. — b) «leicht, wandelbar»: kratu ṚV. 8,

33, 17. — Vgl. maderaghu und laghu. — 2) m. N. pr. a) eines alten Königs

und Vorfahren Rāma’s, dessen Genealogie verschieden angegeben wird;

im HARIV. erscheinen sogar zwei Raghu unter den Vorältern Rāma’s.

UJJVAL. zu UṆĀDIS. 1, 30. HARIV. 819. fgg. R. 1, 70, 38 (72, 27 GORR.).

2, 110, 28 (119, 25 GORR.). (dilīpaḥ) avekṣya dhātorgamanārtham (vgl.

raṅgh) arthaviccakāra nāmnā raghumātmasaṁbhavam RAGH. 3, 21.

UTTARAR. 74, 11 (96, 3). VP. 383. 416 (ein Sohn Jadu’s). RĀJA-TAR. 1,

191. KṢITĀIŚ. 58, 12. -vijaya Verz. d. Oxf. H. 13,a,41. -carita 42. pl.

raghavaḥ «die Nachkommen» Raghu’s RAGH. 1, 9. 15, 7. RĀJA-TAR. 1,

191. Rāma führt die Beinamen raghūttama R. 1, 65, 5. 3, 50, 6.

raghupravara 49, 57. raghuvara R. im ŚKDR. raghūdvaha ŚABDAR. im

ŚKDR. RAGH. ed. Calc. 12, 69. -nāyaka Verz. d. Oxf. H. 136,b, No. 262.

Vgl. rāghava. — b) eines Sohnes des Śākyamuni, = rāhula Ind. St. 3, 149.

— c) eines Autors Verz. d. Oxf. H. 124,b,12. — 3) m. so v. a. raghuvaṁśa

(2) UJJVAL. zu UṆĀDIS. 1, 156; vgl. raghukāra.

Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975

raghu

Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866

raghu raghu, i. e. raṅgh + u,

I. adj. ved. = laghu.

II. m.

1. The name of a king, Utt. Rāmac. 96, 3.

2. pl., and often in comp. words, His descendants, Rām. 3, 49, 57;

Megh. 12 (raghu-pati = Rāma).

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

raghu f. raghvī running, swift, fleet, light; m. runner, courser; N. of an

ancient king, pl. his race.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

raghu ragh-u [raṅgh = raṁh], a. (v-ī) speeding, fleet (V.); m. courser

(V.); N. of an ancient king, ancestor of Rāma: pl. descendants of Raghu;

-tilaka, m. ep. of Rāma;

-dru, a. running swiftly (RV.): -nandana, m. descendant of Raghu, ep.

of Rāma;

-nā-tha, m. ep. of Rāma;

-pati, m. lord of the Raghus, ep. of Rāma;

-patvan, a. flying swiftly (RV.);

-vaṁśa, m. Raghu’s race T. of a well-known poem by Kālidāsa: —

saṁjīv-anī, f. T. of Mallinātha’s commentary on the Raghuvaṁśa, -ṣyad,

a. gliding swiftly (V.);

-svāmin, -uttama, — udvaha, m. ep. of Rāma.

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

raghu pu° lagha—u lasya ratvam . sūryavaṁśye dilīpasūnau 1 nṛpatibhede

raghorapatyamaṇ bahuṣu luk . raghuvaṁśyeṣu ajaprabhṛtiṣu 2 kṣattriyeṣu

ba° ba° . tān adhikṛtya kṛto granthaḥ aṇ ākhyāyikāyāṁ tasya luk .

kālidāsapraṇīte janaviṁśatisargātmake mahākāvyabhede pu° .

विंश — viṁśa Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899viṁśa (for 2. see below). see «paḍviṁśa».

viṁśa mf («ī») n. twentieth

mf («ī») n. accompanied or increased by 20 (with «śata» n. 120

mf («ī») n. consisting of 20 parts &c. &c.

viṁśa mf («ī») n. (ifc.) = «viṁśati», 20

viṁśa m. (with or without «aṁśa» or «bhāga») the 20th part

viṁśa m. N. of a king

viṁśa n. a decade, 20

Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :

1890

viṁśa a. (śī f.) Twentieth. —śaḥ A twent ieth part.

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

viṁśa (von viṁśati) 1) adj. P. 6, 4, 142. a) «der zwanzigste» P. 5, 2, 56.

VOP. 7, 40. BHĀG. P. 1, 3, 23. — b) mit oder ohne bhāga, aṁśa «ein

Zwanzigstel» YĀJÑ. 2, 261. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 82, 10. M. 8, 398. 9, 112. 10,

120. am Ende eines adj. comp. f. ā WEBER, JYOT. 104. — c) «von

zwanzig begleitet, um zwanzig vermehrt»: śata «hundertundzwanzig» P.

5, 2, 46. VOP. 7, 95. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 58, 30. — d) «aus zwanzig Theilen

bestehend» MBH. 12, 9904. puruṣa (mit Zehen und Fingern) TS. 7, 3, 9, 2.

PAÑCAV. BR. 23, 14, 5. ārbhava (wegen des «20theiligen Stoma») 19, 5,

7; vgl. ŚAT. BR. 13, 5, 1, 1. n. «Zwanzigzahl, ein Zwanzig»: ahaṁ

yojanaviṁśānāṁ plavitā R. 4, 45, 13. yojanaviṁśānāṁ sahasrāṇi śatāni

ca MBH. 3, 12876. saviṁśe yojanaśate «hundertundzwanzig» Yojana R.

4, 62, 18. — 2) m. N. pr. eines Fürsten MBH. 14, 68. VP. 352. — Vgl.

triṁśadviṁśa, vi-.

Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975

viṁśa The eldest son of King Ikṣvāku. It is stated in Aśvamedha Parva,

Chapter 4, Stanza 4; that he had a son named Viviṁśa.

Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866

viṁśa viṁśa,

1. Ordinal number (cf. viṁśati), m., f. śī, n. Twentieth, Chr. 55, 1. 8;

Bhāg. P. iii. 20.

2. The twentieth part, Man. 8, 398.

— Comp. ekona-, i. e. eka-ūna-, or ūna-, ord. num. nineteenth, Chr. 53, 1.

11. eka-, twenty-first, Chr. 57, 1, bel. dvā-, twenty-second, Man. 2, 38.

trayoviṁśa, i. e. trayas-, twenty-third, Kathās. i. p. 378. catur-, twenty-

fourth, ib. p. 405. pañcaviṁśa, i. e. pañcan-, twenty-fifth, ib. p. 437.

ṣaḍviṁśa, i. e. ṣaṣ-, twenty-sixth, ib. p. 469, etc. triṁśadviṁśa, i. e.

triṁśat-, comp. card. num. from twenty to thirty, Rājat. 5, 209.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

viṁśa a. the twentieth or twentifold; w. śata n. one hundred and twenty.

m. (±aṁśa or bhāga) a twentieth part.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

viṁśa viṁśa, a. twentieth (w. bhāga or aṁśa, m. one-twentieth);

increased by twenty (e. g. w. sata, n. one hundred and twenty);

consisting of twenty parts; n. twenty; m. one-twentieth: (a) -ka, a.

increased by twenty (w. sata, n. twenty per cent.); consisting of twenty

parts; n. twenty.

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

viṁśa tri° viṁśateḥ pūraṇaḥ viṁśati + ḍa tilopaḥ . yena

viṁśatisaṅkhyāpūryate tasmin .

वीणा — vīṇā Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vīṇā f. (of doubtful derivation) the Vīṇā or Indian lute (an instrument of

the guitar kind, supposed to have been invented by Nārada q.v., usually

having seven wires or strings raised upon nineteen frets or supports fixed

on a long rounded board, towards the ends of which are two large

gourds; its compass is said to be two octaves, but it has many varieties

according to the number of strings &c.) &c. &c.

vīṇā f. (in astrol.) a partic. configuration of the stars (when all planets

are situated in 7 houses)

f. lightning

f. N. of a Yoginī

f. of a river

Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :

1890

vīṇā

(1) The(Indian) lute; mūkībhūtāyāṁ vīṇāyāṁ K.; Me. 86.

(2) Lightning.

— Comp.

—āsyaḥ an epithet of Narada.

—daṁḍaḥ the neck of a lute; Bv. 1. 80.

—vādaḥ, -vādakaḥ a lutanist.

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

vīṇā (vīṇā UṆĀDIS. 3, 15) f. 1) «Laute» AK. 1, 1, 7, 3. H. 286. fg. an. 2,

154. MED. ṇ. 28. HALĀY. 1, 96. vāgvanaspatiṣu vadati yā dundubhau yā

tūṇave yā vīṇāyām TS. 6, 1, 4, 1. ŚAT. BR. 3, 2, 4, 6. KAUŚ. 84. KĀṬH.

34, 5. LĀṬY. 4, 2, 1. HAṁSANĀDOP. in Ind. St. 1, 386. MEGH. 84. Spr.

(II) 735. VARĀH. BṚH. S. 69, 29. śatatantrī ŚĀÑKH. ŚR. 17, 3, 1.

saptatantrī MBH. 3, 10664. -bhidāṁ vivekaḥ Verz. d. Oxf. H. 200,b,11.

vīṇeva madhurālāpā gāndhāraṁ sādhu mūrchatī MBH. 4, 515. -śabda

ŚĀÑKH. GṚHY. 4, 7. vīṇāyāḥ kvaṇitam AK. 1, 1, 6, 3.

mṛdaṅgaveṇuvīṇānāṁ ramyaiḥ śabdaiḥ R. 1, 5, 19. veṇuvīṇāninādaiḥ

WEBER, KṚṢṆAJ. 287. vīṇāveṇvādidhvanivat SARVADARŚANAS. 157, 22.

vīṇāḥ pramumucuḥ svarān R. 2, 91, 26. vādyate ŚAT. BR. 13, 1, 5, 1.

PAÑCAT. 94, 4. HIT. 63, 13. saṁvādayanvīṇām KATHĀS. 21, 4. uddhatā

KĀTY. ŚR. 21, 3, 7. vitudan (so ed. Bomb.) vīṇām BHĀG. P. 4, 8, 38. -vāṇī

adj. ŚRUT. 15. mahā-, piśīla- LĀṬY. 4, 2, 4. saveṇuvīṇam adv. VARĀH.

BṚH. S. 19, 18. — 2) in der Astrol. Bez. «einer best. Constellation, wenn

nämlich alle Planeten in 7 Häusern stehen», VARĀH. BṚH. 12, 17; vgl.

vallakī. — 3) «Blitz» H. an. MED. — 4) N. pr. eines Flusses MBH. 6, 328

(VP. 182); vāṇī ed. Bomb. — 5) N. pr. einer Yoginī, = Saṁbhogayakṣiṇī

Verz. d. Oxf. H. 109,a,40. — Vgl. alābu- (unter alābu 1), kāṇḍa-, danta-,

rāma-, sūtra-, pravīṇa, vaiṇika.

Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866

vīṇā vīṇā, f. The Indian lute, Hit. ii. d. 73.

— Comp. danta-, f. chattering of the teeth, Pañc. 94, 4. sūtra-, f. a sort of

lute.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

vīṇā f. lute.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

vīṇā vīṇā, f. Indian lute: -karṇa, m. Lute-ear, N.; (vīṇā -gaṇagin, m. leader

of a musical band;

-gāthin, m. lute-player;

-datta, m. N. of a Gandharva;

-rava, m. sound of the lute; a. humming like a lute: ā, f. N. of a fly;

-vatsa-rāja, m. N. of a king;

-vāda, m. lute-player; playing on the lute;

-vādya, n. playing on the lute;

-vinoda, m. N. of a fairy;

-śilpa, n. art of playing the lute;

-hasta, a. holding a lute in his hand (Śiva).

Rādhākāntadeva: Śabdakalpadruma (5 Vol). Third edition, reprint of the

1886 edition. Varanasi : 1967

vīṇā strī, (veti dṛṣṭimātramapagacchatīti . vī gatau +

rāsnāsāsnāsthūṇāvīṇāḥ . uṇā° 3 . 15 . iti naḥ nipātanādguṇābhāvo

ṇatvañca .) vidyut . iti medinī . ṇe, 28 .. (veti śrotuścittaṁ vyāpnotīti . vī

vyāptau + naḥ .) svanāmakhyātavādyam . tatparyāyaḥ . vallakī 2 vipañcī

3 . sā tu saptatantrīyuktā cetparivādinī 4 . ityamaraḥ .. dhvanimālā 5 . iti

jaṭādharaḥ . vaṅgamallī 6 vipañcikā 7 . iti śabdaratnāvalī .. ghoṣavatī 8

kaṇṭhakūṇikā 9 . (yathā, mahābhārate . 9 . 134 . 14 .

saptarṣayaḥ sapta cāpyarhaṇāni saptatantrī prathitā caiva vīṇā ..)

tadbhadā yathā . śivasya vīṇā lambī 1 sarasvatyāḥ kacchapī 2 nāradasya

mahatī 3 gaṇānāṁ prabhāvatī 4 viśvāvasoḥ bṛhatī 5 tumburoḥ kalāvatī 6

cāṇḍālānāṁ kaṇḍolavīṇā cāṇḍālikā ca 7 . tasyāṅgādīnāṁ nāmādi yathā .

tasyāḥ kāyaḥ kolambakaḥ . tasyā nibandhanaṁ upanāhaḥ . tasyā daṇḍaḥ

prabālaḥ . tasyāḥ prāntavakrakāṣṭhaṁ kakubhaḥ prasevakaśca . tasyā

mūle vaṁśaśalākā kalikā kūṇikāpi ca . tasyā vādanaṁ koṇaḥ . iti

hemacandrādayaḥ .. asyā vivaraṇaṁ vādyaśabde draṣṭavyam ..

Bhaṭṭācārya: Vācaspatyam (6 Vol). Chaukhamba Sanskrit Series 94,

reprint of the 1873-1884 edition. Varanasi : 1962

vīṇā strī aja—nak vībhāvaḥ pṛṣo° ṇatvam . svanāmakhyāte 1 vādyabhede

amaraḥ . vādyaśabde dṛśyam . 2 vidyuti medi0

शैवनवदशप्रकरण — śaivanavadaśaprakaraṇa Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śaivanavadaśaprakaraṇa «śaiva-nava-daśa-prakaraṇa» n.
संख्या — saṁkhyā Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899saṁkhyā «saṁ-khyā» P. «-khyāti», to reckon or count, up, sum up,

enumerate, calculate &c.; to estimate by (instr.) ; ā. (only aor. «saṁ-

akhyata») to appear along with, be connected with, belong to (instr.)

Caus. «-khyāpayati», to cause to be looked at or observed by (instr.)

saṁkhyā «saṁ-khyā» f. see below

saṁkhyā «saṁ-khyā» f. reckoning or summing up, numeration,

calculation (ifc. = «numbered or reckoned among»)

f. a number, sum, total (ifc. «amounting to») &c. &c.

f. a numeral &c.

saṁkhyā «saṁ-khyā» f. (in gram.) number (as expressed by case

terminations or personal terminations) on

f. deliberation, reasoning, reflection, reason, intellect

f. name, appellation (= «ākhyā»)

f. a partic. high number

f. manner

saṁkhyā «saṁ-khyā» f. (in geom.) a gnomon (for ascertaining the points

of the compass), RāmRās.

Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :

1890

saṁkhyā 2 P.

(1) To count, enumerate, calculate, sum up; tāvaṁtyeva ca tattvāni

sāṁkhyaiḥ saṁkhyāyaṁte S. B.

(2) Ved. To appear along with, be connected with.

saṁkhyā

(1) Enumeration, reckoning, calculation; saṁkhyāmivaiṣāṁ

bhramaraścakāra R. 16. 47.

(2) A number.

(3) A numeral.

(4) Sum.

(5) Reason, understanding, intellect.

(6) Deliberation, reflection.

(7) Manner.

— Comp.

—dhatiga, atīta a. beyond number, innumerable, countless.

—mātraṁ mere numeration.

—vācaka a. expressive of number. (

—kaḥ) a numeral.

—samāpanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975

saṁkhyā In ancient India digits up to 19 were in vogue. Bhāskarācārya

the great mathematician, has in his work, «Līlāvatī», given the following

names to the nineteen digits. 1 Ekam 10 Daśam 100 Śatam 1000

Sahasram 10000 Ayutam 100000 Lakṣam 1000000 Prayutam 10000000

Koṭi 100000000 Arbudam 1000000000 Abjam 10000000000 Kharvam

10000000000000 Trikharvam 1000000000000 Mahāpadmam

1000000000000 Śaṅku 1000000000 Jaladhi 100000000000000 Antyam

1000000000000000 Madhyam 100000000000000000 Parārdham

1000000000000000000 Daśaparārdham.

Cappeller, Carl: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, based upon the St.

Petersburg Lexicons. Strassburg : 1891

saṁkhyā f. reckoning up, numbering; number (also g.), numeral;

appellation, name.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

saṁkhyā saṁ-khyā, f. number (V., C.); numeral (S., C.); C.); reckoning,

calculation; grammatical number (rare); deliberation (rare); name (=

ākhyā, rare): -° a. a, reckoned among; (with a num.) amounting to: a-ka,

ā-ka, a. amounting to (-°).

सेन — sena Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sena mfn. (7. «sa» + «ina») having a master or lord, dependent on

another

sena (?) n. the body

sena (for 1. 2. see col.2), in comp. for «senā».

Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona :

1890

sena a. Having a lord, possessing a master or leader.

Böhtlingk und Roth: Großes Petersburger Wörterbuch

sena (?) n. «Leib, Körper» H. ś. 116. — Am Ende eines comp. s. unter

senā.

Mani, Vettam: Puranic Encyclopaedia. Delhi 1975

sena Son of King Ṛṣabha. It is mentioned in Bhāgavata, Skandha 5 that

this king had nineteen sons including Sena.

Macdonell, Arthur Anthony: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1893

sena 1. sa+ina, a. having a master, dependent on another.

sena 2. sena, °- or -° = senā: -jīt, a. conquering armies (V.); m. N.;

-ṭa, m. N..

  • Rating:
  • Views:33 views
  • Tags: -
  • Categories: Sanskrit

Comments

Write a comment

*